Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
______________________________ 
Form 10-K
ýANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 For the fiscal year ended March 31, 20132015
or
¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 For the transition period from                      to       
                   
Commission File Number: 001-33887
______________________________ 
 Orion Energy Systems, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Wisconsin 39-1847269
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
  
2210 Woodland Drive, Manitowoc, WI 54220
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
(920) 892-9340
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the act:
 
Title of Each ClassName of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common stock, no par valueNYSE MKT LLC
Common stock purchase rightsNYSE MKT LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the act:
None
______________________________ 
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  ý
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  ý
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ý    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files.    Yes  ý    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer¨Accelerated filero
    
Non-accelerated filer
o  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting companyý
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  ý
The aggregate market value of shares of the Registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates as of September 30, 2012,2014, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $41,092,920.$84.6 million.
As of June 6, 2013,5, 2015, there were 20,180,11127,551,188 shares of the Registrant’s common stock outstanding.
______________________________ 
 DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant's Proxy Statement for the 20132015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on August 5, 2015 are incorporated herein by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Such Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the Registrant's fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.



Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Form 10-K includes forward-looking statements that are based on our beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to us. When used in this Form 10-K, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. Although we believe that our plans, intentions, and expectations reflected in any forward-looking statements are reasonable, these plans, intentions or expectations are based on assumptions, are subject to risks and uncertainties, and may not be achieved. These statements are based on assumptions made by us based on our experience and perception of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors that we believe are appropriate under the current circumstances. Such statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. Our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those contemplated, expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K. Important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Also, forward-looking statements represent our beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this Form 10-K, including particularly the Risk Factors described under Part I. Item 1A of this Form 10-K. All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements set forth in this Form 10-K. Actual events, results and outcomes may differ materially from our expectations due to a variety of factors. Although it is not possible to identify all of these factors, they include, among others, the following:

our development of, and participation in, new product and technology offerings or applications, including customer acceptance of our new light emitting diode, or LED, product lines;

deterioration of market conditions, including our dependence on customers' capital budgets for sales of products and services;

our ability to compete and execute our strategy in a highly competitive market and our ability to respond successfully to market competition;

our ability to effectively integrate the acquisitionsuccessfully implement our strategy of Harris Manufacturing, Inc. and Harrisfocusing on lighting solutions using new LED LLC.technologies in lieu of traditional HIF lighting upon which our business has historically relied;

our ability to realize expected cost savings from our transition to focusing on new LED technologies;

our ability to successfully complete and fund potential future acquisitions;

our increasing reliance on third parties for the manufacturing and development of products and product components;

our ability to achieve and sustain profitability;

our ability to effectively manage the growth of our business, including expansion of our business internationally through our Orion distribution services division;

adverse developments with respect to litigation and other legal matters that we are subject to;

our failure to could resultcomply with the covenants in charges against our income, strain our resources and distract management, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation;revolving credit agreement;

increasing duration of customer sales cycles;

fluctuating quarterly results of operations as we focus on new LED technologies;

the market acceptance of our products and services;

our ability to recruit and hire sales talent to increase our in-market direct sales;

our development of, and participation in, new product and technology offerings or applications, including customer acceptance of our new LED product line;

price fluctuations, shortages or interruptions of component supplies and raw materials used to manufacture our products;

loss of one or more key customers or suppliers, including key contacts at such customers;

our ability to effectively manage our product inventory to provide our products to customers on a timely basis;

our ability to effectively manage the credit risk associated with our debt funded Orion Throughput Agreement contracts;

a reduction in the price of electricity;

the cost to comply with, and the effects of, any current and future government regulations, laws and policies;

increased competition from government subsidies and utility incentive programs;

the availability of additional debt financing and/or equity capital; and


2

Table of Contents

potential warranty claims; and

claims.

You are urged to carefully consider these factors and the other factors described under Part I. Item 1A. “Risk Factors” when evaluating any forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

Except as required by applicable law, we assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements publicly or to update the reasons why actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in any forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

23

Table of Contents

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC.
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 20132015
Table of Contents 
 Page


3

Table of Contents


ITEM 1.BUSINESS
As used herein, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires, all references to “Orion,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “Company” and similar references are to Orion Energy Systems, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.
Overview
We are a leading power technology enterprise.designer and manufacturer of high performance, energy efficient lighting platforms. We research, develop, design, manufacture, market, sell and implement energy management systems consisting primarily of high-performance, energy efficient commercial and industrial interior and exterior lighting systems controls, power data management and cloud-based data storage and related services. Our products are targeted for applications in three primary market segments: commercial office and retail, area lighting and industrial high bay, although we do sell and install products into other markets. Virtually all of our sales occur within North America.
We are primarily focused on providing commercial and industrial facilities lighting retrofit solutions in North America using new solid state light emitting diode (“LED”) technology. Our principal customers include national accounts, energy service companies, electrical contractors and electrical distributors. Currently, substantially all of our products are manufactured at our production facility location in Wisconsin, although we are increasingly sourcing products and components from third parties as the LED market continues to evolve in order to have versatility in our product development.
While we continue to provide solutions and support using our legacy high intensity fluorescent (“HIF”) technology, we believe the market for lighting products is currently in a significant technology shift to LED lighting systems. Compared to legacy lighting systems, we believe that LED lighting technology allows for better optical performance, significantly reduced maintenance costs due to performance longevity and reduced energy consumption. Due to their size and flexibility in application we also believe that LED lighting systems can address opportunities for retrofit applications that cannot be satisfied by fluorescent or other legacy technologies. We expect our LED lighting technologies to become the primary component of our future revenue as we strive to be the leader in the industry transition to LED lighting technology. According to a May 2013 United States Department of Energy report, we estimate the potential North American LED retrofit market within our key product categories to be approximately 1.1 billion lighting fixtures. In fiscal 2015, our LED lighting sales totaled $30.8 million or 47.8% of our total lighting product revenue, compared to $4.8 million or 8.1% of our total lighting product revenue for fiscal 2014.
We previously marketed and implementimplemented renewable energy systems consisting primarily of solar generating photovoltaic, or PV, systems and wind turbines. During fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, we experienced a significant reduction in new solar PV orders. We operateattribute this to reduced cash incentives and declining pricing in the renewable energy credit markets. During fiscal 2014, we deemphasized our efforts to obtain new PV construction contracts and focused on the completion of previously received orders within our solar backlog, which has decreased from $36.1 million at the beginning of our fiscal 2013 year to $0.2 million as of March 31, 2015. We expect this trend to continue through fiscal 2016. In response to this solar order decline and our decision not to pursue new PV orders, we redeployed personnel to focus on the opportunities within the LED retrofit market.
Reportable Segments
Reportable segments are components of an entity that have separate financial data that the entity's chief operating decision maker, or CODM, regularly reviews when allocating resources and assessing performance. Our CODM is our chief executive officer.
Beginning in fiscal 2015, we reorganized our business into the following business segments: U.S. markets, Orion engineered systems and Orion distribution services. Our U.S. markets division focuses on selling our lighting solutions into the wholesale markets. Its customers include domestic energy service companies and electrical contractors. Our Orion engineered systems division focuses on selling lighting products and construction and engineering services direct to end users. Additionally, Orion engineered systems will complete the construction management services related to existing contracted solar PV projects. Its customers include national accounts, government, municipal and schools. Our Orion distribution services division focuses on selling our lighting products internationally and began to develop a network of broad line distributors. We began reporting under these new segments during our first quarter of fiscal 2015.
Previously, as of March 31, 2014, we operated in two business segments, which we referreferred to as our energy management division and our engineered systems division.
Recent Management Change and Strategic Refocus
In September 2012, Historically, sales of all our Board of Directors elected John H. Scribante as our new Chief Executive Officer. Prior to his appointment, Mr. Scribante was the President of our Orion Engineered Systems division and had also served in executive sales management positions. As a result of this management change, we refocused our strategic initiatives to include: (i) enhancing and refocusing our sales organization with an emphasis on expanding our direct sales efforts; (ii) streamlining our product development initiatives with a focus on activities that will deliver the greatest return on our investment and disciplined product control releases versus a process of continuous development; and (iii) cost reduction initiatives to deliver profitability. Our strategic refocus delivered immediate financial results during our fiscal 2013 second half resulting in revenue growth versus our fiscal 2012 second half and a return to profitability.
During fiscal 2013, we recorded operating expenses related to reorganization costs of $2.1 million, which included $1.9 million to general and administrative expenses and $0.2 million to sales and marketing expenses. Additionally, we recorded a $4.1 million non-cash income tax expense to establish a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.
As part of our cost reduction initiatives, we identified additional cost containment initiatives which we believe will result in annualized cost reductions of approximately $5.2 million. During the fiscal 2013 second half, we implemented all of these cost reduction initiatives, including a reduction in headcount of approximately 18%, the termination of consulting agreements, material and component cost savings in our HIF lighting products and discretionary spending reductions. the related costs were combined through our energy management division and sales of our solar PV systems and the related costs were reported through our engineered systems division.
For financial results by reportable segment, please refer to Note J, "Segment Data" in our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report.

4

Table of Contents

U.S. Markets Division
Our U.S. Markets division develops, manufactures and sells our commercial LED and HIF lighting systems and energy management systems to the wholesale markets. Our U.S. Markets customers include energy service companies, or ESCOs and electrical contractors.
We have also identified an additional $2.0 millionbeen increasing the the number of annualized cost containment initiativesour in-market sales force to focus on developing indirect customers which we are working towards implementing inhave represented a larger portion of our lighting revenue. We believe the future. These new initiatives will require some time to implement due to contractual obligations, engineering review, production planning and other analysis related to ensuring minimal business interruption and risk. There is no guarantee that we will be able to implement these cost containment opportunities and recognize any of these additional cost savings.
During fiscal 2014, we intend to continue to execute upon our strategic initiatives through the continuedeffective expansion of our direct sales force, cost containment efforts and through our disciplined product development process. Additionally, we expect future growth and earningsindirect customer base will help to be achieved through a blend of organic growth and through acquisitions.
In May 2013, we executed a Stock and Unit Purchase Agreement with Harris Manufacturing, Inc. and Harris LED, LLC., or collectively Harris. Harris engineers, designs, sources and manufactures energy efficient lighting systems, including fluorescent and LED lighting solutions, and day-lighting products. We expect the acquisition of Harris to expand our product lines, increase our total revenue and operating profit due to the extent we are successful in increasing our overall market coverage and awareness in regional and local markets. In fiscal 2015, we generated approximately 55% of our revenues from such indirect sales, force and provide growth opportunities into markets where we have not had a strong presence, specifically, new construction, retail, commercial office and government. Under the terms of the purchase agreement, we will purchase all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Harris. We expectcompared to close the transaction during our63% in fiscal 2014 second quarter, subject to various conditions, including receipt of material third party consents and approvals and other customary closing conditions. The initial purchase price for the transaction is $10 million, subject to closing date adjustments for net working capital, funded debt and certain other items. Subject to such adjustments, the purchase price will be paid59% in a combination of $5 million of cash, $3 million in a three-year unsecured subordinated note and $2 million of our common stock. Additionally, we may pay up to an additional $1 million in shares of our common stock upon Harris’ post-closing achievement of certain revenue milestones in calendar year 2013 and/or 2014. Harris had unaudited revenue of approximately $14.5 million and unaudited net income of approximately $0.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. We expect the transaction to be immediately accretive to our future earnings.fiscal 2013.
Energy ManagementEngineered Systems Division
Our energy managementengineered systems division develops, manufactures, sells and provides technical services for the sale of our commercial high intensity fluorescent, orLED and HIF and light emitting diode, or LED, lighting systems and energy management systems. Additionally, our engineered systems division also completes the construction management services related to existing contracted solar PV projects.
In fiscal 2015, we generated approximately 45% of our lighting revenue in this segment through direct sales relationships with end users, compared to 37% in fiscal 2014 and 41% in fiscal 2013.
During fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, we experienced a significant reduction in new solar PV orders within this division. We attributed this to reduced cash incentives and declining pricing in the renewable energy credit markets.
During fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, we deemphasized our efforts to obtain new PV construction contracts and focused on the completion of previously received orders within our solar backlog. We expect this trend to continue through fiscal 2016. In response to this solar order decline and our de-emphasis on pursuing new PV orders, we redeployed personnel to focus on the opportunities within our energy management division.
Distribution Services Division
Our Orion distribution services division focuses on selling our lighting products internationally and has been developing a network of broad line distributors. Our distribution services division did not have significant activity during fiscal 2015.
Our Market Opportunity
We are primarily focused on providing commercial and industrial facilities lighting retrofit solutions in North America using new solid state LED technology. While we continue to provide solutions using our legacy HIF technology, we believe the market for lighting products is currently in a significant technology shift to LED lighting systems. Compared to legacy lighting systems, we believe that LED lighting technology allows for better optical performance, significantly reduced maintenance costs due to performance longevity and reduced energy consumption. Due to their size and flexibility in application we also believe that LED lighting systems can address opportunities for retrofit applications that cannot be satisfied by fluorescent or other legacy technologies.
Our energy management systems deliver energy savings and efficiency gains to our commercial and industrial customers without compromising their quantity or quality of light. The core ofWe estimate that our LED and HIF energy management system is our HIF lighting system that we estimate reduces

4

Table of Contents

systems reduce our customers’ lighting-related electricity costs by approximately 50% to 80%, while increasing their quantity of light by approximately 50% and improving lighting quality when replacing traditional high intensity discharge, or HID, fixtures. Our customers typically realize a two-to-three-yearone-to-three-year payback period from electricity cost savings generated by our HIFLED and LEDHIF lighting systems without considering utility incentives or government subsidies. We have sold and installed our HIFLED and LEDHIF fixtures in over 9,00011,900 facilities across North America, representing over 1.3approximately 1.9 billion square feet of commercial and industrial building space, including for over 150174 Fortune 500 companies.
Our coreWe believe that energy management system is comprised of: ourefficient lighting systems are cost-effective and environmentally responsible solutions allowing end users to reduce operating expenses. According to a May 2013 report published by the United States Department of Energy, or DOE, we estimate the potential North American HIF and LED retrofit market within our primary markets to be approximately 1.1 billion lighting systems; our InteLite wirelessfixtures. Our primary markets are: (i) commercial office and retail, (ii) area lighting controls; our Apollo Solar Light Pipe,and (iii) industrial high bay.
Commercial office and retail. Our commercial office and retail market includes commercial office buildings, retail store fronts, government offices, schools and other buildings with traditional ten to 12 foot ceiling heights. The DOE estimates that there are approximately 957 million office troffer fixtures within the United States, which collects and redistributes renewable sunlight and consumes no electricity; and our integrated energy management services. Our technology is designed around managing thermal and optical performance and we are agnostic as it relates to the actuala rectangular light source.fixture that fits into a modular dropped ceiling grid. We believe thatwe have the implementation ofopportunity to increase our complete energy management system enablesrevenue by serving this market with our customers to reduce electricity costs, while permanently reducing base and peak load demand from the electrical grid. From December 1, 2001 through LED Door Retrofit, or LDRMarch 31, 2013TM, we installed more than 2.5 million HIF lighting systems for our commercial and industrial customers. We are focused on leveraging this installed base to expand our customer relationships from single-site implementations of our HIF and LED lighting systems to enterprise-wide roll-outs of our complete energy management system.solutions.
We generally have focused on selling retrofit projects whereby we replace inefficient HID, fluorescent or incandescent systems. In fiscalArea lighting. 2013, we generatedOur market for area lighting includes parking garages, surface lots, automobile dealerships and gas service stations. The DOE estimates that there are approximately 41% of our revenue in this segment through direct sales relationships with end users, compared to 36% in fiscal 2012 and 46% in fiscal 2011. In54 million area lighting fixtures within the future, we intend to increase the number of our direct sales people with a focus on in-market and national account customer opportunities. We believe the expansion of our direct sales force will increase our total revenue and gross profit due to the inclusion of service revenue and the potential for a higher markup on direct sales opportunities. Additionally, we believe a direct sales force provides us with an improved ability to manage and control revenue generating activities and will improve our revenue forecast accuracy. We will also continue to develop resellers and partner relationships that utilize our systematic sales process to increase overall market coverage and awareness in regional and local markets along with electrical contractors who provide installation services for these projects. In fiscal 2013, we generated approximately 59% of our revenues from such indirect sales, compared to 64% in fiscal 2012 and 54% in fiscal 2011.United States.
We estimate that the use of our HIF and LED fixtures and controls has resulted in cumulative electricity cost savings for our customers of approximately $2.0 billion and has reduced base and peak load electricity demand by approximately 806 megawatts, or MW, through March 31, 2013. We estimate that this reduced electricity consumption has reduced associated indirect carbon dioxide emissions by approximately 17.2 million tons over the same period.
For a description of the assumptions behind our calculations of customer kilowatt demand reduction, customer kilowatt hours and electricity costs saved and reductions in indirect carbon dioxide emissions associated with our products used throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, see the following table and notes:
 Cumulative From December 1, 2001 Through March 31, 2013
 (in thousands, unaudited)
HIF lighting systems sold(1)2,522
Total units sold (including HIF lighting systems)3,500
Customer kilowatt demand reduction(2)806
Customer kilowatt hours saved(2)(3)26,324,924
Customer electricity costs saved(4)$2,021,339
Indirect carbon dioxide emission reductions from customers’ energy savings (tons)(5)17,152
Square footage retrofitted(6)1,317,237
_________
(1)“HIF lighting systems” includes all HIF units sold under the brand name “Compact Modular” and its predecessor, “Illuminator.”
(2)A substantial majority of our HIF lighting systems, which generally operate at approximately 224 watts per six-lamp fixture, are installed in replacement of HID fixtures, which generally operate at approximately 465 watts per fixture in commercial and industrial applications. We calculate that each six-lamp HIF lighting system we install in replacement of an HID fixture generally reduces electricity consumption by approximately 241 watts (the difference between 465 watts and 224 watts). In retrofit projects when we replace fixtures other than HID fixtures, or when we replace fixtures with products other than our HIF lighting systems (which generally consist of products with lamps similar to those used in our HIF systems, but with varying frames, ballasts or power packs), we generally achieve similar wattage reductions (based on an analysis of the operating wattages of each of our fixtures compared to the operating wattage of the fixtures they typically replace).

5


We calculate the amount of kilowatt demand reduction by multiplying (i) 0.241 kilowatts per six-lamp equivalent unit we install by (ii) the number of units we have installed in the period presented, including products other than our HIFIndustrial high bay. Our market for industrial facilities includes manufacturing facilities, distribution and warehouse facilities, government buildings and agricultural buildings. These facilities typically contain “high bay” lighting systems (or a total offixtures. The DOE estimates that there are approximately 3.567 million units).
(3)We calculate the number of kilowatt hours saved on a cumulative basis by assuming the demand kilowatt (kW) reduction for each fixture and assuming that each such unit has averaged 7,500 annual operating hours since its installation.
(4)We calculate our customers’ electricity costs saved by multiplying the cumulative total customer kilowatt hours saved indicated in the table by $0.077 per kW hour. The national average rate for 2011, which is the most current full year for which this information is available, was $0.0983 per kW hour according to the updated Electric Power Annual released in January 2013 by the United States Energy Information Administration, or EIA.
(5)We calculate this figure by multiplying (i) the estimated amount of carbon dioxide emissions that result from the generation of one kW hour of electricity (determined using the Emissions and Generation Resource Integration Database, or EGrid, prepared by the United States Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA), by (ii) the number of customer kW hours saved as indicated in the table.
(6)
Based on 3.5 million total units sold, which contain a total of approximately 17.5 million lamps. Each lamp illuminates approximately 75 square feet. The majority of our installed fixtures contain six lamps and typically illuminate approximately 450 square feet.
Engineered Systems Division
In August 2009, we created our engineered systems division, which operates out of our Plymouth, Wisconsin facility and sells and integrates alternative renewable energy systems, such as solar and wind. Our engineered systems division offers solar photovoltaic, or PV, systems to allow our customers to convert sunlight into electricity. We are a distributor, not a manufacturer, of solar PV systems; however, we do manufacture certain wiring assemblies used to connect the individual solar modules to the electrical panel. Our fully integrated solar power services include (i) project development; (ii) engineering, procurement, and construction, or EPC, services; (iii) operating and maintenance, or O&M services; and (iv) project finance expertise. We provide EPC services for projects developed directly to our end customers and to projects developed by independent solar power project developers. EPC services include engineering design and related services, advanced development of grid integration solutions, and construction contracting and management. The procurement component of our EPC services includes recommendation and deployment of solar modules and components that we procure from third parties. We provide O&M services which can include all or a combination of the following scopes of work: warranty, preventative and scheduled maintenance, spare parts inventory, monitoring and reporting of plant performance and diagnosing performance to assist customers in maximizing energy production. We began to report the results of our engineered systems division as a separate operating segment in the third quarter of fiscal 2011. Through March 31, 2013, we have contracted with customers to provide systems for 22.0 MW of electricity generation.
Our Industry
As a company focused on providing and implementing energy management systems, our market opportunity is created by growing electricity capacity shortages, underinvestment in transmission and distribution, or T&D infrastructure, high electricity costs and the high financial and environmental costs associated with adding generation capacity and upgrading the T&D infrastructure. The United States electricity market has been generally characterized by rising demand, increasing electricity costs and power reliability issues due to continued constraints on generation and T&D capacity. According to the EIA's Annual Energy Outlook 2013, despite slowing from historic highs and experiencing declines due to the recent recession, US electricity demand is expected to grow slowly, but steadily, at a rate of 0.9% per year between 2011 and 2040, leading to an over 25% increase by 2040. Additionally, according to the International Energy Agency, or IEA, global demand for electricity will increase dramatically by over 70% by 2035, with China and India alone responsible for over half of that growth. This increased competition for required energy supply along with other issues, including the environmental concerns associated with generation assets using fossil fuels, means that over the coming decades, significant challenges to delivering abundant and cost effective electricity to consumers will exist. These constraints are causing governments, utilities and businesses to focus on demand reduction and alternative energy supply initiatives, including energy efficiency, demand-side management solutions and renewable energy sources. In fact, according to the IEA,bay fixtures within the United States, China, the European UnionStates. We estimate that approximately 50% of this market still utilizes inefficient HID lighting technologies.
Commercial and Japan have all launched major initiatives to reduce energy consumption which would reduce energy intensity (energy consumed per unit of Gross Domestic Product, or GDP, produced) by almost 2% per year between 2012 and 2035, a significant increase from the reduction of 0.5% per year that was seen between 2001 and 2011. Yet, even with these ambitious initiatives, the opportunity of energy efficiency industry growth is tremendous for, as the IEA notes in its World Energy Outlook 2012, “a significant share of the potential to improve energy efficiency - four-fifths of the potential in the building sector and more than half in industry - remains untapped.”
Today’s Electricity Market
Growing Demand for Electricity. Demand for electricityindustrial facilities in the United States has experienced declines due toemploy a variety of lighting technologies, including HID, traditional fluorescents, LED and incandescent lighting fixtures. In a 2014 report, the recent recession,DOE estimated that these facilities represent approximately 30% of all lighting installations, but is expected to grow significantlyare responsible for well over half of the foreseeable future. According to the EIA, $363.7 billion was spent on

6

Table of Contents

electricity in 2012 in the United States, down from $371.1 billion in 2011 and up from $259.8 billion in 2003. As noted above, the EIA has projected that UStotal electricity consumption will increase by over 25% over the coming decades from 3,839 billion kW hours in 2011 to 4,930 billion kW hours in 2040. Commercial and industrial electricity consumption will both serve as major drivers of the expansion of US electricity consumption between 2012 and 2040, growing 27% and 17%, respectively. In its Long Term Reliability Assessment for 2012, the North American Electric Reliability Corporation, or NERC, the current resource projections for the coming years appear to be adequate to meet the transmission and distribution systems reliability requirements; however, NERC notes that a number of uncertainties, including plant retirements and fuel costs, could change significantly and impact system reliability in coming years. Worldwide, the IEA, expects 5,890,000 MW of additional capacity to be required between 2012 and 2035 at a total cost of $16.9 trillion, with $10.1 trillion for generation assets and $6.8 trillion for transmission and distribution network upgrades. This is equivalent to 11,780 average power plants producing 500 MW each, and is more than the current total global generating capacity. We believe that meeting this anticipated increasing domestic and international electricity demand will require either an increase in energy supply through capacity expansion, broader adoption of demand management programs and renewables, or a combination of these solutions.
Challenges to Capacity Expansion. Based on the forecasted growth in electricity demand and plant retirements, the EIA, in its Annual Energy Outlook for 2013, estimates that the United States will require 340.0 gigawatts, or GW, of new generating capacity by 2040 (the equivalent of 680 power plants rated at an average of 500 MW each). According to data provided by the IEA, we estimate that new generating capacity and associated T&D investment will cost at least $2.8 million per MW, with $1.7 million per MW for generation and $1.1 million per MW for transmission and distribution upgrades.
Despite the increasing demand for electricity, significant challenges face the expansion of each type of generation capacityall lighting in the United States. In addition to the high financial costs associated with adding power generation capacity, concerns over both environmental regulationsOur LED and fuel costs are significantly impacting coal-fired generating facilities in the United States. As noted by the IEA, energy related carbon dioxide, or CO2, emissions are expected to rise over 18% by 2035. This expected increase in emissions is leading to a tightening of environmental regulations across the globe. For example,HIF lighting systems typically replace HID and HIF fixtures, which operate inefficiently because, according to the EIA, the investment costs in pollution control equipment (i.e. scrubbers) combined with lower wholesale prices (due to lower natural gas prices) and reduced run-time/use (due to a variety of factors, including increased renewable usage), have made the operationElectric Power Research Institute, or EPRI, HID fixtures only convert approximately 36% of the many coal-fired facilities uneconomical, leading to expected retirement of 49,000 MW (approximately 100 500-MW sized plants) by 2040. Additionally, due to the costs of construction, environmental compliance,energy they consume into visible light. We estimate our HIF and competition with other fuel sources, only 3% (10.2 MW) of planned capacity additions between 2011 and 2040, in the United States will be coal-fired facilities. The increased retirement of coal plants, combined with the construction of only few new coal-fired facilities, coal will remain a dominant fuel source in the US generating mix, but it will decline significantly from 42% of total generation in 2011 to 35% of total generation in 2040. We believe, however, that concerns over emissions may make it increasingly difficult for utilities to add coal-based generating capacity, and as noted by the EIA, the majority of coal generation will come from existing coal generating stations, rather than newly constructed capacity. In fact, of the projected 340 GW of new generating capacity required by 2035, coal-fired plants, which generate significant emissions of carbon dioxide and other pollutants, are projected to account for less than 15 MW of added capacity between 2011 and 2040. Additionally, clean coal energy initiatives are characterized by an uncertain legislative and regulatory framework and would involve substantial infrastructure cost to readily commercialize.

Although they do not generate any greenhouse gas emissions, nuclear powered generating stations face significant challenges especially in terms of project cost and safety concerns. These concerns are magnified in light of the Fukushima Daiichi plant accident in Japan in March 2011. According to the EIA, the average cost per MW for the construction of a new nuclear generating station is over $5,000 per kilowatt, or $5,429,000 per MW. This means that according to the EIA, an average sized nuclear power plant would cost approximately $12 billion which represents a high risk endeavor for the average electric utility whose total market capitalization is typically approximately $50 billion. For these reasons, 5,500 MW of new nuclear-powered plants are currently under construction, and the EPA only projects 11,000 MW total of new capacity being built between 2012 and 2040. This limited development, in conjunction with planned plant retirements, will lead to nuclear generating stations share of the total US generating fuel mix to fall to 17% by 2040. The EIA expects clean-burning natural gas-based plants to account for 63% of all new generating capacity constructed between 2012 and 2040. Yet the expansion of natural gas generation has largely been fueled by the unconventional natural gas sources, like shale, and as the IEA notes, unconventional gas exploration and production remain in their formative years. As noted by both the IEA and the EIA, reliance on unconventional gas resources creates a significant amount of uncertainty about future availability and quality of gas resources as well as the environmental impacts of their production. These uncertainties can have a significant impact on the price of natural gas in the future. In fact, the EIA expects that the price of natural gas will continue to decline through 2015, and thereafter increase by an average of 2.5% through 2040.
Environmentally responsible renewable energy alternatives, such as solar and wind,LED lighting systems generally require subsidies and rebates to be cost competitive and do not provide continuous electricity generation. Despite these challenges, the EIA projects that 31% of new capacity additions between 2012 and 2040 will be renewable technologies, due in large part to regulatory initiatives mandating the use of renewable energy sources. We believe these challenges to expanding generating capacity will increase the need for energy efficiency initiatives to meet demand growth.

7

Table of Contents

Underinvestment in Electricity Transmission and Distribution. According to the Department of Energy, or DOE, the majority of United States transmission lines, transformers and circuit breakers — the backbone of the United States T&D system — are more than 25 years old. The underinvestment in T&D infrastructure has led to well-documented power reliability issues, such as the August 2003 blackout that affected a number of states in the northeastern United States. According to a recent report by the Edison Electric Institute, electric utilities spent over $70 billion upgrading their transmission infrastructure between 2001 and 2010 and plan to spend an additional $60 billion for additional infrastructure between 2011 and 2022. Moreover, in its 2012 World Energy Outlook, the IEA projects that the world will have to invest over $6.8 trillion in new transmission and distribution infrastructure between 2010 and 2040 to support the generation construction required to meet demand growth and offset planned plant retirements.
High Electricity Costs. Due to the recent recessionary impact within the U.S. during 2009 and 2010, electricity pricing has declined slightly from prior years due to declining demand charges and lower capacity costs for open market purchases of electricity in deregulated states. Prior to 2009, the price of one kWh of electricity (in nominal dollars, including the effects of inflation) had reached historic highs. Based on the most recent EIA electricity rate and consumption data available (March 2013), we estimate that commercial and industrial electricity expenditures rose 39.1% and 27.0%, respectively, from 2003 to 2011, while commercial expenditures rose by 3% and industrial expenditures fell by 2.0% in comparing monthly expenditures in March 2012 and March 2013. We believe increases inreduce lighting-related electricity costs will become more pronounced during an economic upturn or throughby approximately 50% to 80% compared to HID fixtures, while increasing the aging grid supply systemquantity of light by approximately 50% and that electricity cost increases will return to the rates experienced prior to 2009 and will continue to increase. As a result, we believe that electricity costs will continue to be an increasingly significant operating expense for businesses, particularly those with large commercial and industrial facilities.
Our Market Opportunityimproving lighting quality.
We believe that energy efficiency measures represent permanent, cost-effective and environmentally responsible alternatives to expanding electricity capacity in order to meet demand growth. The American Council for an Energy Efficient Economy, or ACEEE, in a 2011 fact sheet, estimated thatutilities within the United States can reduce up to 25%-30%recognize the importance of its estimated electricity usage over the next 25 to 30 years by deploying all currently available cost-effective energy efficiency productsas an economical means to manage capacity constraints and technologies across commercial, industrial and residential market sectors. Moreover,as a low-cost alternative when compared to the ACEEE report asserts thatconstruction costs of building new power plants. Accordingly, many of these gains can be achieved at significantly lower costs for energy efficiency ($0.03 per kWh) than for traditional or renewable generation ($0.06 to $0.20 per kWh). As a result, we believe governmental entities, utilities and businesses are increasinglycontinually focused on demand reduction through energy efficiencyefficiency. According to our research of individual state and demand management programs. For example:
Forty-eightutility programs, 49 states, through legislation, regulation or voluntary action, have seen their utilities design and fund programs that promote or deliver energy efficiency. In fact, as of May 31, 2013,2015, only Alaska Delaware and the District of Columbia dodoes not have some form of utility or state energy efficiency programs for any of their commercial or industrial customers.
According to the ACEEE, as of September 2012, 24 states have implemented, or were in the process of implementing, Energy Efficiency Resource Standards, or EERS, or have an energy efficiency component to their Renewable Portfolio Standard, or RPS, which generally requires utilities to allocate funds to energy efficiency programs to meet near-term energy savings targets set by state governments or regulatory authorities. In addition, 30 states have implemented RPS which requires the addition of renewable generation or capacity to the generating portfolios of utilities conducting business in those states, according to the EIA 2013 Annual Energy Outlook.
In recent years, there has also been an increased focus on “decoupling,” a regulatory initiative designed to break the linkage between utility kWh sales and revenues, in order to remove the disincentives for utilities to promote load reducing initiatives. Decoupling aims to encourage utilities to actively promote energy efficiency by allowing utilities to generate revenues and returns on investment by employing Our energy management solutions. According to the Center for Climate and Energy Studies, as of May 31, 2013, 16 states had adopted some form of decoupling for electric utilities, with an additional seven states having adopted decoupling mechanisms for their natural gas utilities.
One method utilities use to reduce demand is the implementation of demand response programs. Demand response is a method of reducing electricity usage during periods of peak demand in order to promote grid stability, either by temporarily curtailing end use or by shifting generation to backup sources, typically at customer facilities. While demand response is an effective tool for addressing peak demand,products are not solely dependent upon these incentive programs, are called upon to reduce consumption typically for only up to 200 hours per year, based on demand conditions, and require end users to compromise their consumption patterns, for example, by reducing lighting or air conditioning.
Webut we do believe that given the costs of adding new capacity and the limited demand time period that is addressed by current demand response initiatives, there is a significant opportunity for more comprehensive energy efficiency solutions to permanently reduce electricity demand during both peak and off-peak periods. We believe such solutions are a compelling way for businesses, utilities and regulators to meet rising demand in a cost-effective and environmentally responsible manner. We also believe that, in order to gain acceptance among end users, energy efficiency solutions must offer substantial energy savings and return on investment, without requiring compromises in energy usage patterns.

8

Table of Contents

The Role of Lighting
Commercial and industrial facilities in the United States employ a variety of lighting technologies, including HID, traditional fluorescents, LED and incandescent lighting fixtures. Our HIF and LED lighting systems typically replace HID fixtures, which operate inefficiently because, according to EPRI, HID fixtures only convert approximately 36% of the energy they consume into visible light. We believe that the U.S. market opportunity for HID retrofits is $10.7 billion. We base this estimate on the United States Department of Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy 2010 Lighting Market Characterization, a report published in 2012. The report indicates that a total of 91.1 billion commercial and industrial square feet are estimated to exist in the U.S. Based uponthese incentive programs provide an analysis from the EIA Commercial and Manufacturing Energy Consumptive Survey, we have determined that approximately 25% of total commercial and industrial square footage is eligible for HID retrofits, giving consideration to a building’s principal activity or purpose and the related square feet. Based onimportant benefit as our experience that each HID fixture covers 450 square feet, approximately 50.9 million HID fixtures would be required to cover the estimated 22.8 billion square feet eligible for HID retrofits. This calculation is consistent with US Department of Energy's 2010 Lighting Market Assessment that indicated total HID installed bulbs in the US commercial and industrial space approximated 49 million units. At an estimated average cost per fixture of approximately $210, we estimate the market value for US commercial and industrial HID replacement to be approximately $10.7 billion.customers evaluate their out-of-pocket cash investments.
Our Solution
50/50 Value Proposition. We estimate our HIF and LEDindustrial high-bay lighting systems generally reduce lighting-related electricity costs by approximately 50% to 80% compared to HIDlegacy fixtures, while increasing the quantity of light by approximately 50% and improving lighting quality. Additionally, our motion controlsIn the commercial office and advances in full-range dimming technology and strategies,retail markets, we estimate that savings can reach up to 80%our lighting systems generally reduce electricity costs by 50%. From December 1, 2001 through March 31, 2013,2015, we believe that the use of our HIF and LED fixtures has saved our customers $2.0$3.1 billion in electricity costs and reduced their energy consumption by 26.340.5 billion kWh.
Multi-Facility Roll-Out Capability. We offer our customers a single source, turn-key solution for project implementation in which we manage and maintain responsibility for entire multi-facility roll-outs of our energy management solutions across North American real estatecommercial and industrial facility portfolios. This capability allows us to offer our customers an orderly, timely and scheduled process for recognizing energy reductions and cost savings.
Rapid Payback Period. In most retrofit projects where we replace HID and HIF fixtures, our customers typically realize a two- to three-yearone-to-three year payback period on our HIF and LED lighting systems. These returns are achieved without considering utility incentives or government subsidies (although subsidies and incentives are increasinglycontinually being made available to our customers and us in connection with the installation of our systems andthat further shorten payback periods).
Easy Installation, Implementation and Maintenance. Most of our HIF and LED fixtures are designed with a lightweight construction and modular plug-and-play architecture that allows for fast and easy installation, facilitates maintenance and allows for easy integration of other components of our energy management system. Our office LED LDRTM products are designed to allow for a fast and easy installation without disrupting the ceiling space or the office work space. We believe our system’s design reduces installation time and expense compared to other lighting solutions, which further improves our customers’ return on investment. We also believe that our use of standard components reduces our customers’ ongoing maintenance costs.
Expanded Product Offerings. We have expanded our product offerings by acquiring and developing LED products for commercial office and retail, traditional interior high bay and exterior lighting applications. We have also introduced exterior lighting products for parking lot, parking garage and convenience store canopies illumination, an LED product offering for freezer and cold storage applications, and a hybrid fixture combining the performance benefits of both LED and fluorescent bulb technologies.
Comprehensive Energy Management System. Our comprehensive energy management system enables us to reduce our customers’ base and peak load electricity consumption. By replacing existing HID fixtures with our HIFLED and LEDHIF lighting systems, our customers permanently reduce base load electricity consumption while significantly increasing their quantity and quality of light. We can also add intelligence to the customer’s lighting system through the implementation of our InteLite wireless dynamic control devices. These devices allow our customers the ability to control and adjust their lighting and energy use levels based upon occupancy and type of occupancy (transient or sustained) for additional cost savings. Finally, we offer a further reduction in electricity consumption through the installation and integration of our ApolloTM Solar Light Pipe, which is a lens-based device that collects and redistributes renewable sunlight without consuming electricity. By integrating our ApolloTM Solar Light Pipe and lighting system with the intelligence of our InteLite product line, the output and electricity consumption of our lighting systems

6

Table of Contents

can be automatically adjusted based on the level of natural light being provided by our ApolloTM Solar Light Pipe and, in certain circumstances, our customers can illuminate their facilities and remain “off the grid” during peak hours of the day.
Easy Installation, Implementation and Maintenance. Our HIF fixtures are designed with a lightweight construction and modular plug-and-play architecture that allows for fast and easy installation, facilitates maintenance and allows for easy integration of other components of our energy management system. We believe our system’s design reduces installation time and expense compared to other lighting solutions, which further improves our customers’ return on investment. We also believe that our use of standard components reduces our customers’ ongoing maintenance costs.
Expanded Product/Service Offerings. We have expanded our product and service offerings by providing our customers with alternative renewable energy systems through our Orion Engineered Systems division. We have also introduced exterior lighting products for parking lot, parking garage and convenience store canopies illumination, an LED product offering for freezer and cold storage applications, a hybrid fixture combining the performance benefits of both LED and fluorescent bulb technologies and LED products for traditional interior high bay, exterior lighting and office environments.
Base and Peak Load Relief for Utilities. The implementation of our energy management systems can substantially reduce our customers’ electricity demand during peak and off-peak periods. According to the EIA, commercial and industrial lighting represents approximately 9.1% of total energy usage in the United States, and our systems can substantially reduce the need for additional base and peak load generation and distribution capacity, while reducing the impact of peak demand periods on the

9

Table of Contents

electrical grid. We estimate that the HIF fixtures we have installed from December 1, 2001 through March 31, 2013 have had the effect of reducing base and peak load demand by approximately 806 MW.
Environmental Benefits. By allowing for the permanent reduction of electricity consumption, our energy management systems reduce indirect CO2 emissions that are a negative by-product of energy generation. We estimate that one of our LED or HIF lighting systems, when replacing a standard HID fixture, displaces 0.245 kW of electricity, which, based on information provided by the EPA, reduces a customer’s indirect CO2 emissions by approximately 1.2 tons per year. Based on these figures, we estimate that the use of our HIF and LED fixtures has reduced indirect CO2 emissions by approximately 17.225.9 million tons through March 31, 2013.2015.
Our Competitive Strengths
Compelling Value Proposition. By permanently reducing lighting-related electricity usage, our systems enable our commercial and industrial customers to achieve significant cost savings, without compromising the quantity or quality of light in their facilities. As a result, our energy management systems offer our customers a rapid return on their investment, without relying on government subsidies or utility incentives. We believe our ability to deliver improved lighting quality while reducing electricity costs differentiates our value proposition from other demand management solutions which require end users to alter the time, manner or duration of their electricity use to achieve cost savings. We also offer our customers a single source solution whereby we manage and are responsible for the entire project, including installation, and manufacturing across the entire North American real estate portfolio. Our ability to offer such a turn-key, national solution allows us to deliver energy reductions and cost savings to our customers in timely, orderly and planned multi-facility roll-outs.
Large and Growing Customer Base. We have developed a large and growing national customer base, and have installed our products in more than 9,00011,900 commercial and industrial facilities across North America. As of March 31, 2013, we have completed or are in the process of completing retrofits in over 1,700 facilities for our Fortune 500 customers. We believe that the willingness of our blue-chip customers to install our products across multiple facilities represents a significant endorsement of our value proposition, which in turn helps us sell our energy management systems to new customers.
Systematized Sales Process. We have invested substantial resourcesintend to leverage our expertise in the development ofmanaging projects across multiple facilities within our sales process. We sell to our end user customers using a systematic multi-step sales process that focuses on our value propositionnew LED product markets, which now include new customer opportunities with banks, insurance companies, hospitals, fast food chains, retail storefronts, grocery and provides our sales force with specific, identified tasks that govern their interactions with our customers from the point of lead generation through delivery of our products and services. Management of this process seeks to continually improve salesforce effectiveness while simultaneously improving salesforce efficiency. We also train select partners and resellers to follow our systematic sales process, thereby extending our sales reach while making their businesses more effective.pharmacies.
Innovative Technology. We have developed a portfolio of 4762 United States patents primarily covering various elements of our HIF and LED fixtures. We believe these innovations allow our HIF and LED fixtures to produce more light output per unit of input energy compared to competitive HIF and LED product offerings. We also have 2540 patents pending that primarily cover various elements of our InteLite wireless controls and our Apollo Solar Light Pipenewly developed LED products and certain business methods. To complement our innovative energy management products, we have introduced integrated energy management services to provide our customers with a turnkey solution either at a single facility or across North American facility footprints. We believe that our demonstrated ability to innovate provides us with significant competitive advantages. We believe that our HIF and LED solutions offer significantly more light output as measured in foot-candles of light delivered per watt of electricity consumed when compared to HID or traditional fluorescent fixtures.
Expanded Product/Service Offerings. We have expanded our product and service offerings by providing our customers with alternative renewable energy systems through our Orion Engineered Systems division. In fiscal 2010, we began researching three test solar photovoltaic electricity generating projects, completing our test analysis on two of the three in the third quarter of fiscal 2010, and executed our first cash sale and our first purchase power agreement, or PPA, as a result of the successful testing of these systems. A PPA is a supply side agreement for the generation of electricity and subsequent sale to the end user. We completed the installation and customer acceptance of the third test system during our fiscal 2011 first quarter. During fiscal 2011, we executed seven additional contracts for renewable technology product sales. During fiscal 2012, we executed an additional 20 contracts for solar PV projects. We also increased sales of our exterior lighting products and solutions for parking lots, gas station canopies and roadway illumination. In fiscal 2013, we expanded our LED product offerings to include recessed downlights, wallpacks, ambient temperature high bay and exterior canopy fixtures.
Expanded PartnerReseller Network. In addition to selling directly to commercial and industrial customers, we sell our energy managementlighting products and services indirectly to end users through wholesale sales to electrical contractors and value-added resellers. In fiscal 2011, we began developing an integrated partner network and have developed standard operating procedures related to their sales and operations. Our integrated partners are required to have in-market technology demonstration centers to showcase our products and are trained to conduct their own energy workshops for their in-market customers.service companies. We now have relationships with more than 100 partners,resellers, some of whom are exclusive agents for our product lines. We intend to continue to selectively build out our partnerreseller network in the future with a focus on geographic regions where we do not currently have a strong partnerreseller or retail sales presence.

10

Table of Contents

Strong, Experienced Leadership Team. We have a strong and experienced senior management team led by our chief executive officer, John Scribante. Our senior leadership team of six individuals has a combined 6862 years of experience with our company and a combined 8377 years of experience in the lighting and energy management industries.
Systematized Sales Process. We have invested substantial resources in the development of our sales process. We sell to our end user customers using a systematic multi-step sales process that focuses on our value proposition and provides our sales force with specific, identified tasks that govern their interactions with our customers from the point of lead generation through delivery of our products and services. Management of this process seeks to continually improve salesforce effectiveness while simultaneously improving salesforce efficiency. We also train select resellers to follow our systematic sales process, thereby extending our sales reach while making their businesses more effective.
Innovative Financing Solutions. We have developed a financing program called the Orion Throughput Agreement, or OTA. Our OTA is structured similarly to a supply contract under which we commit to deliver a set amount of energy savings to the customer at a fixed monthly rate. Our OTA program allows customers to deploy our energy management systems without having to make upfront investments or capital outlays. After the pre-determined amount of energy savings are delivered, our customers assume full ownership of the energy management system and benefit from the entire amount of energy savings over the remaining useful life of the technology. We believe the OTA allows us to capture customer sales opportunities that otherwise may not have occurred due to capital constraints.
Our Growth Strategies

7

Table of Contents

Efficient, Scalable Manufacturing Process.Emphasize LED Product and Market. We believe that the market for lighting products is currently experiencing a significant technology shift to LED lighting systems. Accordingly, our primary focus in the future will be emphasizing our lighting retrofit solutions using new LED technologies.
Develop New Sources of Revenue Through Expanded Product Offerings. We have made significant investmentsexpanded our role in our manufacturing facility, including investments in production efficiencies, automated processesthe LED marketplace, and modern production equipment. These investments have substantially increased our production capacity, which we believe will enable usplan to support substantially increased demand. In addition, these investments, combined with our modular product designincrease sales of LED fixtures for commercial office and use of standard components, enable us to reduce our cost of revenue, while better controlling production quality,retail applications, schools and allow us to be responsive to customer needs on a timely basis. We generally are able to deliver standard products within several weeks of receipt of order which leads to greater energy savings to customers through shorter implementation time frames. We believe the sales to implementation cycles for our competitors are substantially longer.government buildings, freezer and cold-storage applications, exterior area applications, as well as high-bay interior applications.
Our Growth Strategies
Leverage Existing Customer Base. Over the last several years, we have focused on expanding our relationships with our existing customers by transitioning from single-site facility implementations to comprehensive enterprise-wide roll-outs of our HIF and LED lighting systems. We also intend to leverage our large installed base of HIF lighting systems to implement all aspects of our energy management system, particularly new LED lighting products, wireless controls, cloud-based power data analysis and storage capabilities new LED lighting products as well as our additional alternative/renewable energy solutions for our existing customers.
Pursue Acquisitions. We have executed a purchase agreement to acquire Harris. Harris engineers, designs, sources and manufactures energy efficient lighting systems, including fluorescent and LED lighting solutions, and day-lighting products. We expect to close the Harris acquisition during our fiscal 2014 second quarter. In the future, we intend to pursue additional acquisition opportunities. We intend to target acquisition prospectsopportunities that will increase the breadth of our energy technologies, expand our customer base, or provide us entry into new markets.
Target Additional Customers. We are expanding our base of commercialExpanded Reseller Network and industrial customers by executing our systematic sales process with our direct sales force and through our existing resellers and partners. In addition, we are continuing to build on a sales and marketing program designed to develop new relationships with partners, resellers and their respective customers. During fiscal 2012, we added a telemarketing group to generate sales leads and schedule appointments for our internal salespeople and our partners and resellers.
Develop New Sources of Revenue Through Expanded Product/Service Offerings. We have expanded our role in the LED marketplace, and plan to increase sales of LED fixtures for freezer and cold-storage applications, as well as high-bay interior applications. We have improved our InteLite wireless dynamic controls, Apollo Solar Light Pipe and outdoor lighting products to complement our core HIF lighting systems. We are continuing to develop new energy management products and services that can be utilized in connection with our current products, including intelligent HVAC integration controls, renewable energy solutions, comprehensive lighting management software and controls and additional consulting services.
Expanded Direct Salesforce. During fiscal 2013, we began to increase the number of our direct sales force and intend to continue to increase our direct sales force in the future. Historically, our direct sales force has generated approximately 40% of our total efficiency revenue. In the future, we intend to increase the percentage of our direct sales force to approximately 60% of our total efficiency revenue.
Expanded Partner Network.In addition to selling directly to commercial and industrialnational account customers, we sell our energy managementlighting products and services indirectly to end users through wholesale sales to electrical contractors and value-added resellers.energy service companies. We intend to continue to build out our partnerreseller network in the future, including the addition of new integration partners and value-added resellers. Our integration partners representwe are also increasing our products exclusively, maintain product demonstration areas within their facilities, are offeredin-market sales force which generates revenue through our lowest pricing level and follow our standard operating procedures related to their sales, project management and operational activities.
Provide Load Relief to Utilities and Grid Operators. Because commercial and industrial lighting represents a significant percentage of overall electricity usage, we believe that as we increase our market penetration, our systems will, in the aggregate, have a significant impact on permanently reducing base and peak load electricity demand. We estimate our HIF lighting systems can generally eliminate demand at a cost of approximately $1.0 million per MW when used in replacement of typical HID fixtures,

11

Table of Contents

as compared to the IEA’s estimate of approximately $2.8 million per MW of capacity for new generation and T&D assets. We have been marketing our energy management systems directly to utilities and grid operators as a lower-cost, permanent and distributed alternative to capacity expansion. We believe that utilities and grid operators may increasingly view our systems as a way to help them meet their requirements to provide reliable electric power to their customers in a cost-effective and environmentally responsible manner. In addition, we believe that potential regulatory decoupling initiatives could increase the amount of incentives that utilities and grid operators will be willing to pay us or our customers for the installation of our systems.reseller channels.
Continue to Improve Operational Efficiencies. We are focused on continually improving the efficiency of our operations to increase the profitability of our business. In our manufacturing operations, we pursue opportunities to reduce our materials, component and manufacturing costs through product engineering, manufacturing process improvements, research and development on alternative materials and components, volume purchasing and investments in manufacturing equipment and automation. We also seek to reduce our installation costs by training our authorized installers to perform retrofits more efficiently and cost effectively. We have also undertaken initiatives to achieve operating expense efficiencies by more effectively executing our systematic multi-step sales process and focusing on geographically-concentrated sales efforts. We believe that realizing these efficiencies will enhance our profitability potentialbusiness and allow us to continue to deliver our compelling value proposition.
Create a Culture to Support Growth. We are focused on establishing a corporate culture that embraces high-expectations and performance to continue to drive efficiency and deliver superior results to our customers.
Products and Services
We provide a varietyOur lighting products consist primarily of productsLED and services that together comprise our energy management system. The core of our energy management system is our HIF lighting platform, which we primarily sell underfixtures, although our primary focus in the Compact Modular brand name. Additionally, we have recently expandedfuture will be emphasizing our LED lighting fixtures. Currently, substantially all of our products are manufactured at our production facility location in Wisconsin, although we are increasingly sourcing products and anticipatecomponents from third parties as the LED market continues to evolve in order to have versatility in our product development. We are focused on researching, developing and/or acquiring new LED products and technologies that are innovative in the future, revenue from ourretrofit markets, such as the LED products will increase in proportion to our overall lighting revenue. We offer our customers the option to build on our core HIFdoor retrofit and exterior LED lighting platforms by addingproducts introduced in October 2014. We plan to focus our InteLite wireless dynamic control devicesefforts into creating innovative LED retrofit products while continuing to market and Apollo Solar Light Pipes.sell legacy HIF solutions to customers in markets where LED technology adoption is in its infancy. Together with these products, we offer our customers a variety of integrated energy management services, such as system design, project management and installation. We refer to the combination of these products and services as our energy management system. Additionally, we provide renewable energy solutions, including solar and wind energy solutions to our customers.
Products
The following is a description of our primary products:
The LED Door Retrofit: Our LED door retrofit, or LDRTM, product was obtained through our acquisition of Harris and was made available to the marketplace in January 2014. The LDRTM was expanded to include designs for architectural, industrial and contractor product lines. The LDRTM is designed to replace existing 4 foot by 2 foot and 2 foot by 2 foot fluorescent troffers that are frequently found in office or retail grid ceilings. Our LDRTM product is unique in that the LED optics and electronics are housed within the door frame which allows for installation of the product in approximately one minute. The product provides reduced maintenance expenses based upon LED chip lives ranging from 187,000 to 375,000 hours, which we equate to a performance life of the fixture's light source of between 60 and 100 years.
Interior LED High Bay Fixtures: Our LED interior high bay lighting products consists of our ApolloTM high bay and ISON® high bay products. Our ISON® class of LED interior fixture offers a full package of premium features, including low total cost of ownership, optics that exceed competitors in terms of lumen package, delivered light, modularity and advanced thermal management. Our ApolloTM class of LED interior fixtures is designed for new construction and retrofit projects where initial cost is the largest factor in the purchase decision. In addition, our LED interior lighting products are lightweight and, we believe, easy to handle, which further reduces installation and maintenance costs and helps to build brand loyalty with electrical contractors and installers.
Exterior LED Fixtures: In October 2014, we launched a suite of new exterior LED lighting products including our Orion ISON® Class LED Exterior Area Fixture and our ApolloTM LED Exterior Area Light and ApolloTM LED Wall Pack. Our patent pending ISON® class LED exterior area fixture offers a full package of premium features, including low total cost of ownership, optics that exceed competitors in terms of lumen package, delivered light, modularity, advanced thermal management, and numerous accessory options (such as ambient sensors and fixture color). Our ISON® class LED Wall Pack is a wall mounted fixture to complement our ISON® class LED Area Light.Our ApolloTM LED Exterior Area Light and ApolloTM LED Wall Pack are designed

8

Table of Contents

to meet the market demand for long life exterior applications. Our exterior ApolloTM line products are ideal for new construction and retrofit projects where initial cost is the largest factor in the purchase decision.
The Compact Modular. OurHistorically, our primary product ishas been our line of high-performance HIF lighting systems, the Compact Modular, which includes a variety of fixture configurations to meet customer specifications. The Compact Modular generally operates at 224 watts per six-lamp fixture, compared to approximately 465 watts for the HID fixtures that it typically replaces. This wattage difference is the primary reason our HIF lighting systems are able to reduce electricity consumption by approximately 50% compared to HID fixtures. Our Compact Modular has a thermally efficient design that allows it to operate at significantly lower temperatures than HID fixtures and most other legacy lighting fixtures typically found in commercial and industrial facilities. Because of the lower operating temperatures of our fixtures, our ballasts and lamps operate more efficiently, allowing more electricity to be converted to light rather than to heat or vibration, while allowing these components to last longer before needing replacement. In addition, the heat reduction provided by installing our HIF lighting systems reduces the electricity consumption required to cool our customers’ facilities, which further reduces their electricity costs. The EPRI estimates that commercial buildings use 5% to 10% of their electricity consumption for cooling required to offset the heat generated by lighting fixtures.
In addition, our patented optically-efficient reflector increases light quantity by efficiently harvesting and focusing emitted light. We and some of our customers have conducted tests that generally show that our Compact Modular product line can increase light quantity in footcandles by approximately 50% when replacing HID fixtures. Further, we believe, based on customer data, that our Compact Modular products provide a greater quantity of light per watt than competing HIF fixtures.
The Compact Modular product line also includes our modular power pack, which enables us to customize our customers’ lighting systems to help achieve their specified lighting and energy savings goals. Our modular power pack integrates easily into a wide variety of electrical configurations at our customers’ facilities, allowing for faster and less expensive installation compared to lighting systems that require customized electrical connections. In addition, our HIF lighting systems are lightweight and, we believe, easy to handle, which further reduces installation and maintenance costs and helps to build brand loyalty with electrical contractors and installers.
LED technology. We believe we have taken a responsible approach to developing and introducing our LED products. We focused our research and development efforts on our core competencies: optical and thermal management and control. This resulted in our introducing LED systems primarily for use in cold storage applications. In addition to our LED products for the cold-storage industry, during fiscal 2013, we expanded our LED product offering to include recessed downlights, wallpacks, ambient temperature high bay and exterior canopy fixtures. Due to improvements in LED technology, drastic reduction of chip prices, availability of name-brand drivers and seamless integration with our InteLite controls, we believe that LED will become a larger part of our overall interior lighting strategy moving forward.

12

Table of Contents

InteLiteInteLite® Dynamic Control Device. Our InteLiteInteLite® wireless dynamic control products allow customers to remotely communicate with and give commands to individual light fixtures and other peripheral devices through web-based software, and allow the customer to configure and easily change the control parameters of each fixture based on a number of inputs and conditions, including time-of-day, motion and ambient light levels. Our InteLiteInteLite® products can be added to our HIF and LED lighting systems during or after installation on a “plug and play” basis by coupling the wireless transceivers directly with the modular power pack. Because of their modular design, our InteLiteInteLite® wireless products can be added to our energy management system easily and at lower cost when compared to lighting systems that require similar controls to be included at original installation or retrofitted. Recent improvements to ourOur InteLite products allow us to provide reporting and metering capabilities at the individual control unit level. These capabilities allow for our customers to measure and evaluate energy consumption at the process level. Data can be collected and exported, allowing our customers to perform energy analysis across their facilities to identify operational practices and behaviors that better manage energy costs.
ApolloTM Solar Light Pipe. Our Apollo Solar Light Pipe is a lens-based device that collects and focuses renewable daylight, bringing natural light indoors without consuming electricity. Our ApolloTM Solar Light Pipe is designed and manufactured to maximize light collection during times of low sun angles, such as those that occur during early morning and late afternoon. The ApolloTM Solar Light Pipe produces maximum lighting “power” in peak summer months and during peak daylight hours, when electricity is most expensive. By integrating our ApolloTM Solar Light Pipe with our HIF lighting systems and InteLite wireless controls, the output and associated electricity consumption of our HIF lighting systems can be automatically adjusted based on the level of natural light being provided by our ApolloTM Solar Light Pipe to offer further energy savings for our customers. In certain circumstances, our customers can illuminate their facilities “off the grid” during peak hours of the day through the use of our integrated energy management system.
Renewable Energy Products. Our engineered systems division offers solar PV systems to allow our customers to convert sunlight into electricity. We are a distributor, not a manufacturer, of solar PV systems; however, we do manufacture certain wiring assemblies used to connect the individual solar modules to the electrical panel. Our fully integrated solar power services include (i) project development; (ii) EPC services; (iii) O&M services; and (iv) project finance expertise. We provide EPC services for projects developed directly to our end customers, to projects developed by independent solar power project developers. EPC services include engineering design and related services, advanced development of grid integration solutions, and construction contracting and management. The procurement component of our EPC services includes recommendation and deployment of solar modules and components that we procure from third parties. We provide O&M services which can include all or a combination of the following scopes of work: warranty, preventative and scheduled maintenance, spare parts inventory, monitoring and reporting of plant performance and diagnosing performance to assist customers in maximizing energy production. We have developed a network of finance partners with experience in structuring non-recourse project debt finance, operating and capital leases, power purchase agreements (PPA) and project equity from tax oriented and strategic industry equity investors. We can provide support in arranging and/or facilitating financing for projects on behalf of our customers.
Cloud-based data computing, storage. During fiscal 2012, we received Microsoft’s coveted High Potential Managed Partner status, which only 1 percent of Microsoft’s partners attain. We offer Microsoft’s Windows Azure cloud computing and SQL Azure data storage, which allows for real-time energy use analysis and maximum energy savings.
Other Products. We also offer our customers a variety of other LED, HIF, and induction fixtures to address their lighting and energy management needs, including fixtures designed for agribusinesses, parking lots, roadways, outdoor applications and private label resale.
Our warranty policy generally provides for a limited one-year warranty on our HIF products and a limited five-year warranty on our LED products, although we do offer warranties ranging up to 10 years for certain LED products. Ballasts, lamps, drivers, LED chips and other electrical components are excluded from our standard warranty since they are covered by separate warranties offered by the original equipment manufacturers. We coordinate and process customer warranty inquiries and claims, including inquiries and claims relating to ballast and lamp components, through our customer service department.
Services
We provide a range of fee-based lighting-related energy management services to our customers, including:
comprehensive site assessment, which includes a review of the current lighting requirements and energy usage at the customer’s facility;
site field verification, or SFV, during which we perform a test implementation of our energy management system at a customer’s facility upon request;facility;
utility incentive and government subsidy management, where we assist our customers in identifying, applying for and obtaining available utility incentives or government subsidies;
engineering design, which involves designing a customized system to suit our customer’scustomers' facility lighting and energy management needs, and providing the customer with a written analysis of the potential energy savings and lighting and environmental benefits associated with the designed system;

13

Table of Contents

project management, which involves our working with the electrical contractor in overseeing and managing all phases of implementation from delivery through installation for a single facility or through multi-facility roll-outs tied to a defined project schedule;

9

Table of Contents

installation services, for our products, which we provide through our national network of qualified third-party installers; and
recycling in connection with our retrofit installations, where we remove, dispose of and recycle our customer’s legacy lighting fixtures.
We are also expandingprovide other services which comprise a small amount of our offering of other energy management services that we believe will represent additional sources of revenue for us in the future. Thoserevenue. These services primarily include review and management of electricity bills, as well as management and control of power quality and remote monitoring and control of our installed systems. We also sell and distribute replacement lamps and fixture components into the after-market.
Our Customers
We primarily target commercial and industrial customers who have warehousing, manufacturing, and manufacturingoffice facilities. As of March 31, 2013,2015, we have installed our products in 9,09011,958 commercial and industrial facilities across North America. Additionally, if we were to include the facilities in which Harris lighting systems were installed prior to our July 1, 2013 acquisition of Harris, we believe that this total would be significantly greater. Our diversified customer base includes:
American Standard International Inc.
Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc.
Avery Dennison Corp.
Big Lots Inc.
The Coca-Cola Co.
Ecolab, Inc.Dollar General Corporation
Gap, Inc.Ford Motor Co.
General Electric Co.
Kraft Foods Inc.
Miller Coors LLC
Newell Rubbermaid Inc.
OfficeMax, Inc.
PepsiCo Inc.
Sealed Air Corp.
Sherwin-Williams Co.
SYSCO Corp.
Textron, Inc.
Toyota Motor Corp.
United Stationers Inc.
U.S. Foodservice
One single customer, Ford Motor Co., accounted for 12% of our total revenue during fiscal 2015. One single customer, Standard Alternative LLC, accounted for 23% of our total revenue during fiscal 2014. No single customer accounted for 10% or more of our total revenue in any of our last threeduring fiscal years.2013.
Sales and Marketing
We sell our products directly to commercial and industrial customers using a systematic multi-step process that focuses on our value proposition and provides our sales force with a specific protocol for working with our customers from the point of lead generation through delivery of our products and services. In fiscal 2011, we upgraded our Customer Relationship Management system, or CRM, to improve the information and tracking of our customer project pipeline. In fiscal 2012, we created a telemarketing function for the purpose of lead generation and customer appointment scheduling, established a sales and technology office in Houston, Texas, and increased our sales and marketing headcount through the addition of direct in-market salespeople. In fiscal 2013, we streamlined our telemarketing function with an emphasis on improving the quality of leads generated, developed a strategy to expand our direct sales force, implemented product version control for our wireless products and transitioned the compensation plans of our sales force to an increasingly performance based model. In fiscal 2014, we continued to increase our in-market sales force and transitioned this sales force to focus on indirect customer growth. We believe that an in-market sales force focused on providing technical product and sales support to our resellers provides us with a greater potential for revenue growth. In fiscal 2015, we further increased our sales force across all of our business divisions to support our growing reseller base and to sell into government and real estate investment trust markets. During fiscal 2015, we created our distribution services division to develop customer relationships with broad line distributors. In the future, we intend to continueexpect to increase our direct sales force. We believe the expansionnumber of our direct sales force will increase our total revenue and gross profit due to the inclusion of service revenueactive distributors and the potential for a higher markup on direct sales opportunities. Additionally, we believe a direct sales force provides us with an improved ability to manage and control revenue generating activities, and will improvefrom our revenue forecast accuracy.
We also sell our products anddistribution services indirectly to our customers through their electrical contractors or distributors, or to electrical contractors and distributors who buy our products and resell them to end users as part of an installed project. We believe these relationships allow us to increase penetration into the lighting retrofit market because electrical contractors often have significant influence over their customers’ lighting product selections. Even in cases where we sell through these indirect channels, we strive to have our own relationship with the end user customer.division.
We also sell our products on a wholesale basis to value-added resellers. We often train our value-added resellers to implement our systematic sales process to more effectively resell our products to their customers. We attempt to leverage the customer relationships of these value-added resellers to further extend the geographic scope of our selling efforts. We work cooperatively with our value-added reseller channels through participation in national trade organizations, by providing training on our sales methodologies, including the development and distribution of standard sales partnerreseller operating procedures and by providing training to our partnersresellers to enable them to conduct their own energy workshops with their customer and prospect bases. During fiscal 2015, we increased the number of active key resellers from 30 to 102. We intend to continue to selectively expand our partnerreseller network, but expect thatfocusing on those geographic regions where we lack sufficient sales coverage.
We also sell our products and services indirectly to our customers through their electrical contractors or distributors, or to electrical contractors and distributors who buy our products and resell them to end users as part of an installed project. We believe these relationships allow us to increase penetration into the expansion of our direct sales force will outpace the growth from adding new partners.lighting retrofit market because electrical contractors often have significant influence over their customers’ lighting product selections.
We have historically focused our marketing efforts on traditional direct advertising, as well as developing brand awareness through customer education and active participation in trade shows and energy management seminars. In fiscal 2014, we expect to continue to selectively invest in advertising and marketing campaigns to increase the visibility of our brand name and raise awareness of our value proposition. In the past, these efforts have included participating in national, regional and local trade organizations, exhibiting at trade shows, executing targeted direct mail campaigns, advertising in select publications,

14

Table of Contents

public relations campaigns, social media and other lead generation and brand building initiatives. We are also actively training contractors and partnersresellers on how to effectively represent our product offering and have designed an intensive classroom training program, which we refer to as Orion University, to complement the energy management workshops we conduct in the field. During the first half of fiscal 2015, we invested in a branding campaign to better position us as an LED company to our direct customers and our resellers. We expect our branding campaign will result in generating additional sales pipelines, increase the number of our resellers and increase our market share in newer markets, like schools and

10

Table of Contents

commercial office space. We believe our branding investment was vital in strengthening our position as an LED lighting solutions provider and improving our ability to compete against existing LED lighting companies.
Competition
The market for energy managementefficiency lighting products and services is fragmented. We face strong competition primarily from manufacturers and distributors of energy management products and services as well as electrical contractors. We compete primarily on the basis of technology, price, quality, customer relationships, energy efficiency, customer service and marketing support.
There are a number of lighting fixture manufacturers that sell LED and HIF products that compete with our Compact Modularlighting product line. Somelines. Lighting companies such as Acuity Brands, Inc., Cooper Lighting division of these manufacturers also sell HID products that compete with our HIF lighting systems, including Cooper Industries, Ltd.Eaton Corporation plc, Cree, Inc., and Hubbell Incorporated are some of our main competitors within the commercial and Acuity Brands, Inc.industrial markets. Recently, electronics companies, like LG Electronics, have begun to develop and commercialize lighting fixtures. These companies generally have large and diverse product lines. Many of these competitors are better capitalized than we are, have strong existing customer relationships, greater name recognition, and more extensive engineering and marketing capabilities. We also compete for sales of our LED and HIF lighting systems with manufacturers and suppliers of older fluorescent technology in the retrofit market. Some of the manufacturers of HIF and HID products that compete with our LED and HIF lighting systems sell their systems at a lower initial capital cost than the cost at which we sell our systems, although we believe based on our industry experience that these systems generally do not deliver the light quality and the cost savings that our LED and HIF lighting systems deliver over the long-term.
Many of our competitors market their manufactured lighting and other products primarily to distributors who resell their products for use in new commercial, residential, and industrial construction. These distributors, such as Graybar Electric Company, Gexpro (GE Supply) and W.W. Grainger, Inc., generally have large customer bases and wide distribution networks and supply to electrical contractors.
The renewable energy sector is highly competitive and continually evolving as sector participants strive to distinguish themselves within their markets. Competition in the renewable energy sector has resulted in significant materials price reductions and lower margins for solar panel providers, resulting in several panel providers being forced out of business during calendar years 2011 and 2012. In the engineering and procurement sector, we compete with other energy service companies who provide similar engineering and contracting services, with roofing and electrical contractors who are seeking to expand their revenue generating product offerings and with solar panel manufacturers who are seeking to expand their renewable services product offering.
We also face competition from companies who provide energy management services. Some of these competitors, such as Johnson Controls, Inc. and Honeywell International, provide basic systems and controls designed to further energy efficiency. Other competitors provide demand response systems that compete with our energy management systems, such as Comverge, Inc. and EnerNOC, Inc.
Intellectual Property
As of March 31, 2013,2015, we had been issued 4762 United States patents, and had applied for 2540 additional United States patents. The patented and patent pending technologies cover various innovative elements of our products, including our HIF fixture, InteLiteand LED fixtures, InteLite® wireless controls and ApolloTM Solar Light Pipes and fixtures that incorporate LED technology.Pipes. Among other things, we believe that our innovations allow our HIF fixtures to produce more light output per unit of input energy compared to competitive HIF product offerings. Our patented LDRTM product allows for a significantly quicker installation when compared to competitor's commercial office lighting products. Our smart lighting controls allow our lighting fixtures to selectively provide a targeted amount of light where and when it is needed most.
We believe that our patent portfolio as a whole is material to our business. We also believe that our patents covering certain component partsour ability to manage the thermal and optical performance of our Compact Modular, including our thermally efficient I-frameLED and our optically efficient reflector,HIF lighting products are material to our business, and that the loss of these patents could significantly and adversely affect our business, operating results and prospects.
Manufacturing and Distribution
We own an approximately 266,000 square foot manufacturing and distribution facility located in Manitowoc, Wisconsin. Since fiscal 2005, we have made significant investments in new equipment and in the developmentWisconsin, where, currently, substantially all of our workforce to expand our internal production capabilities and increase production capacity. As a result of these investments,products are manufactured, although we are generally ableincreasingly sourcing products and components from third parties as the LED market continues to manufactureevolve in order to have versatility in our product development. During fiscal 2015, we focused on converting our manufacturing production assembly lines from predominantly HIF lighting assembly lines to LED lighting assembly lines. We are considering implementing additional significant changes to our manufacturing production and assembleassembly facility and processes that will provide us additional flexibility to continue to adapt and respond to the changing market dynamics of the lighting products industry and to continue to enhance our products internally. We supplement our in-house production with outsourcing contracts as required to meet short-term production needs. We believe we have sufficient production capacity to support a substantial expansioncompetitiveness. As part of our business.business initiatives to adapt to the rapidly evolving LED market, we are also currently considering options related to our properties, including the sale and leaseback of our manufacturing and corporate facilities that, if executed, will result in a significant impairment charge.
We generally maintain a significant supply of raw material and purchased and manufactured component inventory. We manufacture products to order and are typically able to ship most orders within 1410 days of our receipt of a purchase order. We

15

Table of Contents

contract with transportation companies to ship our products and manage all aspects of distribution logistics. We generally ship our products directly to the end user.
Research and Development
Our research and development efforts are centered on developing new products and technologies and enhancing existing products, and improving operational and manufacturing efficiencies.products. . The products, technologies and services we are developing are focused on increasing end user energy efficiency. We arehave also been developing lighting products based on LED technology, intelligent HVAC integration controls, direct solar solutions and comprehensive lighting management software.technology. During fiscal 2013, as part2014, we developed and commercialized the LDRTM product obtained through the acquisition of Harris. During fiscal 2015, we focused our strategic refocus,development on LED products and we streamlined our product development initiatives with a focus on disciplined control releases versus a processdeveloped and commercialized several suites of continuous development.LED interior high bay products and LED exterior products. Our research

11

Table of Contents

and development expenditures were $2.3$2.3 million,, $2.5 $2.0 million and $2.3$2.6 million for fiscal years 2011, 20122013, 2014 and 2013,2015, respectively. During fiscal 2016, we intend to open an innovation hub in Chicago, Illinois to develop and design new LED products. We believe that this location is in close proximity to highly-regarded engineering and business schools and will offer us a greater supply of technical talent to help us develop new LED products in the future.  We may incur additional start-up expenses for this new innovation hub, as well as additional compensation expense as we add research and development and engineering personnel.
Regulation
Our operations are subject to federal, state, and local laws and regulations governing, among other things, emissions to air, discharge to water, the remediation of contaminated properties and the generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment, and disposal of, and exposure to, waste and other materials, as well as laws and regulations relating to occupational health and safety. We believe that our business, operations, and facilities are being operated in compliance in all material respects with applicable environmental and health and safety laws and regulations.
State, county or municipal statutes often require that a licensed electrician be present and supervise each retrofit project. Further, all installations of electrical fixtures are subject to compliance with electrical codes in virtually all jurisdictions in the United States. In cases where we engage independent contractors to perform our retrofit projects, we believe that compliance with these laws and regulations is the responsibility of the applicable contractor.
Our Corporate and Other Available Information
We were incorporated as a Wisconsin corporation in April 1996 and our corporate headquarters are located at 2210 Woodland Drive, Manitowoc, Wisconsin 54220. Our Internet website address is www.oesx.com. Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, are available through the investor relations page of our internet website free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC.
Employees
As of March 31, 2013,2015, we had 218191 full-time and 157 part-time employees. Our employees are not represented by any labor union, and we have never experienced a work stoppage or strike. We consider our relations with our employees to be good.
ITEM 1A.RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below and in other reports that we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The matters discussed in the following risk factors, and additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation and future growth prospects and could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.
The success of our business depends upon our adaptation to the changing market conditions in the lighting industry and on market acceptance of our lighting retrofit solutions using new LED technologies.
Since we believe that the market for lighting products is currently experiencing a significant technology shift to LED lighting systems, we are increasingly focusing our business on providing lighting retrofit solutions using new LED technologies in lieu of traditional HIF lighting upon which our business has historically relied.
As a result, our future success depends significantly upon the adoption rate of LED products within our primary markets and our ability to participate in this anticipated market trend. To be an effective participant in this expected growing LED market opportunity, we must keep up with the evolution of LED technology, which has been moving at a fast pace. We may be unable to successfully develop and market new LED products or services that keep pace with technological or industry changes, satisfy changes in customer demands or comply with present or emerging government and industry regulations and technology standards. The development and introduction of new LED products may result in increased warranty expenses and other new product introduction expenses. In addition, we will incur substantial costs to research and develop new LED products, which will increase our expenses, without guarantee that our products and services will be commercially viable. We may also spend time and resources to develop and release new LED products only to discover that a competitor has also introduced similar new products with superior performance. Moreover, if the market shift to LED lighting does not occur or new sources of lighting are developed, our current products and technologies could become less competitive or obsolete, which could result in reduced revenue, reduced earnings or increased losses and/or inventory and other impairment charges. Additionally, as the lighting retrofit market continues to shift to LED lighting products from HIF and other traditional lighting products, customer purchasing decisions have been delayed as they evaluate the relative advantages and disadvantages of the lighting retrofit product alternatives and wait for further decreases in the price of LED lighting products. These circumstances have led, and may continue to lead, to reduced revenue for us in the periods affected. Our primary focus on selling our generally lower margin LED products to our retrofit customers in the future in

12

Table of Contents

lieu of our traditional HIF lighting products will likely also lead to reduced revenues for our generally higher margin HIF products, thus increasing our reliance on our new LED products and potentially resulting in inventory or other impairment charges.
As we attempt to adapt our business organization to this quickly evolving market, we are considering implementing significant changes to our manufacturing operations to increase our flexibility, remain competitive and lower our cost structure, including the sale and leaseback of our manufacturing and corporate facilities. Implementing these initiatives will result in our incurring additional cost and expenses, including asset impairment or write-down charges and other repositioning expenses and charges, which would likely materially adversely affect our results of operations. Additionally, we have been managing through significant change in our vendor supply chain as LED product portfolio and our product revenue continue to increase and we place more focus on this product line. We currently believe that our recent efforts to negotiate further lower material input costs will improve our LED product gross margins beginning during our fiscal 2016. However, we may not be able to realize the gross margin benefits in the amounts or on the timetable anticipated and we may experience higher warranty expenses in the future as we implement our manufacturing and assembly process changes. It is also possible that, as we continue to focus our sales efforts on our LED product lines, we may increase our risk of inventory obsolescence for our legacy lighting product lines or even for outmoded LED products.
Finally, in connection with our primary focus on selling our LED products in the future, we expect our results of operations to fluctuate from quarter to quarter as customers may continue to delay purchasing decisions as they evaluate their return on investment from purchasing new LED products compared to alternative lighting solutions, the pricing of LED products continues to fall and LED products continue to gain more widespread customer acceptance. Similarly, these circumstances have impacted, and may continue to, adversely impact, our product gross margins and our profitability from quarter to quarter.
If we are unable to achieve market acceptance of our lighting retrofit solutions using new LED technologies or realize the expected benefits from our conversion to LED technologies, our results of operations and financial condition will likely be materially adversely affected.
The success of our LED lighting retrofit solutions depend in part on our ability to claim market share ahead of our competitors.
Participants in the LED market who are able to quickly establish customer relationships and achieve market penetration are likely to gain a competitive advantage as the lighting retrofit solutions offered by us and our competitors generally have a product life of several years following installation. If we are unable to establish customer relationships and achieve market penetration in the LED market in a timely manner, we may lose the opportunity to market our LED products and services to significant portions of the lighting systems retrofit market for several years and may be at a disadvantage in securing future business opportunities from customers that have previously established relationships with one or more of our competitors. These disadvantages could reduce our revenue and profitability, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Adverse conditions in the global economy and disruption of financial markets have negatively impacted, and could continue to negatively impact, our customers, suppliers and business.
Financial markets in the United States, Europe and Asia have experienced extreme disruption over the past several years, including, among other things, extreme volatility in security prices, severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, substantially reduced capital expenditure budgets, rating downgrades, declines in asset valuations, inflation, reduced consumer spending and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. While currently these conditions have not impaired our ability to finance our operations, such conditions coupled with recessionary typeContinued weak economic conditions have adversely affected our customers’ capital budgets, purchasing decisions and facilities managers and, therefore, have adversely affected our results of operations. OurThe return to a recessionary state of the global economy could potentially have negative effects on our near-term liquidity and capital resources, including slower collections of receivables, delays of existing order deliveries and postponements of incoming orders.Our business and results of operations will continue to be adversely affected to the extent these adverse financial market and general economic conditions continue to adversely affect our customers’ purchasing decisions.
Adverse market conditions have led to increasing duration of customer sales cycles, limitations on customer capital budgets, project delays, closure of facilities and the loss of key contacts due to workforce reductions at existing and prospective customers.
The volatility and uncertainty in the financial and credit markets has led many customers to adopt strategies for conserving cash, including limits on capital spending. Our lighting systems are often purchased as capital assets and therefore are subject to capital availability. Uncertainty around such availability has led customers to delay purchase decisions, which has elongated the

16

Table of Contents

duration of our sales cycles. Along with limiting capital spending, some customers have reduced expenses by closing facilities and reducing workforces. As a result, facilities that were or may be considering installing our lighting systems have closed or may close. Due to downsizings, key contacts and decision-makers at some of our customers have lost or may lose their jobs, which requires us to re-initiate the sales cycle with other personnel, further elongating the sales cycle. Additionally, the federal government shutdown during our fiscal 2014 resulted in project delays for certain government projects. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, variability in our operating results, on both an annual and a quarterly basis, as a result of these factors.
Our financial performance is dependent on our ability to execute on our strategy and to increase our profitability.
Our fiscal 2014 operating plan and financial expectations are predicated upon our strategy related to increasing our profits. Our ability to achieve our desired growth and profitability dependdepends on our execution in areas including expansion ofability to expand our direct in-market sales force,reseller network, and improve our marketing, new product development, project management, margin enhancements,enhancement and operating expense management,

13

Table of Contents

as well as other factors. If we are unable to successfully execute in any of these areas or on our growth and profitability strategy as a whole, our business and financial performance will likely be adversely affected.
We have had a history of losses and we may not realize the benefits of integrating our expected acquisition of Harris Manufacturing, Inc. and Harris LED, LLC.
If we complete the acquisition of all of the outstanding equity interests of Harris Manufacturing, Inc. and Harris LED, LLC, we will need to complete the integration of the operations into one company. Integration requires substantial management attention and could detract attention from our day-to-day business. We may encounter substantial difficulties, costs and delays involved in integrating our operations with such businesses, including:
Exposure to unknown liabilities;
Potential conflicts between business cultures;
Adverse changes in business focus perceived by third-party constituencies;
Disruption of our ongoing business;
Potential conflicts in distribution, marketing or other important relationships;
Potential constraints of management resources;
Inability to implement uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies;
Failure to maximize our financial and strategic position;
Failurebe unable to achieve planned synergies or expected financial results benefits;and sustain profitability.
Failure to realizeWe have experienced net losses of approximately $32.1 million, $6.2 million and $10.4 million during the potential of the acquired businesses' technologies, complete product development, or properly obtain or secure appropriate protection of intellectual property rights;years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and
Loss of key employees and/or the diversion of management's attention 2013, respectively. While we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, our anticipated cash flows from other ongoing business concerns.
The purchase price for the acquisition is approximately $10 million, subject to up to an additional $1.0 million payable in unregistered shares of common stock of the Company upon the achievement of certain revenue milestones in calendar year 2013 and/or 2014. The purchase priceoperating activities and our borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. will be paidsufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months, generating net income in a combination of cash, an unsecured promissory notethe future will depend on our ability to successfully complete and the issuance of shares ofexecute our Common Stock. As a result, the acquisition will result in an expenditure of a significant amount of cash, increased debt and additional shares of Common Stock and therestrategy. There is no guarantee that we will be able to achieve or sustain profitability in the acquisitionfuture. An inability to successfully achieve profitability may decrease our long-term viability.
We operate in a highly competitive industry and if we are unable to compete successfully our revenue and profitability will providebe adversely affected.
We face strong competition primarily from manufacturers and distributors of energy management products and services, as well as from electrical contractors. We compete primarily on the basis of customer relationships, price, quality, energy efficiency, customer service and marketing support. Our products are in direct competition with HID technology, as well as other HIF and LED products and older fluorescent technology in the lighting systems retrofit market.
Many of our competitors are better capitalized than we are, have strong customer relationships, greater name recognition, and more extensive engineering, manufacturing, sales and marketing capabilities. Competitors could focus their substantial resources on developing a competing business model or energy management products or services that may be potentially more attractive to customers than our products or services. In addition, we may face competition from other products or technologies that reduce demand for electricity. Our competitors may also offer energy management products and services at reduced prices in order to improve their competitive positions. Any of these competitive factors could make it more difficult for us withto attract and retain customers, require us to lower our expected returnprices in order to remain competitive, and reduce our revenue and profitability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our investment.results of operations and financial condition.
We are subject to litigation and other legal matters that could result in charges against our income, strain our resources and distract our management, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.
We are involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits and other disputes. These suits concern a variety of issues, including employee-related matters and contract disputes. In addition,March 2014, we were named as previously disclosed,a defendant in August 2012, we received a subpoena issuedcivil lawsuit filed by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, requesting certain documents and information generally related toNeal R. Verfuerth, our financial reporting of sales of solar photovoltaic systems,former chief executive officer who was terminated for cause in November 2012. The plaintiff alleges, among other matters. We continue to cooperatethings, that we breached certain agreements entered into with the SEC regarding this non-public, fact-finding inquiry.plaintiff, including the plaintiff’s employment agreement, and violated certain laws. The SEC has informed us that this inquiry should not be construedcomplaint seeks, among other relief, unspecified pecuniary and compensatory damages, fees and such other relief as an indication that any violations of law have occurred or that the SEC has any negative opinion of any person, entity or security.court may deem just and proper. It is not feasible to predict the outcome of all pending suits and other matters, and the ultimate resolution of these matters, as well as future potential lawsuits, could result in liabilities, fines, significant expenses, distraction of management and other issues that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.
Our inability to attract and retain key employees or our reseller network could adversely affect our operations and our ability to execute on our operating plan and growth strategy.
We rely upon the knowledge, experience and skills of key employees throughout our organization, particularly our senior management team and our sales group that require technical knowledge or contacts in, and knowledge of, the industry. In addition, our ability to attract talented new employees, particularly in our sales group, is also critical to our success. We also depend on a limited numberour value-added reseller channels which has increased from 30 to 102 active key resellers during fiscal 2015. If we are unable to attract and retain key employees or our reseller network because of key supplierscompetition or, in the case of employees, inadequate compensation or other factors, our operations and our ability to execute our operating plan could be adversely affected.
Reductions in our workforce and employee turnover could negatively impact our business.
We are currently experiencing reductions in our workforce due to budget spending reductions and increased employee turnover. The reductions resulted in the loss of numerous long-term employees, along with their institutional knowledge and expertise, and the reallocation of certain employment responsibilities, all of which could adversely affect operational efficiencies, employee performance and retention. Such workforce reductions have also placed a key supplier could have an adverse effectsignificant burden on our operations.current employees. In addition, the increase employee turnover has resulted in higher recruiting expenses as we seek to recruit and train employees, in addition to increased instability in our operations as responsibilities are reallocated to new or different employees. To the extent that we are unable to effectively reallocate employee responsibilities, retain key employees and reduce employee turnover, our operations and our ability to execute our operating plan could be adversely affected.

1714

Table of Contents

We depend on certain key suppliers for the raw materials and key components that we require for our current products, including sheet, coiled and specialty reflective aluminum, power supplies, ballasts and lamps. Purchases of components from our current primary ballast and lamp supplier constituted 14% of our total cost of revenue in fiscal 2012. During fiscal 2013, we used multiple suppliers for our ballast and lamp purchases and none of our purchases from vendors exceeded 10% of our total cost of revenue. We buy most of our specialty reflective aluminum from a single supplier. Additionally, while we purchase solar panels from several vendors, we have experienced business disruption in the past as solar suppliers have gone out of business. In addition, our continued investment into LED components may strain our existing LED suppliers to keep up with demand and could also disrupt our existing fluorescent supply relationships. If these components become unavailable or are unable to keep up with demand, or our relationships with suppliers become strained, particularly as relates to our primary suppliers, our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
Our products use components and raw materials that may be subject to price fluctuations, shortages or interruptions of supply.
We may be vulnerable to price increases for components or raw materials that we require for our products, including aluminum, copper, certain rare earth minerals, electronic drivers, chips, ballasts, power supplies and lamps. In particular, our cost of aluminum can be subject to commodity price fluctuation. Further, suppliers' inventories of certain components that our products require may be limited and are subject to acquisition by others. In the past, we have had to purchase quantities of certain components that are critical to our product manufacturing and were in excess of our estimated near-term requirements as a result of supplier delivery constraints and concerns over component availability, and we may need to do so in the future. As a result, we have had, and may need to continue, to devote additional working capital to support a large amount of component and raw material inventory that may not be used over a reasonable period to produce saleable products, and we may be required to increase our excess and obsolete inventory reserves to provide for these excess quantities, particularly if demand for our products does not meet our expectations. Also, any shortages or interruptions in supply of our components or raw materials could disrupt our operations. If any of these events occurs, our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
Our inability to attract and retain key employees or retain our partner network could adversely affect our operations and our ability to execute on our operating plan and growth strategy.
We rely upon the knowledge, experience and skills of key employees throughout our organization, particularly our senior management team and our sales group that require technical knowledge or contacts in and knowledge of the industry. We do not maintain a formal succession plan for members of our management team, which could have a further adverse impact on us in the event that we are unable to retain one or more of members of our senior management team. In addition, our ability to attract talented new employees, particularly in our sales group, is also critical to our success. We also depend on our value-added reseller channels, including our partner network. If we are unable to attract and retain key employees or retain our partner network because of competition or, in the case of employees, inadequate compensation or other factors, our operations and our ability to execute our operating plan could be adversely affected.
If LEDs achieve widespread adoption in the general lighting market and our products do also achieve acceptance, or if alternative technologies gain market acceptance, our revenue and profitability will be adversely affected.
Although LED lighting has grown rapidly in recent years, adoption of LEDs for general lighting has only recently begun, is still limited and faces significant challenges. LEDs demand that industry participants constantly strive to keep up with the evolution of the technology, which has been moving at a fast pace. If LEDs achieve widespread adoption and our products do not also achieve acceptance or are rendered obsolete by competing products, our revenues may decline. Moreover, if new sources of light are developed, our current products and technologies could become less competitive or obsolete. In addition, the price of LEDs has been steadily declining over the past year, which could cause a reduction in margins on sales of LEDs, which could impact our profitability.
Orion Engineered System’s pursuit of solar photovoltaic and/or wind electricity generating technologies is subject to risks specific to the solar photovoltaic and/or wind industry.
If we continue to expand our offerings of solar photovoltaic electricity generating technologies and/or wind electricity generating technologies into our product, application or service offerings, such business pursuits will involve risks specifically associated with such industries, including:
The market for solar photovoltaic and wind electricity generating technologies has been adversely affected by the recessionary economic conditions, and we cannot guarantee that demand will return or increase in the future.
The solar industry has experienced several high profile bankruptcies. Despite our efforts to research the financial health of our solar suppliers, future solvency concerns regarding our suppliers can negatively impact our ability to secure new customers and sell additional PV systems to existing customers.

18

Table of Contents

A variety of solar power, wind power and other renewable energy technologies may be currently under development by other companies that could result in higher or more effective product performance than the performance expected to be produced by any technology that we decide to offer.
Our ability to generate revenue and profitability from adding solar photovoltaic and/or wind electricity generating technologies into our product, application or service offerings is dependent on consumer acceptance and the economic feasibility of solar and/or wind generated energy.
A drop in the retail price of conventional energy or other alternate renewable energy sources may negatively impact our ability to generate revenue and profitability from solar photovoltaic and/or wind generated energy technologies.
The reduction, elimination or expiration of government mandates and subsidies or economic or tax rebates, credits and/or incentives for alternative renewable energy systems would likely substantially reduce the demand for, and economic feasibility of, any solar photovoltaic and/or wind electricity generating products, applications or services and could materially reduce any prospects for our successfully introducing any new products, applications or services using such technologies.
The occurrence of any one or more of these risks could cause us to incur substantial costs and expenses or even to abandon or delay our strategy with respect to these industries.
We may not be able to obtain equity capital or debt financing necessary to effectively introduce and commercialize any new alternative renewable energy technologies, to pursue strategic acquisition opportunities or otherwise pursue our growth initiatives.
Our existing capital resources may not be sufficient to effectively introduce and commercialize any new alternative renewable energy technologies identified by Orion Engineered Systems into our product, application and service offerings, to pursue strategic acquisition opportunities or to pursue other growth initiatives. We may not be able to obtain sufficient equity capital and/or debt financing required to do so or we may not be able to obtain such equity capital or debt financing on acceptable terms or conditions. Factors affecting the availability to us of equity capital or debt financing on acceptable terms and conditions include:
The price, volatility and trading volume and history of our common stock.
Our current and future financial results and position.
The market’s view of our industry and products.
The perception in the equity and debt markets of our ability to execute our business plan or achieve our operating results expectations.
Our inability to obtain the capital necessary to introduce new products to the market, to pursue strategic acquisition opportunities or to otherwise pursue our growth opportunities could have an adverse effect on our growth strategy and business operations.
We may pursue additional acquisitions and investments in new product lines, businesses or technologies that involve numerous risks, which could disrupt our business or adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
In addition to the contemplated acquisition of all of the outstanding equity interests of Harris, weWe may pursue additional acquisitions of, or investments in, new product lines, businesses or technologies to expand our current capabilities. We have limited experience in making such acquisitions or investments. Acquisitions present a number of potential risks and challenges that could disrupt our business operations, increase our operating costs or capital expenditure requirements and reduce the value of the acquired product line, business or technology. For example, if we identify an acquisition candidate, we may not be able to successfully negotiate or finance the acquisition on favorable terms. The process of negotiating acquisitions and integrating acquired products, services, technologies, personnel, or businesses might result in significant transaction costs, operating difficulties or unexpected expenditures, and might require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for ongoing development of our business. If we are successful in completing an acquisition, we may not be able to integrate the acquired product line, business or technology into our existing business and products, and we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of any acquisition. Furthermore, potential acquisitions and investments may divert our management's attention, require considerable cash outlays and require substantial additional expenses that could harm our existing operations and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. To complete future acquisitions, we may issue equity securities, incur debt, assume contingent liabilities or incur amortization expenses and write-downs of acquired assets, which could dilute the interests of our shareholders or adversely affect our profitability.
We operate in a highly competitivemay not be able to obtain equity capital or debt financing necessary to effectively pursue strategic acquisition opportunities or otherwise pursue our growth initiatives.
Our existing capital resources may not be sufficient to effectively pursue strategic acquisition opportunities or to pursue other growth initiatives. We may not be able to obtain sufficient equity capital and/or debt financing required to do so or we may not be able to obtain such equity capital or debt financing on acceptable terms or conditions. Factors affecting the availability to us of equity capital or debt financing on acceptable terms and conditions include:
The price, volatility and trading volume and history of our common stock.
Our current and future financial results and position.
The market’s view of our industry and if we are unable to compete successfully our revenue and profitability will be adversely affected.products.

19

Table of Contents

We face strong competition primarily from manufacturers and distributors of energy management products and services, as well as from electrical contractors. We compete primarily on the basis of customer relationships, price, quality, energy efficiency, customer service and marketing support. Our products are in direct competition with high intensity discharge, or HID, technology, as well as other HIF and LED products and older fluorescent technologyThe perception in the lighting systems retrofit market.
Manyequity and debt markets of our competitors are better capitalized than we are, have strong existing customer relationships, greater name recognition, and more extensive engineering, manufacturing, sales and marketing capabilities. Competitors could focus their substantial resources on developing a competingability to execute our business modelplan or energy management productsachieve our operating results expectations.
Our inability to obtain the capital necessary to pursue strategic acquisition opportunities or services that may be potentially more attractive to customers thanotherwise pursue our products or services. In addition, we may face competition from other products or technologies that reduce demand for electricity. Our competitors may also offer energy management products and services at reduced prices in order to improve their competitive positions. Any of these competitive factors could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain customers, require us to lower our prices in order to remain competitive, and reduce our revenue and profitability, any of whichgrowth opportunities could have a materialan adverse effect on our results of operationsgrowth strategy and financial condition.
We have made a significant investment in inventory related to our wireless controls product offering, which is costly and, if not properly managed, may result in an inability to provide our products on a timely basis or in unforeseen valuation adjustments.
Our wireless control inventories comprised approximately 51% of our total March 31, 2013 inventory balance of $26.7 million. The components for our wireless inventories are manufactured and assembled overseas and require longer delivery lead times. Suppliers require deposit payments at time of purchase order and suppliers also require volume commitments to secure production capacity. We maintain this significant investment in our wireless controls inventory in order to provide prompt and complete service to our customers. There can be no guarantees that our customers will purchase our wireless technologies or that unforeseen evolutions in technologies may render our inventories unsalable. Additionally, price changes or other circumstances could result in unforeseen valuation adjustments to such inventories, which could have a negative effect on our results of operations and financial condition.business operations.
We depend upon a limited number of customers in any given period to generate a substantial portion of our revenue and the loss of significant customers could have an adverse effect on our operations.
We do not have long-term contracts with our customers, and our dependence on individual key customers can vary from period to period as a result of the significant size of some of our retrofit and multi-facility roll-out projects. Our top 10 customers accounted for approximately 44%45% and 35%36%, respectively, of our total revenue for fiscal 20122014 and 2013.2015. In fiscal 20122014 and fiscal 2013,2015, our top customer accounted for 9%23% and 8%12% of our total revenues, respectively. We expect large retrofit and roll-out projects and large single location solar projects to continue to be a significant component of our total revenue. Additionally, commercial office lighting retrofits provide for single large project opportunities. As a result, we may experience more customer concentration in any given future period. The loss of, or substantial reduction in sales to, any of our significant customers could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in any given future period.

Product liability claims could adversely affect our business, results
15

Table of operations and financial condition.Contents
We face exposure to product liability claims in the event that our energy management products fail to perform as expected or cause bodily injury or property damage. Since the majority of our products use electricity, it is possible that our products could result in injury, whether by product malfunctions, defects, improper installation or other causes. Particularly because our products often incorporate new technologies or designs, we cannot predict whether or not product liability claims will be brought against us in the future or result in negative publicity about our business or adversely affect our customer relations. Moreover, we may not have adequate resources in the event of a successful claim against us. A successful product liability claim against us that is not covered by insurance or is in excess of our available insurance limits could require us to make significant payments of damages and could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The success of our business depends on the market acceptance of our energy management products and services.
Our future success depends on continued commercial acceptance of our energy management products and services. If we are unable to convince current and potential customers of the advantages of our lighting systems and energy management products and services, then our ability to sell our lighting systems and energy management products and services will be limited. In addition, because the market for energy management products and services is rapidly evolving, we may not be able to accurately assess the size of the market, and we may have limited insight into trends that may emerge and affect our business. If the market for our lighting systems and energy management products and services does not continue to develop, or if the market does not accept our products, then our ability to grow our business could be limited and we may not be able to increase our revenue or achieve profitability.
We depend on our ability to develop new products and services.
The market for our products and services is characterized by rapid market and technological changes, uncertain product life cycles, changes in customer demands and evolving government, industry and utility standards and regulations. As a result, our

20


future success will depend, in part, on our ability to continue to design and manufacture new products and services. We may not be ableunable to successfully develop and market new products or services that keep pace with technological or industry changes, satisfy changes in customer demands or comply with present or emerging government and industry regulations and technology standards.
Product liability claims could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We face exposure to product liability claims in the event that our energy management products fail to perform as expected or cause bodily injury or property damage. Since virtually all of our products use electricity, it is possible that our products could result in injury, whether by product malfunctions, defects, improper installation or other causes. Particularly because our products often incorporate new technologies or designs, we cannot predict whether or not product liability claims will be brought against us in the future or result in negative publicity about our business or adversely affect our customer relations. Moreover, we may not have adequate resources in the event of a successful claim against us. A successful product liability claim against us that is not covered by insurance or is in excess of our available insurance limits could require us to make significant payments of damages and could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Our inability to protect our intellectual property, or our involvement in damaging and disruptive intellectual property litigation, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition or result in the loss of use of the product or service.
We attempt to protect our intellectual property rights through a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as employee and third-party nondisclosure and assignment agreements. Our failure to obtain or maintain adequate protection of our intellectual property rights for any reason could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We own United States patents and patent applications for some of our products, systems, business methods and technologies. We offer no assurance about the degree of protection which existing or future patents may afford us. Likewise, we offer no assurance that our patent applications will result in issued patents, that our patents will be upheld if challenged, that competitors will not develop similar or superior business methods or products outside the protection of our patents, that competitors will not infringe upon our patents, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our patents. Effective protection of our United States patents may be unavailable or limited in jurisdictions outside the United States, as the intellectual property laws of foreign countries sometimes offer less protection or have onerous filing requirements. In addition, because some patent applications are maintained in secrecy for a period of time, we could adopt a technology without knowledge of a pending patent application, and such technology could infringe a third party’s patent.
We also rely on unpatented proprietary technology. It is possible that others will independently develop the same or similar technology or otherwise learn of our unpatented technology. To protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information, we generally require employees, consultants, advisors and collaborators to enter into confidentiality agreements. We cannot assure you that these agreements will provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure of such trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information. If we are unable to maintain the proprietary nature of our technologies, our business could be materially adversely affected.
We rely on our trademarks, trade names, and brand names to distinguish our company and our products and services from our competitors. Some of our trademarks may conflict with trademarks of other companies. Failure to obtain trademark registrations could limit our ability to protect our trademarks and impede our sales and marketing efforts. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe our trademarks, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.
In addition, third parties may bring infringement and other claims that could be time-consuming and expensive to defend. Also, parties making infringement and other claims may be able to obtain injunctive or other equitable relief that could effectively block our ability to provide our products, services or business methods and could cause us to pay substantial damages. In the event

16


of a successful claim of infringement, we may need to obtain one or more licenses from third parties, which may not be available at a reasonable cost, or at all. It is possible that our intellectual property rights may not be valid or that we may infringe upon existing or future proprietary rights of others. Any successful infringement claims could subject us to significant liabilities, require us to seek licenses on unfavorable terms, prevent us from manufacturing or selling products, services and business methods and require us to redesign or, in the case of trademark claims, re-brand our company or products, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
We are subject to financial and operating covenants in our new credit agreement and any failure to comply with such covenants, or obtain waivers in the event of non-compliance, could result in our being unable to borrow under our new credit agreement and other negative consequences.
Our new credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association may from time to time require us to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. The credit agreement also contains other customary covenants, including certain restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, consolidate or merge, enter into acquisitions, guarantee obligations of third parties, make loans or advances, declare or pay any dividend or distribution on our stock, redeem or repurchase shares of our stock, or pledge or dispose of assets.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with the financial and other covenants in our new credit agreement. Our failure to comply with these covenants could cause us to be unable to borrow under the credit agreement and may constitute an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of the maturity of any indebtedness then outstanding under the credit agreement, which would require us to pay all amounts then outstanding. Such an event could materially adversely affect our financial condition and liquidity. Additionally, such events of non-compliance could impact the terms of any additional borrowings and/or any credit renewal terms. Any failure to comply with such covenants would be a disclosable event and may be perceived negatively. Such perception could adversely affect the market price for our common stock and our ability to obtain financing in the future.
If our information technology systems fail, or if we experience an interruption in their operation, then our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
The efficient operation of our business is dependent on our information technology systems. We rely on those systems generally to manage the day-to-day operation of our business, manage relationships with our customers, maintain our research and development data and maintain our financial and accounting records. The failure of our information technology systems, our inability to successfully maintain, enhance and/or replace our information technology systems, or any compromise of the integrity or security of the data we generate from our information technology systems, could adversely affect our results of operations, disrupt our business and product development and make us unable, or severely limit our ability, to respond to customer demands. In addition, our information technology systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from:
earthquake, fire, flood and other natural disasters;
employee or other theft;
attacks by computer viruses or hackers;
power outages; and
computer systems, internet, telecommunications or data network failure.

21


Any interruption of our information technology systems could result in decreased revenue, increased expenses, increased capital expenditures, customer dissatisfaction and potential lawsuits, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.
Our retrofitting process frequently involves responsibility for the removal and disposal of components containing hazardous materials.
When we retrofit a customer’s facility, we typically assume responsibility for removing and disposing of its existing lighting fixtures. Certain components of these fixtures typically contain trace amounts of mercury and other hazardous materials. Older components may also contain trace amounts of polychlorinated biphenyls, or PCBs. We currently rely on contractors to remove the components containing such hazardous materials at the customer job site. The contractors then arrange for the disposal of such components at a licensed disposal facility. Failure by such contractors to remove or dispose of the components containing these hazardous materials in a safe, effective and lawful manner could give rise to liability for us, or could expose our workers or other persons to these hazardous materials, which could result in claims against us.
The cost of compliance with environmental laws and regulations and any related environmental liabilities could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

17


Our operations are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations governing, among other things, emissions to air, discharge to water, the remediation of contaminated properties and the generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of, and exposure to, waste and other materials, as well as laws and regulations relating to occupational health and safety. These laws and regulations frequently change, and the violation of these laws or regulations can lead to substantial fines, penalties and other liabilities. The operation of our manufacturing facility entails risks in these areas and there can be no assurance that we will not incur material costs or liabilities in the future which could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.
We expect our quarterly revenue and operating results to fluctuate. If we fail to meet the expectations of market analysts or investors, the market price of our common stock could decline substantially, and we could become subject to securities litigation.
Our quarterly revenue and operating results have fluctuated in the past and will likely vary from quarter to quarter in the future. For example, our first fiscal quarter typically reflects operating results that do not compare favorably with our other fiscal quarters. You should not rely upon the results of one quarter as an indication of our future performance. Our revenue and operating results may fall below the expectations of market analysts or investors in some future quarter or quarters. Our failure to meet these expectations could cause the market price of our common stock to decline substantially. If the price of our common stock is volatile or falls significantly below our current price, we may be the target of securities litigation. If we become involved in this type of litigation, regardless of the outcome, we could incur substantial legal costs, management’s attention could be diverted from the operation of our business, and our reputation could be damaged, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Our net operating loss carryforwards provide a future benefit only if we are profitable and may be subject to limitation based upon ownership changes.
As of March 31, 2013,2015, we had aggregate federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $9.9$38.6 million and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $10.3$28.9 million. Generally,While our federal and state net operating loss carryforwards are fully reserved for, if we are unable to return to and maintain profitability, we may not be able to fully utilize these tax benefits. Furthermore, generally a change of more than 50% in the ownership of a company’s stock, by value, over a three-year period constitutes an ownership change for federal income tax purposes. An ownership change may limit a company’s ability to use its net operating loss carryforwards attributable to the period prior to such change. We believe that past issuances and transfers of our stock caused an ownership change in fiscal 2007 that may affect the timing of the use of our net operating loss carryforwards, but we do not believe the ownership change affects the use of the full amount of our net operating loss carryforwards. As a result, our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards attributable to the period prior to such ownership change to offset taxable income will be subject to limitations in a particular year, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability for us. In fiscal 2008, utilization of our net operating loss carryforwards was limited to $3.0 million. For fiscal 2011, 20122013, 2014, and 2013,2015, utilization of our net operating loss carryforwards was not limited.
We are subject to financial and operating covenants in our credit agreement and any failure to comply with such covenants could result in our being unable to borrow under the agreement and other negative consequences.
Our credit agreement with JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., contains certain financial covenants including minimum net income requirements and requirements that we maintain net worth ratios at prescribed levels. The credit agreement also contains certain restrictions on our ability to make capital or lease expenditures over prescribed limits, incur additional indebtedness, consolidate or merge, guarantee obligations of third parties, make loans or advances, declare or pay any dividend or distribution on our stock, redeem or repurchase shares of our stock, or pledge assets. The credit agreement also contains other customary covenants.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with the financial and other covenants in the credit agreement. Our failure to comply with these covenants could cause us to be unable to borrow under the agreement and may constitute an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of the maturity of any indebtedness then outstanding under

22


the agreement, which would require us to pay all amounts outstanding. Due to our cash and cash equivalent position and the fact that we have no borrowings currently outstanding, we do not currently anticipate that our failure to comply with the covenants under the credit agreement would have a significant impact on our ability to meet our financial obligations in the near term. Our failure to comply with such covenants, however, would be a disclosable event and may be perceived negatively. Such perception could adversely affect the market price for our common stock and our ability to obtain financing in the future.
The failure to establish and maintain internal controls over financial reporting could harm our business and financial results.
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting is not intended to provide absolute assurance that we would prevent or detect a misstatement of our financial statements or fraud. In Fiscalfiscal 2012, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our internal controls were not effective due to certain identified material weaknesses.weaknesses, which were remediated during fiscal 2013. As of March 31, 2013,2014 and 2015, our internal controls were determined to be effective and the prior year material weaknesses had been remediated.. However, the failure to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting could limit our ability to report our financial results accurately and in a timely manner or to detect and prevent fraud and could also cause a loss of investor confidence and decline in the market price of our common stock.
If securities or industry analysts do not continue to publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will continue to depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If these analysts do not continue to provide adequate research coverage or if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. Recently, certain analysts that previously covered us ceased coverage because of the limited resources available to it and the relatively low volume of trading in shares of our stock. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.
The market price of our common stock could be adversely affected by future sales of our common stock in the public market by us or our executive officers and directors.

Our
18


We and executive officers and directors may from time to time sell shares of our common stock in the public market or otherwise. We cannot predict the size or the effect, if any, that future sales of shares of our common stock by us or our executive officers and directors, or the perception of such sales, would have on the market price of our common stock.
We are not currently paying dividends and will likely continue not paying dividends for the foreseeable future.
We have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our existing revolving credit agreement restrict the payment of cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.
Anti-takeover provisions included in the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, provisions in our amended and restated articles of incorporation or bylaws and the common share purchase rights that accompany shares of our common stock could delay or prevent a change of control of our company, which could adversely impact the value of our common stock and may prevent or frustrate attempts by our shareholders to replace or remove our current board of directors or management.
A change of control of our company may be discouraged, delayed or prevented by certain provisions of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law. These provisions generally restrict a broad range of business combinations between a Wisconsin corporation and a shareholder owning 15% or more of our outstanding votingcommon stock. These and other provisions in our amended and restated articles of incorporation, including our staggered board of directors and our ability to issue “blank check” preferred stock, as well as the provisions of our amended and restated bylaws and Wisconsin law, could make it more difficult for shareholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by the then-current board of directors, including to delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company.
Each currently outstanding share of our common stock includes, and each newly issued share of our common stock will include, a common share purchase right. The rights are attached to, and trade with, the shares of common stock and generally are not exercisable. The rights will become exercisable if a person or group acquires, or announces an intention to acquire, 20% or more of our outstanding common stock. The rights have some anti-takeover effects and generally will cause substantial dilution to a person or group that attempts to acquire control of us without conditioning the offer on either redemption of the rights or amendment of the rights to prevent this dilution. The rights could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control.
In addition, our employment arrangements with senior management provide for severance payments and accelerated vesting of benefits, including accelerated vesting of stock options, upon a change of control. These provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby adversely affecting the market price of our

23


common stock. These provisions may also discourage or prevent a change of control or result in a lower price per share paid to our shareholders.
ITEM 1B.UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2.PROPERTIES
We own our approximately 266,000 square foot manufacturing and distribution facility in Manitowoc, Wisconsin.Wisconsin used by all of our segments. We own our approximately 70,000 square foot technology center and corporate headquarters adjacent to our Manitowoc manufacturing and distribution facility. We own our approximately 23,000 square foot sales and operations support facility in Plymouth, Wisconsin. Our Plymouth facility is used by our Orion Engineered Systems segment.all of the segments. We also lease a 5,600 square foot sales and technology office in Houston, Texas which is used by the U.S. markets segment, and we lease salesa 10,500 square foot office space in Edison, New JerseyJacksonville, Florida which is used by the engineered systems segment.
In May 2014, we sold our 23,000 square foot sales and operations support facility in Plymouth, Wisconsin.
In June 2015, we entered into an agreement to a three year lease for 3,100 square feet of office space in Chicago, Illinois.
ITEM 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are subject to various claims and legal proceedings.proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. As of the date hereof, we are unable to currently assess whether the final resolution of any of such claims or legal proceedings may have a material adverse affect on us.
In Augustaddition to ordinary-course litigation, we are a party to the proceedings described below.

19


On March 27, 2014, we were named as a defendant in a civil lawsuit filed by Neal R. Verfuerth, our former chief executive officer who was terminated for cause in November 2012, in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin (Green Bay Division). The plaintiff alleges, among other things, that we received a subpoena issuedbreached certain agreements entered into with the plaintiff, including the plaintiff’s employment agreement, and violated certain laws. The complaint seeks, among other relief, unspecified pecuniary and compensatory damages, fees and such other relief as the court may deem just and proper. On November 4, 2014, the court granted our motion to dismiss six of the plaintiff's claims. On January 9, 2015, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint re-alleging claims that were dismissed by the SEC requestingCourt, including, among other things, a retaliation claim and certain documentsclaims with respect to prior management agreements and information generally relatedcertain intellectual property rights. On January 22, 2015, we filed a motion to dismiss and a motion to strike certain of the claims made in the amended complaint. On May 18, 2015, the court dismissed the intellectual property claims re-alleged in the January 9, 2015 amended complaint. We believe that we have substantial legal and factual defenses to the financial reportingplaintiff's claims and allegations remaining in the case and that we will prevail in this proceeding. We intend to continue to defend against the claims vigorously.
On May 29, 2014, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) filed a claim against us alleging certain violations of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) with regard to an employee. In addition, on August 20, 2014, the EEOC filed a claim against us alleging certain violations of the ADA with respect to our wellness program. We do not believe these claims will have a material adverse impact on our future results of operations.
We are currently negotiating a settlement with the Wisconsin Department of Revenue with respect to an assessment regarding the proper classification of our salesproducts for tax purposes under Wisconsin law. The issue under review is whether the installation of solar photovoltaicour lighting systems among other matters.is considered a real property construction activity under Wisconsin law. We continuecurrently expect to cooperateresolve this matter with the SEC regarding this non-public, fact-finding inquiry. The SEC has informed usWisconsin Department of Revenue in fiscal 2016 for the amount that this inquiry should not be construed as an indication that any violations of lawwe have occurred or that the SEC has any negative opinion of any person, entity or security.accrued.
ITEM 4.MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
None.

ITEM 5.MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Price Range of our Common Stock
Our common stock is listed on the NYSE MKT under the symbol “OESX”. The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices per share as reported on the NYSE MKT for the periods indicated. 
High LowHigh Low
Fiscal 2012   
Fiscal 2014   
First Quarter$4.29
 $2.99
$2.51
 $2.00
Second Quarter$4.10
 $2.31
$4.44
 $2.30
Third Quarter$3.20
 $2.34
$7.22
 $3.50
Fourth Quarter$3.46
 $2.20
$8.11
 $4.71
Fiscal 2013   
Fiscal 2015   
First Quarter$2.51
 $1.90
$7.42
 $3.75
Second Quarter$2.41
 $1.40
$6.32
 $4.00
Third Quarter$1.98
 $1.12
$5.94
 $4.23
Fourth Quarter$3.09
 $1.60
$5.50
 $2.72
Shareholders
As of June 6, 2013,5, 2015, there were approximately 237219 record holders of the 20,181,11127,551,188 outstanding shares of our common stock. The number of record holders does not include shareholders for whom shares are held in a “nominee” or “street” name. In connection with the potential acquisition of Harris, we will issue unregistered shares of our common stock to pay a portion of the purchase price for the acquisition. Upon the closing of the transaction, we will issue $2.0 million in value of unregistered shares of common stock (based on the trading price of the shares on the NYSE MKT prior to closing). In addition, we may also issue up to an additional $1.0 million in value (based on the trading price of the shares on the NYSE MKT prior to closing) payable in unregistered shares of common stock if the acquired companies achieve certain revenue milestones in calendar year 2013 and/or 2014.
Dividend Policy

24

Table of Contents

We have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our existing credit agreement restrict the payment of cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on

20

Table of Contents

our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions (including those under our loan agreements) and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
The following table represents shares outstanding under theour 2003 Stock Option Plan and theour 2004 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2013.2015. 
Equity Compensation Plan Information
Plan Category Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options and Vesting of Restricted Shares Weighted Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options and Restricted Shares Number of Securities Remaining Available for
Future Issuances Under the Equity Compensation Plans (1)
 Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options and Vesting of Restricted Shares Weighted Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options and Restricted Shares Number of Securities Remaining Available for
Future Issuances Under the Equity Compensation Plans (1)
Equity Compensation plans approved by security holders 3,417,523
 $3.37
 1,632,778
 3,131,524
 $3.75
 1,078,600
Equity Compensation plans not approved by security holders 
 
 
 
 
 
Total 3,417,523
 $3.37
 1,632,778
 3,131,524
 $3.75
 1,078,600
 

(1)Excludes shares reflected in the column titled “Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options”.
Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities
WeOther than for net share redemptions upon vesting of restricted stock grants in order to satisfy the related required tax withholding amounts, we did not purchase shares of our common stock during the three month periodyear ended March 31, 2013,2015, and we do not intend to repurchase shares of our common stock in the near term.
Unregistered Sales of Securities
None.
Stock Price Performance Graph
The following graph shows the total shareholder return of an investment of $100 in cash on March 31, 2008,2010, through March 31, 2013,2015, for (1) our common stock, (2) the Russell 2000 Index and (3) The NASDAQ Clean Edge Green Energy Index. Data for the Russell 2000 Index and the NASDAQ Clean Edge Green Energy Index assume reinvestment of dividends. The stock price performance graph should not be deemed filed or incorporated by reference into any other filing made by us under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate the stock performance graph by reference in another filing.

2521

Table of Contents

 March 31, 2008 March 31, 2009 March 31, 2010 March 31, 2011 March 31, 2012 March 31, 2013 March 31, 2010 March 31, 2011 March 31, 2012 March 31, 2013 March 31, 2014 March 31, 2015
Orion Energy Systems, Inc. $100
 $46
 $51
 $42
 $25
 $26
 $100
 $82
 $49
 $51
 $148
 $64
Russell 2000 Index $100
 $63
 $102
 $128
 $128
 $149
 $100
 $126
 $128
 $145
 $182
 $197
NASDAQ Clean Edge Green Energy Index $100
 $46
 $69
 $75
 $47
 $48
 $100
 $109
 $68
 $70
 $133
 $122


22

Table of Contents

ITEM 6.SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011, 20122013, 2014 and 20132015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 20122014 and 20132015 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended March 31, 20092011 and 2010,2012, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2009, 20102011, 2012 and 20112013 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this Form 10-K. The selected historical consolidated financial data are not necessarily indicative of future results. 
 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015
 (in thousands, except per share amounts)
Consolidated statements of operations data:         
Product revenue$75,870
 $90,782
 $72,604
 $71,954
 $65,881
Service revenue6,167
 9,780
 13,482
 16,669
 6,329
Total revenue82,037
 100,562
 86,086
 88,623
 72,210
Cost of product revenue(1)(5)49,809
 62,842
 49,551
 54,423
 68,388
Cost of service revenue4,589
 7,682
 9,805
 11,220
 4,959
Total cost of revenue54,398
 70,524
 59,356
 65,643
 73,347
Gross profit (loss)27,639
 30,038
 26,730
 22,980
 (1,137)
General and administrative expenses(1)(2)(3)11,686
 11,399
 13,946
 14,951
 14,908
Acquisition and integration related expenses (4)
 
 
 819
 47
Sales and marketing expenses(1)(2)13,674
 15,599
 17,129
 13,527
 13,290
Research and development expenses(1)2,333
 2,518
 2,259
 2,026
 2,554
Income (Loss) from operations(54) 522
 (6,604) (8,343) (31,936)
Interest expense(406) (551) (567) (481) (376)
Gain on sale of OTA contract receivables(1,012) 32
 
 
 
Dividend and interest income571
 850
 845
 567
 300
Income (loss) before income tax(901) 853
 (6,326) (8,257) (32,012)
Income tax expense (benefit)(2)(3)(1,242) 370
 4,073
 (2,058) 49
Net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss)$341
 $483
 $(10,399) $(6,199) $(32,061)
Net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders:         
Basic$0.02
 $0.02
 $(0.50) $(0.30) $(1.43)
Diluted$0.01
 $0.02
 $(0.50) $(0.30) $(1.43)
Weighted-average shares outstanding:         
Basic22,678
 22,953
 20,997
 20,988
 22,353
Diluted23,198
 23,387
 20,997
 20,988
 22,353

2623

Table of Contents

 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013
 (in thousands, except per share amounts)
Consolidated statements of operations data:         
Product revenue$63,008
 $60,882
 $75,870
 $90,782
 $72,604
Service revenue9,626
 7,191
 6,167
 9,780
 13,482
Total revenue72,634
 68,073
 82,037
 100,562
 86,086
Cost of product revenue(1)42,235
 40,063
 49,809
 62,842
 49,551
Cost of service revenue6,801
 5,266
 4,589
 7,682
 9,805
Total cost of revenue49,036
 45,329
 54,398
 70,524
 59,356
Gross profit23,598
 22,744
 27,639
 30,038
 26,730
General and administrative expenses(1)(2)10,451
 12,836
 11,686
 11,399
 13,946
Sales and marketing expenses(1)(2)11,261
 12,596
 13,674
 15,599
 17,129
Research and development expenses(1)1,942
 1,891
 2,333
 2,518
 2,259
(Loss) Income from operations(56) (4,579) (54) 522
 (6,604)
Interest expense(167) (256) (406) (551) (567)
(Loss) gain on sale of OTA contract receivables
 (561) (1,012) 32
 
Extinguishment of debt
 250
 
 
 
Dividend and interest income1,661
 670
 571
 850
 845
Income (loss) before income tax1,438
 (4,476) (901) 853
 (6,326)
Income tax expense (benefit)(2)927
 (1,003) (1,242) 370
 4,073
Net income (loss)$511
 $(3,473) $341
 $483
 $(10,399)
Net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders:         
Basic$0.02
 $(0.16) $0.02
 $0.02
 $(0.50)
Diluted$0.02
 $(0.16) $0.01
 $0.02
 $(0.50)
Weighted-average shares outstanding:         
Basic25,352
 21,844
 22,678
 22,953
 20,997
Diluted27,445
 21,844
 23,198
 23,387
 20,997

(1)Includes stock-based compensation expense recognized under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or ASC Topic 718, as follows:
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2011 2012 20132013 2014 2015
(in thousands)(in thousands)
Cost of product revenue$187
 $189
 $114
$114
 $70
 $50
General and administrative expenses560
 548
 578
578
 1,025
 1,056
Sales and marketing expenses523
 501
 451
451
 485
 360
Research and development expenses31
 29
 21
21
 13
 33
Total stock-based compensation expense$1,301
 $1,267
 $1,164
$1,164
 $1,593
 $1,499
 
(2)Includes fiscal 2013 reorganization expenses of $1.9 million in general and administrative expenses, $0.2 million in sales and marketing expenses and a $4.1 million valuation reserve for deferred tax assets in income tax expense.
(3)Includes fiscal 2014 loss on sale of a leased corporate jet of $1.5 million in general and administrative expenses and a $2.3 million benefit for deferred tax liabilities created by the acquisition of Harris in income tax benefit.
(4) Includes fiscal 2014 expenses of $0.5 million related to the acquisition and integration of Harris.
(5)Includes fiscal 2015 expenses of $12.1 million related to the impairment of wireless control inventory, fixed assets and intangible assets.



27

Table of Contents

As of March 31,As of March 31,
2009 2010 2011 2012 20132011 2012 2013 2014 2015
(in thousands)(in thousands)
Consolidated balance sheet data:                  
Cash and cash equivalents$36,163
 $23,364
 $11,560
 $23,011
 $14,376
$11,560
 $23,011
 $14,376
 $17,568
 $20,002
Short-term investments6,490
 1,000
 1,011
 1,016
 1,021
1,011
 1,016
 1,021
 470
 
Total assets103,722
 104,578
 121,087
 125,650
 102,097
121,087
 125,650
 102,097
 98,940
 87,805
Long-term debt, less current maturities3,647
 3,156
 4,225
 6,704
 4,109
4,225
 6,704
 4,109
 3,151
 722
Shareholder notes receivable
 
 (193) (221) (265)(193) (221) (265) (50) (4)
Total shareholders’ equity$88,695
 $88,387
 $90,455
 $92,769
 $77,769
$90,455
 $92,769
 $77,769
 $77,012
 $64,511
ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See also “Forward-Looking Statements” and Item 1A. “Risk Factors”.
Recent Management ChangeMarket Shift to LED Products
The rapidly changing market shift in the lighting industry from legacy lighting products to LED lighting products has caused us to adopt new strategies, approaches and Strategic Refocusprocesses in order to respond proactively to this paradigm shift. These changing underlying business fundamentals in this paradigm shift include:
In September 2012,Rapidly declining LED product end user customer pricing and related component costs, improving LED product performance and customer return on investment payback periods, all of which are driving increasing customer preferences for LED lighting products compared to legacy lighting products.

Increasing LED lighting product customer sales compared to decreasing HIF product sales.

Generally lower LED product gross margins than those typically realized on sales of legacy lighting products.

24

Table of Contents


A broader and more diverse customer base and market opportunities compared to our Boardhistorical commercial and industrial facility customers.

Increased importance of Directors elected John H. Scribantehighly innovative product designs and features and faster speed to market product research and development capabilities.

Significantly reduced product technology life cycles; significantly shorter product inventory shelf lives and the related increased risk of rapidly occurring product technology obsolescence.

Increased reliance on international component sources.

Less internal product fabrication and production capabilities needed to support LED product assembly.

Different and broader types of components needed to support LED product assembly.

Different fabrication and assembly processes needed to support LED product production compared to our legacy products.

Significantly longer end user product warranty requirements for LED products compared to our legacy products.
As we continue to focus our business on selling our LED product lines to respond to the rapidly changing market dynamics in the lighting industry, we face intense competition from an increased number of other LED product companies, a number of which have substantially greater resources and more experience and history with LED lighting products than we do.
Fiscal 2015 Developments
During the fiscal 2015 fourth quarter, we identified potential annualized cost reductions of up to approximately $10.0 million resulting from our ongoing business transition from our historical focus on our legacy fluorescent lighting products to our current focus on our new LED lighting products. These reductions include expected cost reductions from strategic sourcing initiatives, reduced compensation costs in our manufacturing and corporate operations, and other reductions in our operating expenses. We fully implemented these cost reductions during the fourth quarter of our fiscal 2015, although the cost savings will not be fully realized until fiscal 2016. We incurred approximately $0.2 million of severance expense related to headcount reductions during our fiscal 2015 fourth quarter.
During fiscal 2015, we focused on converting our manufacturing production assembly lines from predominantly HIF lighting assembly lines to LED lighting assembly lines. We are considering implementing additional significant changes to our manufacturing production and assembly facility and processes that will provide us additional flexibility to continue to adapt and respond to the changing market dynamics of the lighting products industry and to continue to enhance our competitiveness. It is possible that the implementation of such changes could result in us recognizing asset impairment charges or other similar write downs, and incurring other repositioning expenses and charges. As part of our business initiatives to adapt to the rapidly evolving LED market, we are also currently considering options related to our properties, including the sale and leaseback of our manufacturing and corporate facilities that, if executed, may result in a significant impairment charge. Additionally, we have been managing through significant change in our vendor supply chain as our new Chief Executive Officer. PriorLED product portfolio and our product revenue continues to his appointment, Mr. Scribante was the Presidentincrease and we place most of our focus on this product line. We believe that our recent efforts to negotiate future lower material input costs will improve our LED product gross margins beginning during our fiscal 2016, and after we have completed our existing inventory purchase commitments. However, we may not be able to realize the gross margin benefits in the amounts or on the timetable anticipated and we may experience higher warranty expenses in the future as we implement our manufacturing and assembly process changes. It is also possible that, as we continue to focus our sales efforts on our LED product portfolio, we may increase our risk of inventory obsolescence for our legacy lighting product lines or even outmoded LED products. During fiscal 2016, we intend to open an innovation hub in Chicago, Illinois to develop and design new LED products. We believe that this location is in close proximity to highly-regarded engineering and business schools and will offer us a greater supply of technical talent to help us develop new LED products in the future. We may incur additional start-up expenses for this new innovation hub, as well as additional compensation expense as we add research and development and engineering personnel.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2015, we experienced a reduction in the amount of new customer orders for our energy efficient HIF lighting systems within our industrial and exterior markets. We attributed this to an increasing awareness within the marketplace of emerging LED product offerings. We believe that customers deferred purchase decisions as they evaluated the cost and performance of these LED product offerings. During the fiscal 2015 third quarter, we began to see this deferral of purchasing decisions begin to abate as customer purchases of LED lighting systems during our fiscal 2015 back half increased compared to our fiscal 2014 back half. We believe that customer purchases of LED lighting systems will increase into fiscal year 2016 as expected improvements in LED performance and expected decreases in LED product costs are currently expected to make our LED products even more economically compelling to our customers.
During the first quarter of fiscal 2015, we sold our corporate facility in Plymouth, Wisconsin for net proceeds of approximately $1.0 million.

25

Table of Contents

We also realigned our organizational structure which resulted in our identification of new operating segments for the purpose of making operational decisions and assessing financial performance. The new business divisions include US Markets, Orion Engineered Systems division and had also servedOrion Distribution Services.
During the second quarter of fiscal 2015, we recorded a $12.1 million impairment charge related to our long-term inventory and investment in executive sales management positions.wireless controls products. As a result of this management change, we refocusedrecent changes in the business environment, primarily due to the increased velocity of the market acceptance of LED lighting solutions, the performance improvements of LED components which has led to reduced energy costs, the increasing contribution to our strategic initiatives to include: (i) enhancing and refocusingrevenue from non-industrial markets where our sales organization with an emphasis on expanding our direct sales efforts; (ii) streamlining our product development initiatives with a focus on activities that will deliver the greatest return on our investment and disciplined productwireless control releases versus a process of continuous development; and (iii) cost reduction initiatives to deliver profitability. Our strategic refocus delivered immediate financial results during our fiscal 2013 second half resulting in revenue growth versus our fiscal 2012 second halfproducts cannot be utilized and a return to profitability.
During fiscal 2013,significant decline in wireless controls unit volume sales during the quarter ended September 30, 2014, we recorded operating expensesreviewed our carrying cost, asset carrying values and intangible assets related to reorganization costsour wireless controls product offering. Additionally, we researched and evaluated opportunities for alternative markets into which to sell these products. As a result of $2.1 million, which included $1.9 millionthese changing market conditions, the significant recent decline in wireless controls unit sales volume, our inability to generalfind other alternative market uses for our controls products and administrative expensesrecognition that further investment to keep the product's software and $0.2 million to sales and marketing expenses. Additionally,firmware current was not a prudent investment, we recorded a $4.1non-cash impairment charge to our wireless controls inventory of $10.2 million and related non-cash income taxasset impairment expense to establish a valuation allowance against our deferred taxon development assets of $1.0 million for property and equipment, $0.1 million for intangible assets, and $0.8 million for prepaid licensing costs in other long-term assets.
As part After these non-cash impairment charges, the carrying value of our cost reduction initiatives, we identified additional cost containment initiatives which we believe will result in annualized cost reductions of approximately $5.2wireless controls inventory was $0.5 million.
During the fiscal 2013 second half,2015 fourth quarter, we implemented allentered into a new credit and security agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association providing for a three-year revolving credit facility. The agreement provides for an initial credit limit of these cost reduction initiatives, including$15.0 million, net of a reduction in headcount$5.0 million reserve and subject to a borrowing base requirement based on eligible receivables and inventory. Borrowings under the agreement will bear interest at the daily three-month LIBOR plus 3.0% per annum.
During the fiscal 2015 fourth quarter, we completed an underwritten public offering of approximately 18%,5.46 million shares of our common stock, at an offering price to the terminationpublic of consulting agreements, material and component cost savings in our HIF lighting products, and discretionary spending reductions. We have also identified an additional $2.0 million$3.50 per share. Net proceeds of annualized cost containment initiatives which we are working towards implementing in the future. These new initiatives will require some time to implement due to contractual obligations, engineering review, production planning and other analysis related to ensuring minimal business interruption and risk. There is no guarantee that we will be able to implement these cost containment opportunities and recognize any of these additional cost savings.offering approximated $17.5 million.
As noted above, we are actively expanding our direct sales force. During fiscalFiscal 2014 Developments
In July 2013, we have increased our in-market sales force and expect to continue to increase our sales headcount during our fiscal 2014 year. We expect that these additional costs will increase our overall sales and marketing expense in fiscal 2014 by approximately $2.3 million and thatcompleted the net benefitacquisition of these additions and our implemented cost containment initiatives will result in reduced annual expenses of approximately $2.9 million.
In May 2013, we executed a purchase agreement to acquire the equity interestinterests of Harris Manufacturing, Inc. and Harris LED, LLC.,LLC, or collectively, Harris. Harris engineers, designs, sources and manufactures energy efficient lighting systems, including fluorescent and LED lighting solutions, and day-lighting products. We expect theThe Harris acquisition of Harris to expandhas expanded our product lines, increaseincreased our sales force and provideprovided growth opportunities into markets where we havedid not hadhave a strong presence, specifically, new construction, retail store fronts, commercial office and government. We expect to close the transaction during our fiscal 2014 second quarter, subject to various conditions, including receipt of material third party consents and approvals and other customary closing conditions. The initial purchase price for the transaction is $10was $10.8 million, subject to closing date adjustmentsafter an adjustment of $0.2 million for excess net working capital funded debt andover a targeted amount.
We acquired certain other items. Subject to such adjustments, the purchase price will be paid in a combination of $5 million of cash, $3 million in a three-year unsecured subordinated note and $2 million of our common stock. Additionally, we may pay up to an additional $1 million in shares of our common stock upon Harris’ post-closing achievement of certain revenue milestones in calendar year 2013 and/or 2014. Harris had unaudited revenue of approximately $14.5 million and unaudited net income of approximately $0.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. We expect the transaction to be immediately accretive to

28


our future earnings. Our disclosures and comments that follow, do not include the impact or the anticipated impact ofLED technologies through the acquisition of Harris other than as set forth under Liquiditywhich complement our existing portfolio of LED lighting products. In particular, Harris' LED door retrofit, or LDRTM, product is designed to retrofit commercial office and Capital Resources.retail space, a market in which we have historically recognized little revenue contribution. Since the acquisition of Harris, our engineering and design teams have worked to expand the LDRTM product line to include architectural, industrial and contractor product categories.
During fiscal 2014, we sold our leased corporate jet which resulted in a $1.4 million loss, including employee severance expenses, which resulted in approximately $1.5 million in annualized cost savings. Additionally, during fiscal 2014, we recorded a $2.3 million benefit against our valuation allowance to offset deferred tax liabilities acquired from Harris.
During fiscal 2014, we actively expanded our in-market sales force. Our in-market sales force is responsible for the development of indirect resellers within their territory, along with a continued focus on selling directly to end customers within their territory.
Overview
We are a leading designer and manufacturer of high-performance, energy-efficient lighting platforms. We research, develop, design, manufacture, market, sell and implement energy management systems consisting primarily of high-performance, energy efficient commercial and industrial interior and exterior lighting systems controls and related services. Our products are targeted for applications in three primary market segments: commercial office and retail, area lighting and industrial high bay, although we do sell and install products into other markets. Virtually all of our sales occur within North America. We operate in three operating segments, which we refer to as U.S. Markets, Engineered Systems and Distribution Services. Our US Markets division focuses on selling our lighting solutions into the wholesale markets with customers including domestic energy service companies, or ESCOs, and electrical contractors. Our Orion Engineered Systems division focuses on selling lighting products and construction and engineering services direct to end users. Orion Engineered Systems completes the construction management services related to existing contracted solar photovoltaic, or PV, projects. Its customers include national accounts, government, municipal and schools. Our Orion Distribution Services division focuses on selling our lighting products internationally and is developing a network of broad line distributors. Historically, sales of all of our lighting products and the related costs were combined through our Energy Management division and sales of all of our solar PV products and the related costs were combined through our Engineered Systems division.

26

Table of Contents

Our lighting products consist primarily of light emitting diode, or LED, and our legacy high intensity fluorescent, or HIF, lighting fixtures. Our principal customers include national accounts, energy service companies, electrical contractors and electrical distributors. Currently, substantially all of our products are manufactured at our production facility location in Wisconsin, although we are increasingly sourcing products and components from third parties as the LED market continues to evolve in order to have versatility in our product development.
We previously marketed and implementimplemented renewable energy systems consisting primarily of solar generating photovoltaic, or PV, systems and wind turbines. We operate in two business segments, which we refer to as our Energy Management Division and our Engineered Systems Division.
We typically generate a majority of our revenue from sales of high intensity fluorescent, or HIF, lighting systems and related services to commercial and industrial customers. We typically sell our HIF lighting systems in replacement of our customers’ existing high intensity discharge, or HID, fixtures. We call this replacement process a “retrofit.” We frequently engage our customer’s existing electrical contractor to provide installation and project management services. We also sell our HIF lighting systems on a wholesale basis, principally to electrical contractors and value-added resellers to sell to their own customer bases.
We have more recently introduced new products of our light emitting diode, or LED, lighting and energy management systems. We believe that we have taken a responsible approach to this emerging technology. Based upon recent improvements, including drastic reduction of chip prices, availability of name-brand drivers and the integration with our InteLite controls offerings, we believe that LED will become a larger part of our overall interior and exterior lighting strategy in the future. We believe that our new LED product offerings also present new opportunities in the hospitality, health care, education, office and general retail markets, in addition to strengthening our position as an energy management leader in the commercial, industrial and food service markets.
We have sold and installed more than 2.5 million of our HIF lighting systems in more than 9,090 facilities from December 1, 2001 through March 31, 2013. Our top direct customers by revenue in fiscal 2013 included Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., PepsiCo Inc.,U.S. Foodservice, SYSCO Corp., Quad Graphics, Inc. and Wakefern Food Corporation.
Our fiscal year ends on March 31. We call our fiscal years which ended on March 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, “fiscal 2011,” “fiscal 2012” and “fiscal 2013,” respectively. Our fiscal first quarter ends on June 30, our fiscal second quarter ends on September 30, our fiscal third quarter ends on December 31 and our fiscal fourth quarter ends on March 31.
Because of the recessed state of the global economy since 2009, especially as it impacts capital equipment manufacturers, our results for fiscal 2013 continued to be impacted by lengthened customer sales cycles and sluggish customer capital spending.To address these difficult economic conditions, we implemented several cost reduction initiatives. During the second quarter of fiscal 2011, we identified $1 million of annualized cost reductions related to decreased product costs, improved manufacturing efficiencies and reduced operating expenses. We realized these cost reductions beginning during the fiscal 2011 third quarter through reduction in general and administrative expenses and improved product margins for our HIF lighting systems. During fiscal 2012, in recognition of an improving economy compared to the previous year, we focused our efforts on activities to increase revenue. These investments included the creation of a telemarketing call center for the purpose of customer lead generation, the establishment of a sales office and hiring of personnel in Houston, Texas and headcount additions to our retail sales force and our engineered systems division. During fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, we implemented additional cost containment initiatives as describedexperienced a significant reduction in the preceding section titled "Recent Management Change and Strategic Refocus".
In response to the constraints on our customers’ capital spending budgets, we have more aggressively promoted the advantages to our customers of purchasing our energy management systems through our Orion Throughput Agreement, or OTA, financing program. Our OTA financing program provides for our customer’s purchase of our energy management systems without an up-front capital outlay. During fiscal 2012, we entered into an arrangement with a national equipment finance company to provide immediate non-recourse and recourse funding of pre-credit approved OTA finance contracts upon project completion and customer acceptance. The majority of these sales occur on a non-recourse basis. During fiscal 2013, approximately 73.3% of our total completed OTA contracts were financed directly through third party equipment finance companies. In the future, we intend to continue to utilize third party finance companies to fund the majority of our OTA contracts. Additionally, during fiscal 2012 we completed a $5.0 million OTA line-of-credit for the purpose of funding OTA projects upon the project completion and customer acceptance, for which we chose to hold the contracts internally. In the future, we do not intend to fund OTA contracts through debt borrowings. In future periods, the number of customers who choose to purchase our systems by using our OTA financing program will be dependent upon our relationships with third party equipment finance companies, the extent to which customers' choose to use their own capital budgets and the extent to which customers' choose to enter into finance contracts. Additionally, we have provided a financing program to our alternative renewable energy system customers called a solar Power Purchase Agreement, or PPA, as an alternative to purchasing our systems for cash. The PPA is a supply side agreement for the generation of electricity and subsequent sale to the end user. We do not intend to use our own cash balances to fund future PPA opportunities and have been able to secure several external sources of funding for PPA’s on behalf of our customers.

29

Table of Contents

In August 2009, we created our engineered systems division, which has been offering our customers additional alternative renewable energy systems. During our fiscal 2011 second quarter, we received an $8.3 million cash order for anew solar PV generating system for which we recognized revenue in fiscal 2012. During fiscal 2012, we recorded $51.6 million in new contracted revenues across 20 contracts. During fiscal 2013, weorders and did not sign any significant new solar contracts. We attribute this to the December 2011 expiration of federal cash grants available for solar projects, declining solar prices for panels, an unstable supply environment, including bankruptcy filings from several solar panel suppliers, and a decline in the value of state and utility incentives. DueDuring fiscal 2014, we deemphasized our efforts to obtain new PV construction contracts and focused on the reduction in newcompletion of previously received orders within our solar contracts, duringbacklog, which has decreased from $36.1 million at the back halfbeginning of our fiscal 2013 to $0.2 million as of March 31, 2015. We expect this trend to continue into the future, since we are not pursuing new PV orders. In response to this solar order decline and our decision not to pursue new PV orders, we redeployed some of our engineered systems personnel to focus on our opportunities within the LED retrofit market.
While we continue to provide solutions using our legacy HIF technology, we believe the market for lighting products is currently in a significant technology shift to LED lighting systems. Compared to legacy lighting systems, we believe that LED lighting technology allows for better optical performance, significantly reduced maintenance costs due to performance longevity and reduced energy consumption. Due to their size and flexibility in application we also believe that LED lighting systems can address opportunities for retrofit applications that cannot be satisfied by fluorescent or other legacy technologies. We expect our LED lighting technologies to become the primary component of our future revenue as we strive to be the leader in the industry transition to LED lighting technology. Based on a May 2013 United States Department of Energy report, we estimate the potential North American LED retrofit market within our key product categories to be approximately 1.1 billion lighting fixtures. In fiscal 2014, our LED lighting sales totaled $4.8 million, or 7.2% of our total lighting revenue, compared to $1.9 million, or 2.8% of our total lighting revenue for fiscal 2013. For fiscal 2015, our LED lighting revenue totaled $30.8 million, or 43.5% of our total lighting revenue, compared to $4.8 million, or 7.2% of our total lighting revenue, for fiscal 2014. We plan to primarily focus our future efforts on developing and selling innovative LED products while continuing to market and sell legacy HIF solutions in circumstances in which LED solutions may not be our customers' best alternative.
We typically generate virtually all of our revenue from sales of LED and HIF lighting systems and related services to commercial and industrial customers. We typically sell our LED and HIF lighting systems in replacement of our customers’ existing HID and HIF fixtures. We call this replacement process a “retrofit.” We frequently engage our customer’s existing electrical contractor to provide installation and project management supportservices. We also sell our LED and HIF lighting systems on a wholesale basis, principally to electrical contractors and energy service companies to sell to their own customer bases.
We have sold and installed approximately 4.3 million of our LED and HIF lighting systems.systems in more than 11,958 facilities from December 1, 2001 through March 31, 2015. Our top direct customers by revenue in fiscal 2015 included Ford Motor Co., Dollar General Corporation, Sears Holding Corp,, Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., US Foodservice, and USF Holland Inc.
In response to potential constraints on our customers’ capital spending budgets, we promote the advantages to our customers of purchasing our energy management systems through our Orion Throughput Agreement, or OTA, financing program. Our OTA financing program provides for our customer’s purchase of our energy management systems without an up-front capital outlay. We are currently focusedhave an arrangement with a national equipment finance company to provide immediate non-recourse and recourse funding of pre-credit approved OTA finance contracts upon project completion and customer acceptance. Virtually all of these sales occur on solar opportunities in markets where electricity costs are higha non-recourse basis. During fiscal 2014 and there are incentive markets that provide fundingfiscal 2015, approximately 94.3% and 91.4% respectively, of our total completed OTA contracts were financed directly through third party equipment finance companies. In the future, we intend to support these projects.continue to utilize third party finance companies to fund virtually all of our OTA contracts. The number of customers who choose to purchase our systems by using our OTA financing program is dependent upon our relationships with third party equipment finance companies, the extent to which customers' choose to use their own capital budgets and the extent to which customers' choose to enter into finance contracts.
Despite our fiscal 2013 first half performance,recent economic challenges, we remain optimistic about our near-term and long-term financial performance. Our near-term optimism is based upon our return to profitability during our fiscal 2013 second half, our backlog of orders entering fiscal 2014, our investments into our retailUS markets sales force and the expansion of our reseller network, our intentions to continue to expand our retail sales force during fiscal 2014,2016, our cost containment initiatives and opportunities and the increasing volume of unit sales of our new products, specifically our exterior HIF fixtures and the opportunities to increase sales through our new LED products which will allow us to expand into new markets.lighting fixtures. Our long-term optimism is based upon the considerable size of the existing market opportunity for lighting retrofits, including the market opportunities in commercial office, government and retail markets, the continued development of our new products and product enhancements, the opportunity for additional revenue from salesincluding our new LED product offerings, and our cost reduction initiatives.

27

Table of renewable technologies throughContents

Our fiscal year ends on March 31. We call our Orion Engineered Systems divisionfiscal years which ended on March 31, 2013, 2014 and the opportunity to increase gross margins through the leverage of2015, “fiscal 2013,” “fiscal 2014” and “fiscal 2015,” respectively. Our fiscal first quarter ends on June 30, our under-utilized manufacturing capacity.fiscal second quarter ends on September 30, our fiscal third quarter ends on December 31 and our fiscal fourth quarter ends on March 31.
Revenue and Expense Components
Revenue. We sell our energy management products and services directly to commercial and industrial customers, and indirectly to end users through wholesale sales to electrical contractors and value-added resellers. We currently generate the substantial majorityvirtually all of our revenue from sales of LED and HIF lighting systems and related services to commercial and industrial customers.customers, with sales of our LED systems becoming our primary emphasis. While our services include comprehensive site assessment, site field verification, utility incentive and government subsidy management, engineering design, project management, installation and recycling in connection with our retrofit installations, we separately recognize service revenue only for our installation and recycling services. Our installation and recycling service revenues are recognized when services are complete and customer acceptance has been received. In the second half of fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012,2014, we increasedtransitioned our in-market sales force to focus our efforts to expandon expanding and developing our value-added reseller channels, including through developing a partner standard operating procedural kit, providing our partners with product marketing materials and providing training to channel partners on our sales methodologies.channels. These wholesale channels accounted for approximately 54%59%, 64%63% and 59%55% of our total revenue volume in fiscal 2011,2013, fiscal 20122014 and fiscal 2013,2015, respectively, not taking into consideration our renewable technologies revenue generated through our engineered systems division. In fiscal 2012, we focused our expansion efforts on our direct retail sales channel through the creation of a telemarketing call center for the purpose of customer lead generation, the establishment of a sales office and personnel in Houston, Texas and headcount additions to our retail sales force and our engineered systems division. During the fiscal 2013 second half, we reengineered our telemarketing call center for the purpose of improving the quality of leads and increasing sales closing ratios. We also continued the expansion of a direct in-market sales force and intend to continue increasing the number of direct sales personnel during fiscal 2014.
Additionally, we offer our OTA sales-type financing program under which we finance the customer’s purchase of our energy management systems. The OTA program was established to assist customers who are interested in purchasing our energy management systems but who have capital expenditure budget limitations. Our OTA contracts are capital leases under GAAP and we record revenue at the present value of the future payments at the time customer acceptance of the installed and operating system is complete. Our OTA contracts under this sales-type financing are either structured with a fixed term, typically 60 months, and a bargain purchase option at the end of term, or are one year in duration and, at the completion of the initial one-year term, provide for (i) one to four automatic one-year renewals at agreed upon pricing; (ii) an early buyout for cash; or (iii) the return of the equipment at the customer’s expense. The revenue that we are entitled to receive from the sale of our lighting fixtures under our OTA financing program is fixed and is based on the cost of the lighting fixtures and applicable profit margin. Our revenue from agreements entered into under this program is not dependent upon our customers’ actual energy savings. We recognize revenue from OTA contracts at the net present value of the future cash flows at the completion date of the installation of the energy management systems and the customers acknowledgment that the system is operating as specified. Upon completion of the installation, we may choose to sell the future cash flows and residual rights to the equipment on a non-recourse basis to an unrelated third party finance company in exchange for cash and future payments.
In fiscal 2011,2013, we recognized $10.7$6.7 million of revenue from 127128 completed OTA contracts. In fiscal 2012,2014, we recognized $10.2$4.0 million of revenue from 13967 completed OTA contracts. In fiscal 2013,2015, we recognized $6.7$1.2 million of revenue from 12825 completed OTA contracts.
Our PPA financing program provides for our customer’s purchase of electricity from our renewable energy generating assets without an upfront capital outlay. Our PPA is a longer-term contract, typically in excess of 10 years, in which we receive monthly

30


payments over the life of the contract. This program creates an ongoing recurring revenue stream, but reduces near-term revenue as the payments are recognized as revenue on a monthly basis over the life of the contract versus upfront upon product shipment or project completion. In fiscal 2011,2013, we recognized $0.4$0.7 million of revenue from completed PPAs. In fiscal 2012,2014, we recognized $0.6$0.5 million of revenue from completed PPAs. In fiscal 2013,2015, we recognized $0.7$0.4 million of revenue from completed PPAs. As of March 31, 2013,2015, we had signed one1 customer to two2 separate PPAs representing future potential discounted revenue streams of $2.3 million.$2.0 million. In the future, we do not expect to complete any additional new PPA agreements. We discount the future revenue from PPAs due to the long-term nature of the contracts, typically in excess of 10 years. The timing of expected future discounted GAAP revenue recognition and the resulting operating cash inflows from PPAs, assuming the systems perform as designed, was as follows as of March 31, 20132015 (in thousands): 
Fiscal 2014$451
Fiscal 2015247
Fiscal 2016247
$247
Fiscal 2017247
247
Fiscal 2018246
246
Fiscal 2019246
Fiscal 2020246
Beyond867
740
Total expected future discounted revenue from PPA's$2,305
$1,972

28


For sales of our solar PV systems, which are governed by customer contracts that require us to deliver functioning solar power systems and are generally completed within three to 15 months from the start of project construction, we recognize revenue from fixed price construction contracts using the percentage-of-completion method. Under this method, revenue arising from fixed price construction contracts is recognized as work is performed based upon the percentage of incurred costs to estimated total forecasted costs. We have determined that the appropriate method of measuring progress on these sales is measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date of the total estimated costs for each contract as materials are installed. The percentage-of-completion method requires revenue recognition from the delivery of products to be deferred and the cost of such products to be capitalized as a deferred cost and current asset on the balance sheet. We perform periodic evaluations of the progress of the installation of the solar PV systems using actual costs incurred over total estimated costs to complete a project. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts, if any, are recognized in the period in which the loss first becomes probable and reasonably estimable.
We recognize revenue on product only sales of our lighting and energy management systems at the time of shipment. For lighting and energy management systems projects consisting of multiple elements of revenue, such as a combination of product sales and services, we recognize revenue by allocating the total contract revenue to each element based on their relative selling prices. We determine the selling price of each element based upon management’s best estimate giving consideration to pricing practices, margin objectives, competition, scope and size of individual projects, geographies in which we offer our products and services and internal costs. We recognize revenue at the time of product shipment on product sales and on services completed prior to product shipment. We recognize revenue associated with services provided after product shipment, based on their relative selling price, when the services are completed and customer acceptance has been received. When other significant obligations or acceptance terms remain after products are delivered, revenue is recognized only after such obligations are fulfilled or acceptance by the customer has occurred.
Our dependence on individual key customers can vary from period to period as a result of the significant size of some of our retrofit and multi-facility roll-out projects. Our top 10 customers accounted for approximately 31%35%, 44%45% and 35%36% of our total revenue for fiscal 2011,2013, fiscal 20122014 and fiscal 2013,2015, respectively. No customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in anyfiscal 2013. One solar customer, Standard Alternative LLC, accounted for 23% of our fiscal 2011, 2012 or 2013.2014 revenue. One customer, Ford Motor, accounted for 12% of our fiscal 2015 revenue. To the extent that large retrofit and roll-out projects and/or large solar projects or solar roll-outs become a greater component of our total revenue, we may experience more customer concentration in given periods. The loss of, or substantial reduction in sales volume to, any of our significant customers could have a material adverse effect on our total revenue in any given period and may result in significant annual and quarterly revenue variations.
Our level of total revenue for any given period is dependent upon a number of factors, including (i) the rate of performance improvement and cost decreases of our LED product offerings, particularly as we make our LED products our primary emphasis; (ii) the demand for our products and systems, includingparticularly our OTA and PPA programsLED products and any new products, applications and service that we may introduce throughintroduce; (iii) the selling price of our engineered systems division; (ii)LED products compared to our other lighting alternatives; (iv) the number and timing of large retrofit and multi-facility retrofit, or “roll-out,” projects; (iii)(v) the rate at which we expand our direct salesforce; (iv)in-market sales force; (vi) customer sales and budget cycles, including budget cycles for utility incentive programs; (vii) our ability to realize revenue from our services; (v)services, particularly our ability to access job sites and manage our customer's control over their own installation labor workforce; (viii) market conditions; (vi)(ix) the level of our wholesale sales; (vii)(x) our execution of our sales process; (viii)(xi) our ability to compete in a highly competitive market and our ability to respond successfully to market competition; (ix)(xii) the selling price of our products and services; (x)(xiii) changes in capital investment levels by our customers and prospects; and (xi) customer(xiv) our decreasing emphasis on solar PV sales and budget cycles.non-recurrence of prior levels of PV revenue; and (xv) the rate of government spending on our products. As a result, our total revenue may be subject to quarterly variations and our total revenue for any particular fiscal quarter may not be indicative of future results.

31


Contracted Revenue. Although “Contracted Revenue” is not a term recognized under GAAP, since the volume of In particular, as we focus our OTAmarketing and solar business is expected to continue to increase and becausesales efforts on our OTA revenues are not recognized until project completion occurs and our solar contracts are recognized over a longer time period, we believe Contracted Revenue provides our management and investors with an informative measure of our relative order activity for any particular period. We define Contracted Revenue as the total contractual value of all firm purchase orders received for ourLED lighting products and servicesdecrease our emphasis on our HIF products, and given the discounted future cash flows expected, including all renewal periods, for all OTAs upon the executionrapidly changing market dynamics of the contractlighting market, we may experience significant and the discounted value of future potential revenue from energy generation over the life of all PPAs along with the discounted value of revenue for renewable energy credits, or RECs, for as long as the REC programs are currently defined to be in existence with the governing body. For cash Contracted Revenue for sales of our HIF lighting and energy management systems, we generally expect that we will begin to recognize GAAP revenue within 30 days from receipt of purchase order. For cash Contracted Revenue for sales of our solar PV systems, we generally expect that we will begin to recognize GAAP revenue within three to 24 months, from receipt of purchase order. For OTA Contracted Revenue, we generally expect that we will begin to recognize GAAP revenue under the terms of the agreements within 90-120 days from the firm contract date. For PPA Contracted Revenue, we generally expect that we will begin to recognize GAAP revenue under the terms of the PPAs within 180 days from the firm contract date. We believe that total Contracted Revenues are a key financial metric for evaluating and measuring our performance because the measure is an indicator of our successunpredictable variations in our customers’ adoption and acceptance of our energy products and services as it measures firm contracted revenue value, regardless of the contract’s cash or deferred financial structure and the related different GAAP revenue recognition treatment. In fiscal 2011, total Contracted Revenue was $103.9 million, an increase of 41% compared to fiscal 2010, which included $14.6 million of expected potential gross cash flow streams associated with OTAs and $1.9 million of potential discounted revenue streams from PPAs. In fiscal 2012, total Contracted Revenue was $122.6 million, an increase of 18% compared to fiscal 2011, which included $8.9 million of discounted cash flow streams associated with OTAs and $0 of potential discounted revenue streams from PPAs. In fiscal 2013, total Contracted Revenue was $75.5 million, a decrease of 38% compared to fiscal 2012, which included $5.9 million of discounted cash flow streams associated with OTAs and $0 of potential discounted revenue streams from PPAs. A reconciliation of our Contracted Revenues to our GAAP revenues is as follows:quarterly results.
  
Fiscal Year ended
March  31, 2012
 
Fiscal Year ended
March  31, 2013
Total Contracted Revenues $122.6
 $75.5
Change in backlog(1) (24.5) 19.5
Solar PV change orders(2) 4.3
 
Change in solar contracts(3) 
 (10.1)
PPA GAAP revenue recognized 0.6
 0.7
Other miscellaneous(4) (2.4) 0.5
Revenue – GAAP basis $100.6
 $86.1

(1)Change in backlog reflects the (increase) or decrease in cash orders at the end of the respective period where product delivery or service performance has not yet occurred. GAAP revenue will be recognized when the performance conditions have been satisfied.
(2)Solar PV change orders reflects the decrease in contracted revenue related to customer change orders received for solar PV systems where the customer subsequently elected to purchase solar panels directly.
(3)Change in solar contracts reflects the decrease in contracted revenue related to customer contracts that were terminated due to a contingency concern or were expected to be sold to other integrators at a discounted rate.
(4)Other miscellaneous includes a reduction from OTA contracted revenues measured at gross future cash flows and GAAP revenue measured at the net present value of future cash flows for completed OTA projects.
Backlog. We define backlog as the total contractual value of all firm orders and OTA contracts received for our lighting products and services where delivery of product or completion of services has not yet occurred as of the end of any particular reporting period. Such orders must be evidenced by a signed proposal acceptance or purchase order from the customer. Our backlog does not include PPAs or national contracts that have been negotiated, but under which we have not yet received a purchase order for the specific location. As of March 31, 2011, we had a backlog of firm purchase orders of approximately $21.2 million, which included $17.0 million of solar PV orders. As of March 31, 2012, we had a backlog of firm purchase orders of approximately $41.4 million, which included $36.1 million of solar PV orders. As of March 31, 2013, we had a backlog of firm purchase orders of approximately $21.9 million, which included $20.2 million of solar PV orders. As of March 31, 2014, we had a backlog of firm purchase orders of approximately $2.7 million, which included $1.1 million of solar PV orders. As of March 31, 2015, we had a backlog of firm purchase orders of approximately $7.1 million, which included $0.2 million of solar PV orders. We expect $15.9 millionall of our $20.2$0.2 million solar backlog as of March 31, 20132015 to be converted into revenue during fiscal 2014.2016. We generally expect thisour level of firm purchase order backlog related to LED and HIF lighting systems to be converted into revenue within the following quarter. We generally expect our

32


firm purchase order backlog related to solar PV systems to be recognized within the following three to 15 months from the time construction of the system begins, although during fiscal 2012, we received an $18.3a $20.2 million single order for which the solar PV system construction will not begin untilbegan during our fiscal 2014.2014 first quarter and was completed during our fiscal 2015 third quarter. As a result of the decreased volume of our solar PV orders, the continued lengtheningincreased volume of our customer’s purchasing decisions becausemulti-facility roll-outs and large retrofit projects, the

29

Table of current recessed economic conditions and related factors, the Contents

continued shortening of our installation cycles and the declining number of projects sold through OTAs, a comparison of backlog from period to period is not necessarily meaningful and may not be indicative of actual revenue recognized in future periods.
Cost of Revenue. Our total cost of revenue consists of costs for: (i) raw materials, including sheet, coiled and specialty reflective aluminum; (ii) electrical components, including ballasts, power supplies, lamps and lamps;LED chips and components; (iii)  materials for sales of solar PV systems through our engineered systems division, including solar panels, inverters and wiring; (iv)(iii) wages and related personnel expenses, including stock-based compensation charges, for our fabricating, coating, assembly, logistics and project installation service organizations; (v)(iv) manufacturing facilities, including depreciation on our manufacturing facilities and equipment, taxes, insurance and utilities; (vi)(v) warranty expenses; (vii)(vi) installation and integration; and (viii)(vii) shipping and handling. Our costhandling; and (viii) materials for sales of aluminum can be subject to commodity price fluctuations, which we attempt to mitigate through the recycling of old scrap fixturessolar PV systems through our facility which contain similar content of aluminum when compared to our new fixtures.engineered systems division, including solar panels, inverters and wiring. We also purchase many of our electrical components through forward purchase contracts. We buy most of our specialty reflective aluminum from a single supplier, and a majoritysupplier. We buy most of our ballast and lamp componentsLED chips from a single supplier, although we believe we could obtain sufficient quantities of these raw materials and components on a price and quality competitive basis from other suppliers if necessary. We use multiple suppliers for our electronic component purchases, including ballasts. drivers and lamps. Purchases from our currentprevious primary supplier of ballast and lamp components constituted 22%4%, 14%7%, and 4%3% of our total cost of revenue in fiscal 2011,2013, fiscal 20122014 and fiscal 2013,2015, respectively. Our cost of revenue from OTA projects is recorded upon customer acceptance and acknowledgementacknowledgment that the system is operating as specified. Our production labor force is non-union and, as a result, our production labor costs have been relatively stable. We have been expanding our network of qualified third-party installers to realize efficiencies in the installation process. During fiscal 2012 we reduced headcount and improved production product flow through reengineering of our assembly stations. During fiscal 2013, we reduced indirect headcount as part of our cost containment initiative. During fiscal 2014, we aggressively focused on cost containment initiatives related to material product costs, service margin expansion and the implementation of lean manufacturing methodologies to reduce production costs in our manufacturing facility. Additionally, we consolidated Harris' Florida manufacturing operations into our Wisconsin facility. During fiscal 2015, we reorganized our manufacturing production lines to increase our capacity to produce LED lighting products. Additionally, we continued to reduce product costs through a reduction in workforce and through negotiated material input price decreases with our vendors. During the fiscal 2015 second quarter, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $12.1 million related to an assessment of the carrying cost of our long-term wireless control inventory and related development and intangible costs. The wireless controls inventory was deemed to be impaired based upon current market conditions, including a significant decline during the fiscal year in wireless controls unit volume sales, an increase in product sales in the commercial office and retail markets where the controls product offering is not saleable, limitations in alternative uses for the inventory and the increasing adoption of, and performance improvements in, LED lighting products. During our fiscal 2015 third quarter, we recorded a warranty charge of $0.6 million related to a production defect in one of our products. We believe that we fully corrected such defect and we do not anticipate experiencing a similar level of warranty charges in future periods with respect to such defect. During fiscal 2016, we expect to generate efficiencies and cost decreases from our lean manufacturing initiatives begun during fiscal 2014 and our focus on reducing component product costs through strategic sourcing begun during fiscal 2015.
Gross Margin. Our gross profit has been, and will continue to be, affected by the relative levels of our total revenue and our total cost of revenue, and as a result, our gross profit may be subject to quarterly variation. Our gross profit as a percentage of total revenue, or gross margin, is affected by a number of factors, including: (i) our level of solar PV sales which have greater margin volatility due to recent decreases in product costs versus our traditional energy management systems; (ii) our mix of large retrofit and multi-facility roll-out projects with national accounts; (iii) the level of our wholesale and partner sales (which generally have historically resulted in lower relative gross margins, but higher relative net margins, than our sales to direct customers); (iv) our realization rate on our billable services; (v) our project pricing; (vi) our level of warranty claims; (vii) our level of utilization of our manufacturing facilities and production equipment and related absorption of our manufacturing overhead costs; (viii)(ii) our mix of large retrofit and multi-facility roll-out projects with national accounts; (iii) our increasing sales mix of LED lighting products and their current lower margins compared to the decreasing volume of our higher margin HIF products; (iv) our project pricing; (v) our realization rate on our billable services; (vi) our level of efficiencies in our manufacturing operations; and (ix)warranty claims; (vii) our level of efficiencies from our subcontracted installation service providers.providers; and (viii) any severance expenses that affect our cost of revenue.
Operating Expenses. Our operating expenses consist of: (i) general and administrative expenses; (ii) acquisition related expenses; (iii) sales and marketing expenses; and (iii)(iv) research and development expenses. Personnel related costs are our largest operating expense. InDuring the second half of fiscal 2012,2013, we initiated cost containment efforts that reduced expenses related to compensation, consulting and other discretionary spending. During fiscal 2014, we increased headcount in our sales areas for telemarketing and direct sales employees. In fiscal 2013, we decreased headcount as part of our cost containment initiatives. InUS markets division. During fiscal 2014, we expectsold our leased corporate jet and consolidated our Plymouth location into our Manitowoc headquarters. During the first quarter of fiscal 2015, we sold our facility in Plymouth. During fiscal 2015, we continued to increase sales headcount within all of our revenue generating divisions. Additionally, during fiscal 2015, we invested $0.3 million in a branding campaign to better position us as an LED company to our direct customers and our resellers. We expect our branding campaign to result in generating additional sales areaspipeline, increase the number of our resellers and increase our market share in newer markets, such as schools and commercial office space. We believe this branding investment is vital in strengthening our position as an LED lighting solutions provider and improving our ability to compete against existing LED lighting companies. We intend to continue to invest in research and product development for direct sales employees.new LED lighting products. As a result of cost reduction initiatives during the fiscal 2015 fourth quarter as we implement our business transition to a focus on our LED products, we incurred severance expenses of $0.2 million, of which $0.1 million is attributable to operating expense.
Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of costs for: (i) salaries and related personnel expenses, including stock-based compensation charges related to our executive, finance, human resource, information technology and operations organizations; (ii) public company costs, including investor relations, external audit and internal audit; (iii) occupancy expenses;

30

Table of Contents

(iv) professional services fees; (v) technology related costs and amortization; (vi) asset impairment charges; and (vii) corporate-related travel.
Our acquisition and integration related expenses consist primarily of costs for: (i) variable purchase accounting expenses for contingent consideration; (ii) legal and accounting costs; and (iii) integration expenses.
Our sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of costs for: (i) salaries and related personnel expenses, including stock-based compensation charges related to our sales and marketing organization; (ii) internal and external sales commissions and bonuses; (iii) travel, lodging and other out-of-pocket expenses associated with our selling efforts; (iv) marketing programs; (v) pre-sales costs; (vi) bad debtdebt; and (vii) other related overhead.
Our research and development expenses consist primarily of costs for: (i) salaries and related personnel expenses, including stock-based compensation charges, related to our engineering and product development organization; (ii) payments to consultants; (iii) the design and development of new energy management products and enhancements to our existing energy management system; (iv) quality assurance and testing; and (v) other related overhead. We expense research and development costs as incurred.
In fiscal 2011, our operating expenses increased as a result of investments in marketing efforts to our direct end customers and to our channel partners through increasing advertising, marketing collateral materials and participation in national industry and customer trade shows. In fiscal 2012, we invested in sales expansion initiatives, including the creation of a telemarketing call center for the purpose of customer lead generation, the establishment of a sales office and hiring of personnel in Houston, Texas

33

Table of Contents

and headcount additions to our retail sales force and our Engineered Systems division. During the back half of fiscal 2013, we initiated cost containment efforts that reduced expenses related to compensation, consulting and other discretionary spending. We expense all pre-sale costs incurred in connection with our sales process prior to obtaining a purchase order. These pre-sale costs may reduce our net income in a given period prior to recognizing any corresponding revenue. We intend to continue to invest in the expansion of our in-market direct sales force during fiscal 2014. We also intend to continue investing in our research and development of new and enhanced energy management products and services.
We recognize compensation expense for the fair value of our stock option awards and restricted stock awards granted over their related vesting period. We recognized $1.3$1.2 million, $1.3$1.6 million, and $1.2$1.5 million of stock-based compensation expense in fiscal 2011,2013, fiscal 20122014 and fiscal 2013,2015, respectively. As a result of prior option and restricted stock grants, including awards in fiscal 2013,2015, we expect to recognize an additional $3.0$2.9 million of stock-based compensation over a weighted average period of approximately six3.5 years. These charges have been, and will continue to be, allocated to cost of product revenue, general and administrative expenses, sales and marketing expenses and research and development expenses based on the departments in which the personnel receiving such awards have primary responsibility. A substantial majority of these charges have been, and likely will continue to be, allocated to general and administrative expenses and sales and marketing expenses.
Interest Expense. Our interest expense is comprised primarily of interest expense on outstanding borrowings under long-term debt obligations, including the amortization of previously incurred financing costs. We amortize deferred financing costs to interest expense over the life of the related debt instrument, ranging from twoone to tenthree years.
Loss or Gain on Sale of Receivable. Our loss or gain on sale of receivables consists of losses or gains associated with sales of receivables from OTA contracts to a third party and the discounted value of the long-term payments associated with such sale.
Dividend and Interest Income. We report interest income earned from our financed OTA contracts and on our cash and cash equivalents and short term investments. For fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012,2013, our interest income increased as a result of the increasing OTA finance contracts completed that we retained ownership of the contracts and the related interest charged to customers. For fiscal 2013,2014 and fiscal 2015, our interest income declined slightly as we began to decrease the number of OTA finance contracts where we retained the ownership of the contract. Instead, we elected to utilize our third party equipment finance providers directly and we recorded no interest income on those transactions.
Income Taxes. As of March 31, 2013,2015, we had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $9.9$38.6 million for federal tax purposes and $10.3$28.9 million for state tax purposes. Included in these loss carryforwards were $3.0$3.8 million for federal and $4.1 million for state tax purposes of compensation expenses that were associated with the exercise of nonqualified stock options. The benefit from our net operating losses created from these compensation expenses has not yet been recognized in our financial statements and will be accounted for in our shareholders’ equity as a credit to additional paid-in capital as the deduction reduces our income taxes payable. We also had federal tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.4$1.5 million and state tax credits of $0.7$0.8 million as of March 31, 2013.2015. A valuation allowance of $19.6 million, equaling the net deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty of its realization in the future, has been set up to fully reserve for our net operating losses and our tax credits. It is possible that we may not be able to utilize the full benefit of our state tax credits due to our state apportioned income and the potential expiration of the state tax credits due to the carry forward period. These federal and state net operating losses and credit carryforwards are available, subject to the discussion in the following paragraph, to offset future taxable income and, if not utilized, will begin to expire in varying amounts between 2020 – 2033.and 2035. Our valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is based upon our cumulative three year operating losses.
Generally, a change of more than 50% in the ownership of a company’s stock, by value, over a three year period constitutes an ownership change for federal income tax purposes. An ownership change may limit a company’s ability to use its net operating loss carryforwards attributable to the period prior to such change. In fiscal 2007 and prior to our IPO, past issuances and transfers of stock caused an ownership change for certain tax purposes. When certain ownership changes occur, tax laws require that a calculation be made to establish a limitation on the use of net operating loss carryforwards created in periods prior to such ownership change. There was no limitation that occurred for fiscal 2011,2013, fiscal 2012 or2014 and fiscal 2013.2015. We do not believe that this change will impact our overall ability to use our full remaining net operating loss carryforwards during the time period that they are available to us.

31

Table of Contents

Results of Operations
The following table sets forth the line items of our consolidated statements of operations on an absolute dollar basis and as a relative percentage of our total revenue for each applicable period, together with the relative percentage change in such line item between applicable comparable periods set forth below: 

34

Table of Contents

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2011 2012   2013  2013 2014   2015  
(Dollars in thousands)(Dollars in thousands)
Amount % of
Revenue
 Amount % of
Revenue
 %
Change
 Amount % of
Revenue
 %
Change
Amount % of
Revenue
 Amount % of
Revenue
 %
Change
 Amount % of
Revenue
 %
Change
Product revenue$75,870
 92.5 % $90,782
 90.3 % 19.7 % $72,604
 84.3 % (20.0)%$72,604
 84.3 % $71,954
 81.2 % (0.9)% $65,881
 91.2 % (8.4)%
Service revenue6,167
 7.5 % 9,780
 9.7 % 58.6 % 13,482
 15.7 % 37.9 %13,482
 15.7 % 16,669
 18.8 % 23.6 % 6,329
 8.8 % (62.0)%
Total revenue82,037
 100.0 % 100,562
 100.0 % 22.6 % 86,086
 100.0 % (14.4)%86,086
 100.0 % 88,623
 100.0 % 2.9 % 72,210
 100.0 % (18.5)%
Cost of product revenue49,809
 60.7 % 62,842
 62.5 % 26.2 % 49,551
 57.5 % (21.1)%49,551
 57.6 % 54,423
 61.3 % 9.8 % 68,388
 94.7 % 25.7 %
Cost of service revenue4,589
 5.6 % 7,682
 7.6 % 67.4 % 9,805
 11.4 % 27.6 %9,805
 11.4 % 11,220
 12.7 % 14.4 % 4,959
 6.9 % (55.8)%
Total cost of revenue54,398
 66.3 % 70,524
 70.1 % 29.6 % 59,356
 68.9 % (15.8)%59,356
 68.9 % 65,643
 74.1 % 10.6 % 73,347
 101.6 % 11.7 %
Gross profit27,639
 33.7 % 30,038
 29.9 % 8.7 % 26,730
 31.1 % (11.0)%
Gross profit (loss)26,730
 31.1 % 22,980
 25.9 % (14.0)% (1,137) (1.6)% (104.9)%
General and administrative expenses11,686
 14.2 % 11,399
 11.3 % (2.5)% 13,946
 16.2 % 22.3 %13,946
 16.2 % 14,951
 16.9 % 7.2 % 14,908
 20.6 % (0.3)%
Acquisition and integration related expenses
  % 819
 0.9 % 100.0 % 47
 0.1 % (94.3)%
Sales and marketing expenses13,674
 16.7 % 15,599
 15.5 % 14.1 % 17,129
 19.9 % 9.8 %17,129
 19.9 % 13,527
 15.3 % (21.0)% 13,290
 18.4 % (1.8)%
Research and development expenses2,333
 2.9 % 2,518
 2.5 % 7.9 % 2,259
 2.7 % (10.3)%2,259
 2.7 % 2,026
 2.4 % (10.3)% 2,554
 3.4 % 26.1 %
(Loss) income from operations(54) (0.1)% 522
 0.5 % (1,066.7)% (6,604) (7.7)% (1,365.1)%
Loss from operations(6,604) (7.7)% (8,343) (9.4)% 26.3 % (31,936) (44.2)% 282.8 %
Interest expense(406) (0.5)% (551) (0.5)% 35.7 % (567) (0.6)% 2.9 %(567) (0.7)% (481) (0.4)% (15.2)% (376) (0.5)% (21.8)%
(Loss) gain on sale of OTA contract receivables(1,012) (1.2)% 32
  % (103.2)% 
  %  %
Interest income571
 0.7 % 850
 0.9 % 48.9 % 845
 1.0 % (0.6)%845
 1.1 % 567
 0.6 % (32.9)% 300
 0.4 % (47.1)%
(Loss) income before income tax(901) (1.1)% 853
 0.9 % (194.7)% (6,326) (7.3)% (841.6)%
Income tax (benefit) expense(1,242) (1.5)% 370
 0.4 % (129.8)% 4,073
 4.8 % 1,000.8 %
Net income (loss)$341
 0.4 % $483
 0.5 % 41.6 % $(10,399) (12.1)% (2,253.0)%
Loss before income tax(6,326) (7.2)% (8,257) (9.3)% 30.5 % (32,012) (44.3)% 287.7 %
Income tax expense (benefit)4,073
 4.7 % (2,058) (2.2)% (150.5)% 49
 0.1 % (102.4)%
Net loss and comprehensive loss$(10,399) (12.1)% $(6,199) (7.0)% (40.4)% $(32,061) (44.4)% 417.2 %
Consolidated Results
Fiscal 20132015 Compared to Fiscal 20122014
Revenue. Product revenue decreased from $90.8$72.0 million for fiscal 20122014 to $72.6$65.9 million for fiscal 2013,2015, a decrease of $18.2$6.1 million, or 20.0%8.4%. The decrease inAs a result of our discontinuance of our sale of new PV systems, our product revenue from renewable energy systems was dueonly $0.9 million for fiscal 2015 compared to a decrease$12.2 million for fiscal 2014. We expect this trend of $12.9 million from our sales of solar photovoltaic, or PV, systems. During fiscal 2012, we constructed several largedecreasing solar PV systemssystem revenue to continue through fiscal 2016 and completed fewer projects of similar size during fiscal 2013. Additionally, material prices have fallen related to solar panels and materials duringinto the last 18 months.future. Product revenue from energy efficiency projects decreased by $5.3lighting systems increased from $59.8 million for fiscal 2014 to $65.0 million for fiscal 2015, an increase of $5.2 million, or 8.7%, predominantly occurring during our fiscal 2013 first half on reduced direct market sales. Service2015 back half. We attribute the overall increase in product revenue from energy efficient lighting systems during fiscal 2015 to the emergence of LED lighting solutions. Product sales of our LED fixtures increased from $9.8$4.8 million for fiscal 20122014 to $13.5$30.8 million for fiscal 2013,2015, an increase of $3.7$26.0 million or 37.9%542%. Within our customer base, LED product costs have been declining while performance, and the related energy reduction, has been improving. During the back half of our fiscal 2015, the return on investment for our customers using LED technology improved and we began to experience an increase in LED product revenue. During the first half of fiscal 2015, we believe customers delayed purchasing decisions as they monitored and evaluated technology alternatives. Service revenue decreased from $16.7 million for fiscal 2014 to $6.3 million for fiscal 2015, a decrease of $10.4 million, or 62.0%. The increasedecrease in service revenue was due to an increase of $3.1 million from the related installation services resulting from solar PV systems installed duringfor fiscal 2013. As mentioned above, as solar panel prices have declined, service revenue has become a higher percentage of the total revenue contracted from a solar PV project. Our service revenue from sales of our HIF energy efficiency systems increased $0.6 million as2015 was a result of fewer solar projects which reduced service revenue by $8.9 million versus the decreaseprior year period and also due to the reduction in wholesalelighting revenue from efficiency project sales. We believe that our HIF energy efficiency business continues to be challenged by a difficult capital spending environment.during the fiscal 2015 first half.
Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin. Cost of product revenue decreasedincreased from $62.8$54.4 million for fiscal 20122014 to $49.6$68.4 million for fiscal 2013, a decrease2015, an increase of $13.2$14.0 million, or 21.1%25.7%. Cost of service revenue increaseddecreased from $7.7$11.2 million for fiscal 20122014 to $9.8$5.0 million for fiscal 2013, an increase2015, a decrease of $2.1$6.2 million, or 27.6%55.8%. Total gross margin increaseddecreased from 29.9%25.9% for fiscal 20122014 to 31.1% for fiscal 2013. For fiscal 2013, our gross margin percentage increased due to improved project margins from sales of solar PV systems and to cost containment initiatives in our manufacturing operations during the back half of fiscal 2013. Our gross margin on renewable revenues was 18.2 % during fiscal 2012 compared to 30.5% during fiscal 2013. The increase in gross margin percentage was due to negotiated contract cost reductions and efficiencies in our project management and contracted expenses. Gross margin from our HIF integrated systems revenue for fiscal 2012 was 34.5% compared to 31.2% for fiscal 2013. The decrease in HIF gross margin percentage was due to the decrease in HIF revenue occurring during the fiscal 2013 first half and the impact of our fixed manufacturing costs.
Operating Expenses

3532

Table of Contents

(1.6)% for fiscal 2015. During the fiscal 2015 second quarter, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $12.1 million related to an assessment of the carrying cost of our long-term wireless control inventory and related development and intangible costs. The wireless controls inventory was deemed to be impaired based upon current market conditions, including a significant decline during the fiscal year in wireless controls unit volume sales, an increase in product sales in the commercial office and retail markets where the controls product offering is not saleable, limitations in alternative uses for the inventory and the increasing adoption of, and performance improvements in, LED lighting products. Total gross margin excluding the impairment charge decreased from 25.9% for fiscal 2014 to 15.2% for fiscal 2015. Gross margin from our HIF and LED integrated systems revenue for fiscal 2014 was 26.0% compared to 15.0%, excluding the aforementioned wireless control impairment, for fiscal 2015. The decrease in our lighting gross margin percentage was impacted by (i) a product warranty charge of $0.6 million; (ii) the increase in the relative sales volume of our lower margin LED products; (iii) higher than anticipated input material costs; and (iv) the decrease in sales volumes of manufactured lighting products and the related under absorption of the fixed expenses associated with our underutilized manufacturing facility. The warranty charge in the fiscal 2015 third quarter was related to a product malfunction in one of our lighting products manufactured in the quarter that resulted from a new engineering modification. We took proactive steps to address this issue with all of our customers who purchased this product. As a result, we do not believe that we will incur recurring warranty costs expenses with respect to this product in future periods. We expect our gross margins from sales of lighting products to improve during our fiscal 2016 as we begin to recognize the benefits of higher purchase volumes of LED components at lower costs and the reduction in expenses from our February 2015 reduction in headcount. Our gross margin on solar PV revenues was 25.6% during fiscal 2014 compared to 25.3% during fiscal 2015.
Operating Expenses
General and Administrative. Our general and administrative expenses increaseddecreased from $11.4$15.0 million for fiscal 20122014 to $13.9$14.9 million for fiscal 2013, an increase2015, a decrease of $2.5$0.1 million, or 22.3%0.3%. The increase for fiscal 2013decrease was due to a loss of $1.5 million from the sale of our corporate leased aircraft and including related aviation employee severance expenses during fiscal 2014 that did not reoccur, and a decrease of $0.3 million in legal expenses, partially offset by an increase due to incremental operating expenses of $1.9$0.1 million resulting from our reorganization initiatives, increased legalthe acquisition of Harris during fiscal 2014, an increase in depreciation and intangible amortization expenses related to unusual items of $1.1$0.3 million, increased compensation and benefit expenses of $0.6 million, increased stock compensation expense of $0.1 million, increased consulting expenses of $0.4 million related to our second halfinitiatives for recruiting and talent development, strategic sourcing and the creation of fiscal 2013 bonus planfinancial systems tools, increased travel of $0.1 million and increased auditcosts for general office expenses and software licensing fees of $0.2$0.1 million.
Acquisition and Integration Related Expenses. Our acquisition related expenses decreased from $0.8 million for fiscal 2014 to $47 thousand for fiscal 2015. The decrease was due to $0.5 million of expenses incurred during fiscal 2014 related to the re-auditacquisition of ourHarris which included $0.3 million for variable mark-to-market purchase accounting expenses related to the contingent consideration earn-out and $0.2 million for legal, accounting and integration related costs. We incurred $0.3 million in other acquisition related activities for legal and consulting activities during fiscal 2011 financial statements. These increases in expenses were partially offset by headcount reductions and discretionary spending reductions that occurred during the second half of fiscal 2013.2014.
Sales and Marketing. Our sales and marketing expenses increaseddecreased from $15.6$13.5 million for fiscal 20122014 to $17.1$13.3 million for fiscal 2013, an increase2015, a decrease of $1.5$0.2 million, or 9.8%1.8%. The increasedecrease was due to the full year impact incurred during the first halfreduced depreciation of fiscal 2013 of headcount additions from our prior year investment into the formation and staffing$0.5 million as certain of our telemarketing function,sales information systems reached the establishmentend of their depreciable lives and staffing of our Houston technology center, headcount additions for sales and project management to support the increase in our solar PV backlog and headcount additions for in-market efficiency sales. We reduced headcount in the back half of fiscal 2013 as part of our cost reduction initiatives. Additional increases were due to commission expense from solar projectstravel expenses of $0.4 million due to the sale of our corporate jet. These decreases were partially offset by increased depreciationspending of $0.3 million duefor advertising, brand development and product promotions to investments in information systems, increased severance expenseincrease LED revenue opportunities, $0.3 million of $0.2 million due to headcount reductionsincremental expenses resulting from the acquisition of Harris during fiscal 2014 and a $0.2$0.1 million increase in bad debt versus the prior year.expense.
Research and Development. Our research and development expenses decreasedincreased from $2.5$2.0 million for fiscal 20122014 to $2.3$2.6 million for fiscal 2013, a decrease2015, an increase of $0.2$0.6 million, or 10.3%26.1%. The decreaseincrease was due to decreased consulting expensesspending for samples, testing and reduced development andcertification of our new LED products as we expanded our LED product testing costs related to our energy management controls initiatives.lines during fiscal 2015.
Interest Expense. Our interest expense increaseddecreased from $551,000$0.5 million for fiscal 20122014 to $567,000$0.4 million for fiscal 2013, an increase2015, a decrease of $16,000,$0.1 million, or 2.9%21.8%. The increasedecrease in our interest expense was due to the full year impact of additionalreduction in financed contract debt funding completed during fiscal 2012 for the purpose of financing our OTA projects.
Gain on sale of receivables. Our gain from the sale of receivables from our OTA contracts decreased from $32,000 for fiscal 2012 to $0 for fiscal 2013. Dueprojects compared to the establishment of multiple financing arrangements for OTAs during fiscal 2012 and 2013, in future periods, we do not expect to sell OTA contracts at levels similar to fiscal 2011 or fiscal 2012.prior year.
Interest Income. Our interest income was relatively unchangeddecreased from $0.6 million for fiscal 20122014 to $0.3 million for fiscal 2013. In2015, a decrease of $0.3 million, or 47.1%. Our interest income decreased as we increased the future, weutilization of third party finance providers for a majority of our financed projects. We expect our interest income to continue to decrease as we continue to utilize third party finance providers for our OTA projects.
Income Taxes. Our income tax expense increased from $0.4an income tax benefit of $2.1 million for fiscal 20122014 to income tax expense of $49 thousand for fiscal 2015, an increase of $2.1 million, or 102.4%. During fiscal 2014, we reversed $2.3 million of our valuation reserve to offset deferred tax liabilities created by the acquisition of Harris. Our effective income tax rate for fiscal 2014 was 24.9% compared to a benefit rate of (0.2)% for fiscal 2015. The change in effective rate was due primarily to the changes in the valuation reserve and minimum state tax liabilities.

33

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013
Revenue. Product revenue decreased from $72.6 million for fiscal 2013 to $72.0 million for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $0.6 million, or 0.9%. Product revenue from energy efficiency lighting systems decreased from $62.5 million for fiscal 2013 to $59.8 million for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $2.7 million, predominantly occurring during our fiscal 2014 back half. We attribute the overall decline in product revenue during the back half of fiscal 2014 to delayed customer purchase decisions as a result of the continuing emergence of LED lighting solutions. Additionally, delays to project installations resulting from the government shutdown in October 2013 resulted in revenue reductions of approximately $2.0 million as installation crews were not allowed to access the project sites until late February 2014. Partially offsetting the decline in energy efficient lighting product revenue, product revenue from sales of solar PV systems increased from $10.1 million for fiscal 2013 to $12.2 million for fiscal 2014, an increase of $2.1 million. The increase in solar PV product revenue was due to the construction of a $20.0 million single landfill solar project during fiscal 2014. Service revenue increased from $13.5 million for fiscal 2013 to $16.7 million for fiscal 2014, an increase of $3.2 million, or 23.6%. The increase in service revenue was due to an increase in the number of installations resulting from the acquisition of Harris and $1.1 million from the related installation services resulting from our single landfill solar project installed during fiscal 2014. During fiscal 2014, we de-emphasized our solar sales efforts due to a decline in new solar project orders so that we can focus our efforts on the large LED retrofit market.
Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin. Cost of product revenue increased from $49.6 million for fiscal 2013 to $54.4 million for fiscal 2014, an increase of $4.8 million, or 9.8%. Cost of service revenue increased from $9.8 million for fiscal 2013 to $11.2 million for fiscal 2014, an increase of $1.4 million, or 14.4%. Total gross margin decreased from 31.1% for fiscal 2013 to 25.9% for fiscal 2014. Gross margin from our HIF and LED integrated systems revenue for fiscal 2013 was 31.2% compared to 26.0% for fiscal 2014. For fiscal 2014, our gross margin declined due to reduced sales volumes of manufactured lighting products and the related impact of fixed expenses within our manufacturing facility, an increased mix of lower margin solar projects compared to the prior year and severance expenses of $0.1 million related to the acquisition of Harris. Additionally, during fiscal 2014, we recorded $2.0 million in expenses related to inventory reserves compared to $0.9 million in fiscal 2013. The increase in inventory reserve expense was due to the decline in HIF product revenue that occurred during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 and our expectations that LED products will become a larger portion of our future revenue. The reserve was based upon our evaluation of existing fluorescent component inventory levels, our historical usage trends and our expectations on future requirements. Our gross margin on solar PV revenues was 30.5% during fiscal 2013 compared to 25.6% during fiscal 2014. The decrease in solar PV gross margin percentage was due to the lower margin on our single landfill solar project in fiscal 2014 and some unusually high margin solar projects completed during fiscal 2013.
Operating Expenses
General and Administrative. Our general and administrative expenses increased from $13.9 million for fiscal 2013 to $15.0 million for fiscal 2014, an increase of $1.1 million, or 7.2%. The increase was due to a loss of $1.4 million from the sale of our corporate leased aircraft and including related aviation employee severance expenses, increased insurance expenses of $0.2 million, $0.6 million for the amortization of intangible assets resulting from the acquisition of Harris, $0.9 million for incremental operating expenses from the acquisition of Harris and $0.3 million in asset impairment expenses and contract terminations related to facility consolidations. These increases were partially offset by decreases due to prior year expenses of $1.2 million resulting from our reorganization, $0.6 million in reduced compensation and benefit expenses resulting from headcount reductions, $0.2 million in reduced legal expenses and $0.4 million in other reductions in discretionary spending.
Acquisition and Integration Related Expenses. Our acquisition related expenses increased from none for fiscal 2013 to $0.8 million for fiscal 2014. The increase was due to $0.5 million of expenses incurred related to the acquisition of Harris which included $0.3 million for variable mark-to-market purchase accounting expenses related to the contingent consideration earn-out and $0.2 million for legal, accounting and integration related costs. We incurred $0.3 million in other acquisition related activities for legal and consulting activities.
Sales and Marketing. Our sales and marketing expenses decreased from $17.1 million for fiscal 2013 to $13.5 million for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $3.6 million, or 21.0%. The decrease was due to reduced compensation and benefit expense of $1.7 million resulting from headcount reductions, reduced bad debt expense of $0.6 million, reorganization expenses incurred in fiscal 2013 of $0.3 million, $0.2 million in reduced depreciation expense and discretionary spending reductions of $2.2 million, offset by an increase in our sales commission expense of $0.1 million resulting from the revenue increase and incremental expenses of $1.3 million resulting from the acquisition of Harris.
Research and Development. Our research and development expenses decreased from $2.3 million for fiscal 2013 to $2.0 million for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $0.3 million, or 10.3%. The decrease was due to a reduction in compensation expenses, consulting expenses and product testing costs related to our energy management controls initiatives.
Interest Expense. Our interest expense decreased from $567,000 for fiscal 2013 to $481,000 for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $86,000, or 15.2%. The decrease in interest expense was due to the reduction in financed contract debt for our OTA projects compared to the prior year first half.

34

Table of Contents

Interest Income. Our interest income decreased from $845,000 for fiscal 2013 to $567,000 for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $278,000, or 32.9%. Our interest income decreased as we increased the utilization of third party finance providers for virtually all of our financed projects. We expect our interest income to continue to decrease as we continue to utilize third party finance providers for our OTA projects.
Income Taxes. Our income tax expense decreased from $4.1 million for fiscal 2013 to an increaseincome tax benefit of $3.7$2.1 million for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $6.2 million, or 1,000.8%151%. During fiscal 2013, we recorded a valuation reserve against our deferred tax assets in the amount of $4.1 million due to uncertainty over the realization value of these assets in the future. During fiscal 2014, we reversed $2.3 million of our valuation reserve to offset deferred tax liabilities created by the acquisition of Harris. Our effective income tax rate for fiscal 20122014 was 43.3%24.9%, compared to (64.4)% for fiscal 2013. The change in effective rate was due primarily to the impact ofchanges in the valuation reserve.reserve and expected minimum state tax liabilities.
U.S. Markets Segment
Our U.S. Markets Division sells lighting solutions into the wholesale markets.
Contracted Revenue.The following table summarizes our U.S. Markets segment operating results:
 For the year ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)2013 2014 2015
Revenues$30,262
 $38,766
 $37,778
Operating income (loss)$110
 $(1,012) $(12,542)
Operating margin0.4% (2.6)% (33.2)%
Total contractedFiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014
U.S. Markets segment revenue decreased from $122.6$38.8 million for fiscal 20122014 to $75.5$37.8 million for fiscal 2015, a decrease of $1.0 million, or 2.6%. The decrease was primarily due to the delay in customer purchasing decisions resulting from the continuing emergence of LED lighting solutions. We believe customers delayed decisions throughout the first half of fiscal 2015 as they monitored and evaluated lighting technology alternatives. We believe that our initiatives to expand the number of our key resellers has resulted in increased pipeline of prospective lighting deals and are helping to position for future potential growth in this segment.
U.S. Markets segment operating loss increased from $1.0 million for fiscal 2014 to an operating loss of $12.5 million for fiscal 2015, an increase of $11.5 million, or 1150.0%. The increase in operating loss for fiscal 2015 was primarily due to $7.5 million of expense related to the proportional long-term inventory controls impairment charge and to the mix increase of lower margin LED products.
Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013
U.S. Markets segment revenue increased from $30.3 million for fiscal 2013 a decreaseto $38.8 million for fiscal 2014, an increase of $47.1$8.5 million, or 38.4%28.1%. We attribute this decrease in contracted revenue to a decrease in orders for renewable technologies through our engineered systems division. This decreaseThe increase was due to a difficult environment in fiscal 2013 due to volatility in pricing of solar materials, uncertainty over the viability of certain suppliers in the solar industry, a decline in pricing for renewable energy credits generated from solar PV systems and the expiration of certain cash tax benefits provided through calendar year 2011.
Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2011
Revenue. Product revenue increased from $75.9 million for fiscal 2011 to $90.8 million for fiscal 2012, an increase of $14.9 million, or 19.7%. The increase in product revenue was due to an increase of $19.8 million from our sales of solar photovoltaic, or PV, systems. Service revenue increased from $6.2 million for fiscal 2011 to $9.8 million for fiscal 2012, an increase of $3.6 million, or 58.6%. The increase in service revenue was due to the related installation services resulting from the increased sales of PV systems during fiscal 2012. Our service revenue from sales of our HIF energy efficiencylighting systems through our reseller network and an improved economic environment which increased our customers' capital spending.
U.S. Markets segment operating income decreased asfrom $0.1 million for fiscal 2013 to an operating loss of $1.0 million for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $1.1 million, or 1100.0%. The decrease in operating income for fiscal 2014 was a result of of the increased percentageexpense for inventory reserves in the amount of total revenue$2.0 million resulting from lower fluorescent product sales.
Engineered Systems Segment
Our Engineered Systems Division sells lighting products and construction and engineering services direct to our wholesale channels whereend users. Our Engineered Systems Division will also complete the construction management services are not provided. We believe that our HIF energy efficiency business continuesrelated to be challenged by a difficult capital spending environment.
Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin. Cost of product revenue increased from $49.8 million for fiscal 2011 to $62.8 million for fiscal 2012, an increase of $13.0 million, or 26.2%. Cost of service revenue increased from $4.6 million for fiscal 2011 to $7.7 million for fiscal 2012, an increase of $3.1 million, or 67.4%. Total gross margins declined from 33.7% for fiscal 2011 to 29.9% for fiscal 2012. The decrease in total gross margin in fiscal 2012 was due to the higher mix of renewables revenue which have lower gross margins than sales of our HIF energy management systems. Gross margins from the sale of ourexisting contracted solar PV projects.
The following table summarizes the engineered systems were 18.2% for fiscal 2012. Gross margins from the sale of our HIF energy management systems were 34.5% for fiscal 2012. The negative impact from the product mix shift was partially offset by cost containment efforts through improved production efficiencies resulting from the reengineering of our assembly process and reductions in discretionary spending.segment operating results:
Operating Expenses
 For the year ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)2013 2014 2015
Revenues$55,824
 $49,857
 $33,454
Operating income (loss)$806
 $1,260
 $(12,431)
Operating margin1.4% 2.5% (37.2)%
Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014

3635


General and Administrative. Our general and administrative expensesEngineered systems segment revenue decreased from $11.7$49.9 million for fiscal 20112014 to $11.4$33.5 million for fiscal 2012,2015, a decrease of $0.3$16.4 million, or 2.5%32.9%. The decrease in revenue for fiscal 2015 was due to a resultdecrease in the number and size of $0.4solar projects under construction which resulted in a revenue decrease of $20.2 million, in reduced legal expenses and a $0.3 million reduction in compensation costs and other discretionary spending, offset by an increase in depreciationLED lighting revenue and the acquisition of $0.4 million resultingHarris.
Engineered systems segment operating income decreased from the new ERP system put into service at the beginning of fiscal year 2012.
Sales and Marketing. Our sales and marketing expenses increased from $13.7$1.3 million for fiscal 20112014 to $15.6an operating loss of $12.4 million for fiscal 2012, an increase2015, a decrease of $1.9$13.6 million, or 14.1%1053.8%. The increase was a result of our investment into the formation and staffing of our telemarketing function, the establishment and staffing of a Houston technology center, headcount additions for retail sales anddecrease in sales and project management to support the increase in our solar PV revenue during fiscal 2012.
Research and Development. Our research and development expenses increased from $2.3 millionoperating income for fiscal 2011 to $2.5 million for fiscal 2012, an increase of $0.2 million, or 7.9%. The increase in expenses for fiscal 20122015 was due to increased spending on$4.6 million of expense related to the development of new product offerings, including our LED productproportional long-term inventory controls impairment charge incurred during the fiscal 2015 second quarter, to the decline in revenue and energy management controls initiatives.
Interest Expense. Our interest expense increased from $0.4 million for fiscal 2011the reduction in contribution margin dollars, to $0.6 million for fiscal 2012, anthe mix increase of $0.2lower margin LED products and a $0.3 million or 35.7%. The increase in interestamortization expense for fiscal 2012 was due to the full year impact of additional debt funding completed during fiscal 2011 and additional debt funding completed during fiscal 2012 for the purpose of financing our OTA projects.
Gain (loss) on sale of receivables. Our loss from the sale of receivables from our OTA contracts decreased from $1.0 million for fiscal 2011 to a gain from the sale of receivables of $32,000 for fiscal 2012. Due to the establishment of multiple financing arrangements for OTAs during fiscal 2011 and 2012, in future periods, we do not expect to sell OTA contracts at significant losses similar to fiscal 2011.
Interest Income. Our interest income increased from $0.6 million for fiscal 2011 to $0.9 million for fiscal 2012, an increase of $0.3 million, or 48.9%. Interest income earned from customer financed programs was $0.8 million in fiscal 2012 compared to $0.5 million in fiscal 2011. Interest income related to investments in fiscal 2012 was $0.1 million and increased slightly from the prior yearintangible assets as a result of higher cash balances.
Income Taxes. Our income taxes increased from a benefit of $1.2 million for fiscal year 2011 to income tax expense of $0.4 million for fiscal 2012. Our effective income tax rate for the fiscal year 2011 was a benefit rate of 137.8%, compared to an income tax rate of 43.3% for the fiscal year 2012. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, we converted almost all of our existing incentive stock options, or ISOs, to non-qualified stock options, or NQSOs. This conversion was applied retrospectively allowing us to benefit from $0.6 million of income tax expense related to non-deductible ISO stock compensation expense that was previously deferred for income tax purposes. The conversion reduced our effective tax rate for the full fiscal year to a benefit rate of 137.8% from a pre-conversion income tax expense rate of 69.8%. The conversion of ISOs to NQSOs greatly reduced the effective tax rate volatility that we have historically experienced at nominal pre-tax earnings levels. The changeHarris acquisition in tax rate versus the prior fiscal year is due to the difference between taxable losses during fiscal 2011 and the related impact of the non-deductible stock compensation expense and taxable income during fiscal 2012, along with the impact of federal credits available to us.
Contracted Revenue. Total contracted revenue increased from $103.9 million for fiscal 2011 (which included $1.9 million of future potential revenue streams associated with PPAs) to $122.6 million for fiscal 2012 (which included $0 of future potential revenue streams associated with PPAs), an increase of $18.7 million, or 18%. We attribute this improvement in contracted revenue to an increase in orders for renewable technologies through our engineered systems division.
Energy Management Segment
The following table summarizes the energy management segment operating results:
 For the year ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)2011 2012 2013
Revenues$77,861
 $72,097
 $67,437
Operating income$6,460
 $4,974
 $245
Operating margin8.3% 6.9% 0.4%
July 2013.
Fiscal 20132014 Compared to Fiscal 20122013
Energy managementEngineered systems segment revenue decreased from $72.1 million for fiscal 2012 to $67.4$55.8 million for fiscal 2013 to $49.9 million for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $4.7$5.9 million, or 6.5%10.6%. The decrease was due to decreased sales of our HIF lighting systems due to capital spending constraints resulting from a challenging economic environment.
Energy Management segment operating income decreased from $5.0 million for fiscal 2012delayed customer purchase decisions, which we attribute to $0.2 million for fiscal 2013, a decreasethe emergence of $4.8 million, or 95.1%. The decrease in operating income for fiscal 2013 was a result of the decreased revenue and

37


the increase in selling and marketing expense resulting from the headcount additions for our telemarketing and retail sales initiatives that occurred during the first half of fiscal 2013.
Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2011
Energy management segment revenue decreased from $77.9 million for fiscal 2011 to $72.1 million for fiscal 2012, a decrease of $5.8 million, or 7.4%. The decrease was due to decreased sales of our HIFLED lighting systems due to capital spending constraints resulting from a challenging economic environment.
Energy Management segment operating income decreased from $6.5 million for fiscal 2011 to $5.0 million for fiscal 2012, a decrease of $1.5 million, or 23.0%. The decrease in operating income for fiscal 2012 was a result of the decreased revenue and the increase in selling and marketing expense resulting from the headcount additions for our telemarketing and retail sales initiatives and the increase in our research and development spending.
Engineered Systems Segment
The following table summarizes the engineered systems segment operating results:
 For the year ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)2011 2012 2013
Revenues$4,176
 $28,465
 $18,649
Operating income$(1,507) $569
 $671
Operating margin(36.1)% 2.0% 3.6%
Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012
Engineered systems segment revenue decreased from $28.5 million for fiscal 2012 to $18.6 million for fiscal 2013, a decrease of $9.9 million, or 34.5%. The decrease was due to a decrease in the number of and the relative size of the renewable PV systems under construction during fiscal 2013 versus the prior year. Additionally, we did not sign any new significant contracts during fiscal 2013 as a result of expired federal cash grants, uncertainty over supply and costs of solar panels and reductions in state and utility incentives.solutions.
Engineered systems segment operating income increased from $0.6$0.8 million for fiscal 20122013 to $0.7$1.3 million of operating income for fiscal 2013,2014, an increase of $0.1$0.5 million, or 17.9%62.5%. The increase in operating income for fiscal 20132014 was a result of an improvementreduced service costs for solar PV system gross margins and a reduction in managing contract costs relatedoperating expenses as we began to de-emphasize our solar business and redeploy personnel to our projectU.S. markets division to address the LED lighting retrofit market opportunity.
Distribution Services Segment
Our Distribution Services Division sells lighting products internationally and construction management activities.is developing a network of broad line distributors.
The following table summarizes our Distribution Services segment operating results:
 For the year ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)2013 2014 2015
Revenues
 
 978
Operating income (loss)
 
 (455)
Operating margin% % (46.5)%
Fiscal 20122015 Compared to Fiscal 20112014
Engineered systemsDistribution services segment revenue increased from $4.2none for fiscal 2014 to $1.0 million, or 100%, for fiscal 2015. The increase in revenue for fiscal 2015 was due to the organizational changes that occurred at the beginning of fiscal 2015 and the new distribution markets into which our Distribution Services division sells.
Distribution services segment operating loss decreased from none for fiscal 2014 to an operating loss of $0.5 million for fiscal 2011 to $28.5 million for fiscal 2012, an increase of $24.3 million, or 581.6%.2015. The increaseoperating loss was due to an increasethe impact of low factory utilization levels on gross margin and our investment in the number of and the relative size of the renewable PV systems sold during fiscal 2012 versus the prior year.
Engineered systems segment operating (loss) income increased from a $1.5 million loss for fiscal 2011selling costs to $0.6 million of operating income for fiscal 2012, an increase of $2.1 million, or 137.8%. The increase in operating income for fiscal 2012 was a result of the increased revenue volume and resulting contribution margin from sales of solar renewable energy systems.start-up this business unit.
Quarterly Results of Operations
The following tables present our unaudited quarterly results of operations for the last eight fiscal quarters in the period ended March 31, 20132015 (i) on an absolute dollar basis (in thousands) and (ii) as a percentage of total revenue for the applicable fiscal quarter. You should read the following tables in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this Form 10-K. In our opinion, the unaudited financial information presented below has been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements, and includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our operating results for the fiscal quarters presented. Operating results for any fiscal quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future fiscal quarters or for a full fiscal year.

3836


For the Three Months EndedFor the Three Months Ended
Jun 30, 2011 Sep 30, 2011 Dec 31, 2011 Mar 31, 2012 Jun 30, 2012 Sep 30, 2012 Dec 31, 2012 Mar 31, 2013Jun 30, 2013 Sep 30, 2013 Dec 31, 2013 Mar 31, 2014 Jun 30, 2014 Sep 30, 2014 Dec 31, 2014 Mar 31, 2015
(in thousands, unaudited)(in thousands, unaudited)
Product revenue$17,361
 $30,111
 $24,274
 $19,036
 $13,580
 $16,931
 $22,660
 $19,433
$17,523
 $21,181
 $22,380
 $10,870
 $12,243
 $12,645
 $23,646
 $17,347
Service revenue860
 3,364
 3,132
 2,424
 1,730
 2,477
 6,427
 2,848
3,329
 6,314
 5,312
 1,714
 1,070
 748
 2,492
 2,019
Total revenue18,221
 33,475
 27,406
 21,460
 15,310
 19,408
 29,087
 22,281
20,852
 27,495
 27,692
 12,584
 13,313
 13,393
 26,138
 19,366
Cost of product revenue11,592
 21,447
 17,445
 12,358
 9,597
 11,867
 15,708
 12,379
12,884
 15,638
 15,742
 10,159
 9,855
 23,364
 20,293
 14,876
Cost of service revenue622
 2,647
 2,447
 1,966
 1,340
 1,736
 4,798
 1,931
2,245
 4,028
 3,800
 1,147
 846
 584
 2,021
 1,508
Total cost of revenue12,214
 24,094
 19,892
 14,324
 10,937
 13,603
 20,506
 14,310
15,129
 19,666
 19,542
 11,306
 10,701
 23,948
 22,314
 16,384
Gross profit6,007
 9,381
 7,514
 7,136
 4,373
 5,805
 8,581
 7,971
5,723
 7,829
 8,150
 1,278
 2,612
 (10,555) 3,824
 2,982
General and administrative expenses3,075
 2,748
 2,848
 2,728
 3,302
 4,638
 2,848
 3,158
2,759
 3,173
 3,277
 5,817
 3,648
 3,842
 3,814
 3,604
Acquisition and integration related
 356
 88
 300
 22
 
 2
 23
Sales and marketing expenses3,775
 3,728
 4,054
 4,042
 3,952
 4,561
 4,730
 3,886
3,303
 3,644
 3,397
 3,183
 2,878
 3,367
 3,771
 3,274
Research and development expenses622
 597
 552
 747
 697
 710
 427
 425
490
 448
 478
 610
 416
 569
 889
 680
Income (loss) from operations(1,465) 2,308
 60
 (381) (3,578) (4,104) 576
 502
(829) 208
 910
 (8,632) (4,352) (18,333) (4,652) (4,599)
Interest expense(87) (150) (160) (154) (161) (142) (138) (126)(113) (142) (123) (103) (90) (83) (62) (141)
(Loss) gain on sale of asset
 26
 4
 2
 
 
 
 
Interest income154
 214
 226
 256
 225
 218
 213
 189
174
 153
 132
 108
 94
 83
 69
 54
Income (loss) before income tax(1,398) 2,398
 130
 (277) (3,514) (4,028) 651
 565
(768) 219
 919
 (8,627) (4,348) (18,333) (4,645) (4,686)
Income tax expense (benefit)(606) 1,040
 56
 (120) (1,574) 5,631
 
 16
13
 (2,184) (99) 212
 11
 13
 18
 7
Net income (loss)$(792) $1,358
 $74
 $(157) $(1,940) $(9,659) $651
 $549
Net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss)$(781) $2,403
 $1,018
 $(8,839) $(4,359) $(18,346) $(4,663) $(4,693)
Jun 30, 2011 Sep 30, 2011 Dec 31, 2011 Mar 31, 2012 Jun 30, 2012 Sep 30, 2012 Dec 31, 2012 Mar 31, 2013Jun 30, 2013 Sep 30, 2013 Dec 31, 2013 Mar 31, 2014 Jun 30, 2014 Sep 30, 2014 Dec 31, 2014 Mar 31, 2015
(in thousands, unaudited)(in thousands, unaudited)
Product revenue95.3 % 90.0 % 88.6 % 88.7 % 88.7 % 87.2 % 77.9 % 87.2 %84.0 % 77.0 % 80.8 % 86.4 % 92.0 % 94.4 % 90.5 % 89.6 %
Service revenue4.7 % 10.0 % 11.4 % 11.3 % 11.3 % 12.8 % 22.1 % 12.8 %16.0 % 23.0 % 19.2 % 13.6 % 8.0 % 5.6 % 9.5 % 10.4 %
Total revenue100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 %100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 %
Cost of product revenue63.6 % 64.1 % 63.7 % 57.6 % 62.7 % 61.1 % 54.0 % 55.6 %61.8 % 56.9 % 56.9 % 80.7 % 74.0 % 174.4 % 77.7 % 76.8 %
Cost of service revenue3.4 % 7.9 % 8.9 % 9.1 % 8.7 % 9.0 % 16.5 % 8.6 %10.8 % 14.6 % 13.7 % 9.1 % 6.4 % 4.4 % 7.7 % 7.8 %
Total cost of revenue67.0 % 72.0 % 72.6 % 66.7 % 71.4 % 70.1 % 70.5 % 64.2 %72.6 % 71.5 % 70.6 % 89.8 % 80.4 % 178.8 % 85.4 % 84.6 %
Gross margin33.0 % 28.0 % 27.4 % 33.3 % 28.6 % 29.9 % 29.5 % 35.8 %27.4 % 28.5 % 29.4 % 10.2 % 19.6 % (78.8)% 14.6 % 15.4 %
General and administrative expenses16.9 % 8.2 % 10.4 % 12.7 % 21.6 % 23.9 % 9.8 % 14.2 %13.2 % 11.5 % 11.8 % 46.2 % 27.4 % 28.7 % 14.6 % 18.6 %
Acquisition and integration related expenses0.0 % 1.3 % 0.3 % 2.4 % 0.2 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.1 %
Sales and marketing expenses20.7 % 11.1 % 14.8 % 18.8 % 25.8 % 23.5 % 16.3 % 17.4 %15.9 % 13.3 % 12.3 % 25.3 % 21.6 % 25.1 % 14.4 % 16.9 %
Research and development expenses3.4 % 1.8 % 2.0 % 3.6 % 4.6 % 3.6 % 1.4 % 1.9 %2.3 % 1.6 % 1.7 % 4.9 % 3.1 % 4.3 % 3.4 % 3.5 %
Income (loss) from operations(8.0)% 6.9 % 0.2 % (1.8)% (23.4)% (21.1)% 2.0 % 2.3 %(4.0)% 0.8 % 3.3 % (68.6)% (32.7)% (136.9)% (17.8)% (23.7)%
Interest expense(0.5)% (0.4)% (0.5)% (0.7)% (1.1)% (0.8)% (0.5)% (0.6)%(0.5)% (0.6)% (0.5)% (0.9)% (0.7)% (0.6)% (0.3)% (0.8)%
(Loss) gain on sale of asset0.0 % 0.1 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 %
Interest income0.8 % 0.6 % 0.8 % 1.2 % 1.5 % 1.1 % 0.7 % 0.8 %0.8 % 0.6 % 0.5 % 0.9 % 0.7 % 0.6 % 0.3 % 0.3 %
Income (loss) before income tax(7.7)% 7.2 % 0.5 % (1.3)% (23.0)% (20.8)% 2.2 % 2.5 %(3.7)% 0.8 % 3.3 % (68.6)% (32.7)% (136.9)% (17.8)% (24.2)%
Income tax expense (benefit)(3.4)% 3.1 % 0.2 % (0.6)% (10.3)% 29.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 %0.0 % (7.9)% (0.4)% 1.6 % 0.0 % 0.1 % 0.0 % 0.0 %
Net income (loss)(4.3)% 4.1 % 0.3 % (0.7)% (12.7)% (49.8)% 2.2 % 2.5 %
Net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss)(3.7)% 8.7 % 3.7 % (70.2)% (32.7)% (137.0)% (17.8)% (24.2)%
Our total revenue can fluctuate from quarter to quarter depending on the purchasing decisions of our customers and our overall level of sales activity. Historically, our energy management customers have tended to increase their purchases near the beginning or end of their capital budget cycles, which tend to correspond to the beginning or end of the calendar year. As a result, we have in the past experienced lower relative total revenue in our fiscal first and second quarters and higher relative total revenue in our fiscal third quarter. Our more recent engineered systems solar revenues have resulted in higher total revenue during our fiscal second and third quarters due to construction seasons and system installation progress occurring during those periods. We expect that there may be future variations in our quarterly total revenue depending on our level of national account roll-out projects, federal government and public sector projects, acquisitions, wholesale sales and the size and geographic locationsour de-emphasis of our PV solar systems projects. Our results for any particular fiscal quarter may not be indicative of results for other fiscal quarters or an entire fiscal year.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Overview

3937


We had approximately $14.4$20.0 million in cash and cash equivalents and $1.0$0 million in short-term investments as of March 31, 20132015 compared to $23.0$17.6 million in cash and cash equivalents and $1.0$0.5 million in short-term investments as of March 31, 2012.2014. Our cash equivalents are invested in money market accounts and bank certificates of deposits with maturities of less than 90 days and an average yield of 0.24%.accounts. Our short-term investment account consists of a bank certificate of deposit in the amount of $1.0 million with an expiration date of June 2013 and a yield of 0.5%. Our decreaseincrease in cash during fiscal 20132015 was primarily due to our repurchaseFebruary 2015 follow-on public offering of common stockstock.
In January 2014, we filed a universal shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Under our shelf registration statement, we have the flexibility to publicly offer and sell from time to time up to $75 million of debt and/or equity securities, approximately $55 million of which remains available following the February 2015 offering. The filing of the shelf registration statement will help facilitate our ability to raise public equity or debt capital to expand existing businesses, fund potential acquisitions, invest in the amount of $6.0 million and our capital spending of $2.2 million. In October 2012, we halted our common share repurchase program and our capital spending has declined significantly as a result of our strategic refocus. We believe these activities have stabilized our previously declining cash balance.other growth opportunities, or repay existing debt.
In May 2013,2014, we sold our building and equipment located in Plymouth, Wisconsin as we consolidated our Wisconsin operations into our corporate headquarters located in Manitowoc, Wisconsin. The sale resulted in net proceeds, after commissions and expenses, of approximately $1.0 million. The Plymouth building was classified as an asset held for sale beginning in March 2014. The effect of suspending depreciation was immaterial due to the short duration of time that the building was for sale.
In February 2015, we entered into a purchasenew credit and security agreement to acquire Harris.with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association providing for a new three-year revolving credit facility replacing our prior agreements with JPMorgan Chase Bank. The purchase priceagreement provides for the acquisition is approximately $10an initial credit limit of $15.0 million, subject to upa borrowing base requirement based on eligible receivables and inventory. Borrowings under the agreement will bear interest at the daily three-month LIBOR plus 3.0% per annum.
In February 2015, we paid the remaining outstanding balance of $0.5 million on our mortgage note payable with Hometown Bank to facilitate providing additional collateral security to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association under our new credit facility.
In February 2015, we completed an additional $1.0underwritten public offering of 5.46 million payable in unregistered shares of our common stock, uponat an offering price to the achievementpublic of certain revenue milestones in calendar year 2013$3.50 per share. Net proceeds of the offering approximated $17.5 million.
We continue to actively pursue potential acquisition opportunities. Any future potential acquisitions would likely be funded by our available cash, our credit agreement borrowing capacity, seller financing and/or 2014. We expect to close the Harris acquisition during our fiscal 2014 second quarter. Upon closing, the purchase price will be paid in a combination of $5.0 million in cash, a $3.0 million unsecured promissory note and the issuance of $2.0 million in shares ofadditional equity or debt securities.
Our future liquidity needs are dependent upon many factors, including our Common Stock. We believe our existingrevenue, gross margins, cash balances are sufficient to meet our closing obligationsmanagement practices, capital expenditures, cost containment measures and to fund Harris' expected near-term working capital requirements.
During fiscal 2011, we funded $2.3 million for our investment in company owned equipment under our PPA projects. We do not expect to use our own cash in the future to fund PPA project opportunities and are investigating financing options with third parties to fund future solar projects. During fiscal 2012, we entered into an arrangement with a national equipment finance company to provide immediate non-recourse funding of pre-credit approved OTA finance contracts upon project completion and customer acceptance. Additionally, we completed a $5.0 million OTA line-of-credit with immediate availability for the purpose of funding OTA projects upon the project completion and customer acceptance, for which we choose to hold the contracts internally. We have multiple funding sources for our OTA projects. During fiscal 2013, 73.3% of our total completed OTAs were financed by the purchase directly with third party equipment finance companies. In the future, we do not intend to fund OTA contracts through debt borrowings. In fiscal 2011, we completed two separate debt financing transactions with a regional bank to provide funding for a pool of individual OTA contracts that we hold the contracts for. We believe that having multiple funding sources for our internally held OTA contracts, as well as having multiple external sources to purchase the OTA contracts out-right, has greatly reduced the cash strain created by funding these contracts ourselves and is no longer an impediment to our ability to increase the number of OTA contracts we complete in the future.potential acquisition transactions.
The return to a recessionary state of the global economy could potentially have negative effects on our near-term liquidity and capital resources, including slower collections of receivables, delays of existing order deliveries and postponements of incoming orders. However, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, our anticipated cash flows from operating activities and our borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility with J.P. Morgan ChaseWells Fargo Bank, N.A. will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. As a result of the $14.4$20.0 million in cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2013, we do not anticipate drawing on our revolving line of credit nor do2015, we expect to use significant amounts of ourhave adequate cash balances for operating activitiesflows to fund operations during fiscal 2014 other than in connection with our potential acquisition of Harris.2016. Our future working capital requirements thereafter will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue, our rate of OTA growth and our ability to maintain external funding for our OTA contracts, our rate of investment into our financed sales programs, our introduction of new products and services and enhancements to our existing energy management system, our ability to negotiate favorable payment terms with our supply chain, the timing and extent of expansions of our sales force and other administrative and production personnel, the timing and extent of advertising, branding and promotional campaigns, legal expenses and our research and development activities.
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our cash flows for our fiscal 2011,2013, fiscal 20122014 and fiscal 2013:2015: 
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2011 2012 20132013 2014 2015
(in thousands)(in thousands)
Operating activities$(8,645) $11,495
 $2,261
$2,261
 $9,901
 $(12,812)
Investing activities(5,121) (4,532) (2,271)(2,271) (4,814) (730)
Financing activities1,962
 4,488
 (8,625)(8,625) (1,895) 15,976
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents$(11,804) $11,451
 $(8,635)$(8,635) $3,192
 $2,434
Cash Flows Related to Operating Activities. Cash used in operating activities primarily consist of net income (loss)loss adjusted for certain non-cash items including depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expenses, income taxes and the effect of changes in working capital and other activities.
Cash used in operating activities for fiscal 2015 was $12.8 million and consisted of net cash provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $0.6 million and a net loss adjusted for non-cash expense items of $13.4 million. Cash provided by changes

38


in operating assets and liabilities consisted of an increase in accounts payable of $2.5 million due to the increase in inventory purchases to support our growth in lighting product revenue during the fiscal 2015 back half, an increase of $0.8 million in accrued expenses due to increased warranty reserves and accrued project installation costs, a decrease in deferred contract costs of $0.7 million due to the completion of solar projects and a decrease in prepaid and other assets of $1.3 million for project billings that reduced unbilled revenue related to financed projects. Cash used by changes in operating assets and liabilities included an increase of $1.9 million in accounts receivable due to the increase in lighting revenue during the fiscal 2015 back half, an increase of $2.4 million in inventory due to the increase in purchases to support our anticipated growth in lighting product revenue for fiscal 2016 and a decrease in deferred revenue of $0.4 million due to project completions.
Cash provided from operating activities for fiscal 2014 was $9.9 million and consisted of net cash provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $8.0 million and net income adjusted for non-cash expense items of $1.9 million. Cash provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities consisted of a decrease of $4.0 million in inventory on decreased purchases of lighting components, predominantly fluorescent ballasts, lamps, wireless controls and motion sensors, a decrease in deferred contract costs of $1.4 million due to the timing of project completions and a decrease in accounts receivable of $8.4 million related to customer collections. Cash used from changes in operating assets and liabilities included a $1.1 million increase in prepaid expenses and other for unbilled revenue related to solar projects, a decrease in accounts payable of $0.8 million on reduced inventory purchases, a $2.3 million decrease in deferred revenue due to the decline in solar project activity and a decrease in accrued expenses due to a decrease in accrued reorganization expenses.
Cash provided from operating activities for fiscal 2013 was $2.3 million and consisted of net cash provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $1.9$1.1 million and a net loss adjusted for non-cash expense items of $0.4$1.2 million. Cash provided

40


by changes in operating assets and liabilities consisted of a decrease of $3.7$2.9 million in inventory on decreased purchases of lighting components, predominantly fluorescent lamps and ballasts, a decrease in accounts receivable of $2.5 million on increased collections, an increase in accrued expenses of $2.2 million due to the timing of reorganization expenses, accrued bonus expenses and increased accrued legal expenses, and a decrease in prepaid and other assets of $1.3 million for unbilled revenue related to solar projects where construction progress is billed to the customer at the beginning of the month following the month in which the work was performed. Cash used from changes in operating assets and liabilities included a $6.5 million decrease in accounts payable due to payments during the second half of fiscal 2013 resulting from the settlement of vendor disputes and a decrease in deferred revenue of $1.5 million due to the timing of advanced billings and the achievement of performance criteria for revenue recognition.
Cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 2012 was $11.5 million and consisted of net cash of $5.9 million provided from changes in working capital and net income adjusted non-cash expenses of $5.6 million. Cash provided by working capital improvements was primarily due to the completion of contracts and a reduction in deferred project costs, improved collections of our accounts receivable and an increase in accounts payable related to payment terms on inventory purchases during the fiscal 2012 fourth quarter. These benefits were partially offset by a decrease in deferred revenue related to project completions and an increase in inventory for purchases described in the section below.
Cash used in operating activities for fiscal 2011 was $8.6 million and consisted of net cash of $13.8 million used for working capital purposes offset by net income adjusted for non-cash expense items of $5.2 million. Cash used for working capital consisted of an increase of $12.9 million in accounts receivable due to the increase in revenue and advanced customer billings, an $8.0 million increase in deferred contract costs for material and service expenses incurred for in-process projects and a $3.1 million increase in inventory for purchases of ballast components and wireless controls inventories. Cash provided by working capital included a $9.7 million increase in deferred revenue for advanced customer billings and a $4.7 million increase in accounts payable related to payment terms on inventory purchases during the fiscal 2011 fourth quarter.
Cash Flows Related to Investing Activities. Cash used in investing activities was $5.1$2.3 million, $4.5$4.8 million and $2.3$0.7 million for fiscal 2011, 20122013, 2014 and 2013,2015, respectively. In fiscal 2015, we invested $2.0 million for capital improvements related to new product tooling, information technology systems and infrastructure investments to improve response time to customers and generate business efficiencies and $0.2 million for investment in patents. Cash provided from investing activities included $0.5 million from the sale of short-term investments and $1.0 million of proceeds from the sales of our facility in Plymouth, Wisconsin. In fiscal 2014, we invested $5.0 million for the acquisition of Harris and $0.4 million for capital improvements related to product development tooling and information technology systems. Cash provided from investing activities included $0.5 million for the sales of short-term investments and $0.1 million in proceeds from the sale of assets. In fiscal 2013, we invested $2.2 million for capital improvements related to our product development, information technology systems, manufacturing improvements and facility investments and $0.2 million for investment in patent activities. In fiscal 2012, we invested $4.3 million for capital improvements related to our information systems, facilities, renewables and manufacturing improvements and $0.2 million for patent investments. In fiscal 2011, we invested a net $2.3 million in equipment related to our PPA finance programs, $2.6 million for capital improvements related to our information technology systems, renewable technologies, manufacturing and tooling improvements and facility investments and $0.2 million for patent investments.
Cash Flows Related to Financing Activities. Cash provided by financing activities was $16.0 million for fiscal 2015. This included $17.5 million in net proceeds from our February 2015 stock offering, $2.5 million in borrowings against our revolving credit facility, $0.4 million from the refinancing of the JP Morgan OTA credit facility and $0.5 million in proceeds from stock option and warrant exercises and stock note repayments. Cash flows used in financing activities included $4.5 million for repayment of long-term debt and $0.4 million for financing costs related to new debt agreements.
Cash used in financing activities was $1.9 million for fiscal 2014. This included $3.2 million for repayment of long-term debt. Cash flows provided by financing activities included $1.1 million received from stock option exercises and $0.2 million from shareholder note repayments.
Cash used in financing activities was $8.6 million for fiscal 2013. This included $6.0 million used for repurchases of shares of our common stock and $3.2 million for repayment of long-term debt. In October 2012, we halted our common stock repurchase program. Cash flows provided by financing activities included $0.4 million in new short-term debt borrowings to fund equipment lease buyouts, $0.1 million received from stock option exercises and shareholder note repayments and $0.1 million for excess tax benefits from stock based compensation.
Cash provided by financing activities was $4.5 million for fiscal 2012. This included $6.0 million in new debt borrowings to fund OTA projects, $0.2 million received from stock option and warrant exercises, $1.0 million for excess tax benefits from stock based compensation and $0.1 million from the collection of shareholder notes. Cash flows used in financing activities included $1.9 million for repayment of long-term debt, $0.7 million used for common share repurchases and $0.1 million for costs related to our new OTA credit agreement.
Cash provided by financing activities was $2.0 million for fiscal 2011. This included $3.7 million in new debt borrowings to fund OTA and capital projects and $0.5 million received from stock option and warrant exercises. Cash flows used in financing activities included $2.0 million for repayment of long-term debt, $0.1 million for excess tax benefits from stock based compensation and $0.1 million for costs related to the credit agreement.
Working Capital
Our net working capital as of March 31, 20132015 was $34.8$36.7 million, consisting of $53.6$55.0 million in current assets and $18.8$18.3 million in current liabilities. Our net working capital as of March 31, 20122014 was $44.5$33.1 million, consisting of $67.2$50.3 million in current assets and $22.7 million in current liabilities. Our current accounts receivables decreased from our prior fiscal year end by $0.8 million as a result of increased collections. Our net collection terms for solar PV sales are typically net 25 days or less versus our 30-60 day collection terms for sales of our HIF lighting and energy management systems. Our current inventories decreased from our fiscal 2012 year end by $2.9 million due to a decrease in the level of lighting component inventories.
During fiscal 2012, we had increased our inventories of fluorescent lamps by $2.2 million due to concerns over shortages of rare earth minerals used in the production of fluorescent lamps. We believe that these supply shortage concerns have stabilized and during the back half of fiscal 2013 we have reduced our safety stock levels of these components to prior levels.

4139

Table of Contents

assets and $17.2 million in current liabilities. Our current accounts receivable balance increased by $3.2 million from the fiscal year end due to increased LED revenue during the back half of fiscal 2015. Our current inventory increased from the fiscal year end by $2.5 million due to increases in LED component inventories to support the increase in LED product orders and our fiscal year-end backlog of $6.9 million in lighting orders. Our prepaid and other current assets decreased by $2.3 million due to a $1.1 million decrease in unbilled revenue for completed solar projects and the sale of the Plymouth facility ($1.0 million reduction) which was classified as an asset held for sale. Our accounts payable increased $2.5 million on the increase in inventory, increased contractor activity from national account projects, increased sourced products and improvements in negotiated vendor payment terms as we transition our supply chain to an increasing number of new LED vendors. Our accrued expenses increased from our fiscal 2014 year end by $0.6 million due to a $0.5 million increase in warranty reserves, a $0.2 million increase in accrued service installation costs, a $0.2 million increase in accrued compensation expenses and a $0.4 million increase in tax reserves, offset by a reduction of $0.7 million for the Harris deferred consideration. Our deferred revenue decreased from our fiscal 2014 year end by $0.3 million as we completed the construction of solar PV projects.
During our fiscal 2014 fourth quarter, we experienced a decline in revenue from sales of our HIF lighting systems. Due to this decline in HIF product revenue and our expectations that LED products will become a larger portion of our future revenue, we recorded expense of $1.4 million to our inventory obsolescence reserve during the fiscal 2014 fourth quarter and a total of $2.0 million in expense for inventory obsolescence reserves during fiscal 2014. This reserve was based upon our evaluation of existing fluorescent component inventory levels, our historical usage trends and our expectations on future requirements.
During fiscal 2011,2013, we increaseddecreased our inventoryinventories by $2.9 million as we reduced our safety stock levels of key electronic components specifically electronic ballasts, to avoid potentialand fluorescent lamps after assessing that previous concerns over shortages and customer service issues as a result of lengthening supply lead times and product availability issues. We continue to monitor supply side concerns withinrare earth minerals were no longer negatively impacting the electronic components market and theproduction of fluorescent lamp market and believe that our current inventory levels are sufficient to protect us against the risk of being unable to deliver product as specified by our customers’ requirements. We are continually monitoring supply side concerns through conversations with our key vendors and currently believe that supply availability concerns appear to have subsided. In the future, we intend to continue to reduce inventories, specifically our wireless controls product inventories.lamps.
We generally attempt to maintain at least a three-month supply of on-hand inventory of purchased components and raw materials to meet anticipated demand, as well as to reduce our risk of unexpected raw material or component shortages or supply interruptions. Our accounts receivables, inventory and payables may increase to the extent our revenue and order levels increase.
Indebtedness
New Revolving Credit Agreement
On June 30, 2010,February 6, 2015, we entered into a new three-year credit and security agreement which we refer to herein as the Credit Agreement,(Credit Agreement) with JP Morgan ChaseWells Fargo Bank, N.A., whom we refer to herein as JP Morgan. The Credit Agreement replaced our former credit agreement.
The Credit Agreement provides for a revolving credit facility, which we refer to herein as the Credit Facility, that matures on June 30, 2013. We are currently working with JP Morgan on a renewal of the Credit Facility.National Association. Borrowings under the Credit Facility are initially limited to (i) $15.0 million, or (ii) during periods in whichsubject to a borrowing base requirement based on eligible receivables and inventory. Such limit may increase to $20.0 million, subject to the outstanding principal balance of outstanding loans under theborrowing base requirement, after July 31, 2016, if we satisfy certain conditions. The Credit Facility is greater than $5.0includes a $2.0 million sublimit for the lesserissuance of (A) $15.0 million or (B) the sum of 75% of the outstanding principal balance of certain accounts receivable and 45% of certain inventory. We also may cause JP Morgan to issue letters of credit for our account in the aggregate principal amount of up to $2.0 million, with the dollar amount of each issued letter of credit counting against the overall limit on borrowings under the Credit Facility.credit. As of March 31, 2013,2015, we had outstanding lettersapproximately $4.4 million of credit totaling $1.7current borrowing capacity under the Credit Facility.
From and after any increase in the Credit Facility limit from $15.0 million primarily for securing collateral requirements under equipment operating leases. In February 2013, we completed an amendment to $20.0 million, the Credit Agreement making certain changes to the financial covenants, which are described below.
The Credit Agreement, as amended, requireswill require us to maintain (i) a ratio of total liabilities to tangible net worth not to exceed 0.50 to 1.00 as of the last dayend of any fiscal quarter,each month a minimum ratio for the trailing 12-month period of (i) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, subject to certain adjustments, to (ii) average daily unencumbered liquiditythe sum of cash interest expense, certain principal payments on indebtedness and certain dividends, distributions and stock redemptions, equal to at least $20.0 million during each period of three consecutive business days and (iii) EBITDA of at least $1.0 million during each fiscal quarter.1.10 to 1.00. The Credit Agreement also contains other customary covenants, including certain restrictions on our ability to make capital or lease expenditures over prescribed limits, incur additional indebtedness, consolidate or merge, enter into acquisitions, guarantee obligations of third parties, make loans or advances, declare or pay any dividend or distribution on our stock, redeem or repurchase shares of our stock, or pledge assets. We had no outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility asor dispose of March 31, 2013 and we were in compliance with allassets.
Each of our covenantssubsidiaries is a joint and several co-borrower or guarantor under the Credit Agreement, as amended, as of March 31, 2013.
Theand the Credit Agreement is secured by a first lien security interest in our accounts receivable, inventory and general intangibles, and a second lien priority in our equipment and fixtures. All OTAs, PPAs, leases, supply agreements and/or similar agreements relating to solar photovoltaic and wind turbine systems or facilities, as well assubstantially all of our accounts receivable and each of our subsidiary’s personal property (excluding various assets relatedrelating to customer throughput agreements) and a mortgage on certain real property.
Borrowings under the foregoing, are excluded from these liens.
Credit Agreement will bear interest at the daily three-month LIBOR plus 3.0% per annum, with a minimum interest charge for each year or portion of a year during the term of the Credit Agreement of $130,000, regardless of usage. We must pay aan unused line fee of 0.25% onper annum of the daily average daily unused amount of the Credit Facility and a letter of credit fee at the rate of 2.00%3.0% per annum on the daily average faceundrawn amount of undrawn issued letters of credit.credit outstanding from time to time under the Credit Facility.
In July 2013, we issued an unsecured and subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of $3.1 million to help fund our acquisition of Harris. The fee on unused amountsnote bears interest at the rate of 4% per annum, is waived if we or our affiliates maintain funds on deposit with JP Morgan or its affiliates above a specified amount. We did not meet the deposit requirement to waive the unused fee aspayable in quarterly installments of March 31, 2013.
principal and interest and matures in July 2016. In addition to our Credit Facility, we also have other existing long-term indebtedness and obligations under various debt instruments, including pursuant to a bank term note, a bank first mortgage, a debenture to a community development organization, a federal block grant loan, an equipment loan and two city industrial revolving loans, three notes for funding OTA contracts and a credit facility for the sole purpose of funding OTA contracts. As of March 31, 2013,2015, the total amount of principal outstanding on these various obligations, including the Harris sellers note, was $6.7$2.6 million. These obligations have varying maturity dates between 20142016 and 20242017 and bear interest at annual rates of between 2.0% and 7.85%8.36%. The weighted average annual interest rate of such obligations as of March 31, 20132015 was 5.7%5.23%. Based on interest rates in effect as of March 31, 2013,2015, we expect that our total debt service payments on such obligations

40

Table of Contents

for fiscal 2014,2016, including scheduled principal, lease and interest payments, but excluding any repayment of borrowings on the Credit Facility, will approximate $2.9$2.0 million. AllExcept for the Harris sellers' note, all of these obligations are subject to security interests on our assets. Several of these obligations have covenants, such as customary financial and restrictive covenants, including maintenance of a minimum debt service coverage ratio; a minimum current ratio; quarterly rolling net income requirement; limitations on executive compensation and advances; limits on capital expenditures per year; limits on distributions; and restrictions on our ability to make loans, advances, extensions of credit, investments, capital contributions, incur additional indebtedness, create liens, guaranty obligations, merge or consolidate or undergo a change in control. As of March 31, 2013,2015, we were in compliance with all such covenants.
Prior Credit Agreements with JP Morgan
We previously had an amended credit agreement (JPM Credit Agreement) with JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (JP Morgan) that provided for a revolving credit facility (JPM Credit Facility). Borrowings under the JPM Credit Facility were limited to $15.0 million, subject to a borrowing base requirement when the outstanding principal balance of loans under the JPM Credit Facility was greater than $5.0 million. In addition, we previously had a credit agreement with JP Morgan that provided up to $5.0 million that was immediately available to fund completed customer contracts under our OTA finance program. We had one year from the date of the commitment to borrow under the credit agreement, which expired on September 30, 2012 for new borrowings.
On November 6, 2014, we received a letter from JP Morgan terminating the bank’s obligations to make any further loans to us under the revolving JPM Credit Agreement and the OTA credit agreement due to our failure to meet certain financial covenants and declaring the outstanding loans due and payable. As of such date, we had an outstanding OTA credit agreement loan balance of $467 thousand and no amounts outstanding on the JPM Credit Agreement. We fully satisfied our outstanding obligations under the OTA credit agreement with existing cash balances.
Capital Spending

42

Table of Contents

Over the past three fiscal years, we have made capital expenditures primarily for general corporate purposes for our corporate headquarters and technology center, production equipment and tooling and for information technology systems. Our capital expenditures totaled $5.0$2.2 million, $4.3$0.4 million and $2.2$2.0 million in fiscal 2011, 20122013, 2014 and 2013,2015, respectively. We plan to incur approximately $1.2$1.0 million to $1.5$1.2 million in capital expenditures in fiscal 2014.2016. Our capital spending plans predominantly consist of investments related to the potential integration of acquisitions,new product development tooling and investments in our manufacturing operations to improve efficiencies and reduce costs and for investment in information technology systems. We expect to finance these capital expenditures primarily through our existing cash, equipment secured loans and leases, to the extent needed, long-term debt financing, or by using our available capacity under our Credit Facility.
Contractual Obligations
Information regarding our known contractual obligations of the types described below as of March 31, 20132015 is set forth in the following table: 
Payments Due By PeriodPayments Due By Period
Total 
Less than
1 Year
 1-3 Years 3-5 Years 
More than
5 Years
Total 
Less than
1 Year
 1-3 Years 3-5 Years 
More than
5 Years
(in thousands)(in thousands)
Bank debt obligations$6,706
 $2,597
 $3,320
 $325
 $464
$4,565
 $1,832
 $2,733
 $
 $
Cash interest payments on debt676
 320
 249
 70
 37
98
 86
 12
 
 
Operating lease obligations6,290
 953
 1,825
 1,567
 1,945
521
 265
 256
 
 
Purchase order and capital expenditure commitments(1)11,480
 10,124
 1,356
 
 
4,371
 4,371
 
 
 
Total$25,152
 $13,994
 $6,750
 $1,962
 $2,446
$9,555
 $6,554
 $3,001
 $
 $
 
(1)Reflects non-cancellable purchase commitments in the amount of $11.5$4.3 million for certain inventory items entered into in order to secure better pricing and ensure materials on hand.
The table of contractual obligations and commitments does not include our unrecognized tax benefits which were $0.2 million at March 31, 2013.2015. We have a high degree of uncertainty regarding the timing of any adjustments to these unrecognized benefits.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.
Inflation
Our results from operations have not been, and we do not expect them to be, materially affected by inflation.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

41

Table of Contents

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make certain estimates and judgments that affect our reported assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and our related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We re-evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis, including those related to revenue recognition, inventory valuation, the collectability of receivables, stock-based compensation, warranty reserves and income taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. A summary of our critical accounting policies is set forth below.
Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenue when the following criteria have been met: there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; delivery has occurred and title has passed to the customer; the sales price is fixed and determinable and no further obligation exists; and collectability is reasonably assured. The majorityVirtually all of our revenue is recognized when products are shipped to a customer or when services are completed and acceptance provisions, if any, have been met. In certain of our contracts, we provide multiple deliverables. We record the revenue associated with each element of these arrangements by allocating the total contract revenue to each element based on their relative selling prices. In such circumstances, we use a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables: (1) vendor-specific objective evidence, or “VSOE"“VSOE” of selling price, if available, (2) third-party evidence, or “TPE” of selling price if VSOE is not available, and (3) best estimate of the selling price if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. We determine the selling price for our HIF lighting and energy management system products, installation and recycling services and for solar renewable product and services using management’s best estimate of selling price as VSOE or TPE evidence does not exist. We consider external and internal factors including, but not limited to, pricing practices,

43

Table of Contents

margin objectives, competition, geographies in which we offer our products and services, internal costs, and the scope and size of projects. Our PPA contracts are supply side agreements for the generation of electricity for which we recognize revenue on a monthly basis over the life of the PPA contract, typically in excess of 10 years. For sales of our solar PV systems, we recognize revenue using the percentage-of-completion method by measuring project progress by the percentage of costs incurred to date of the total estimated costs for each contract as materials are installed. Revenue from sales of our solar PV systems is generally recognized over a period of three to 15 months. Additionally, we offer our OTA sales-type financing program under which we finance the customer’s purchase of our energy management systems. Our OTA contracts are sales-type capital leases under GAAP and we record revenue at the net present value of the future payments at the time customer acceptance of the installed and operating system is complete. Our OTA contracts under this sales-type financing are either structured with a fixed term, typically 60 months, and a bargain purchase option at the end of term, or are one year in duration and, at the completion of the initial one-year term, provide for (i) one to four automatic one-year renewals at agreed upon pricing; (ii) an early buyout for cash; or (iii) the return of the equipment at the customer’s expense. The revenue that we are entitled to receive from the sale of our lighting fixtures under our OTA financing program is fixed and is based on the cost of the lighting fixtures and applicable profit margin. Our revenue from agreements entered into under this program is not dependent upon our customers’ actual energy savings. Upon completion of the installation, we may choose to sell the future cash flows and residual rights to the equipment on a non-recourse basis to an unrelated third party finance company in exchange for cash and future payments.
Deferred revenue or deferred costs are recorded for project sales consisting of multiple elements or performance milestones, where the criteria for revenue recognition has not been met. The majoritySubstantially all of our deferred revenue relates to advance customer billings for solar PV projects or to prepaid services to be provided at determined future dates. As of March 31, 20122014 and 2013,2015, our deferred revenue was $5.7$1.9 million and $4.2$1.5 million, respectively. Deferred costs on product are recorded as a current or long-term asset dependent upon when the project completion is expected to occur. As of March 31, 20122014 and 2013,2015, our deferred costs were $2.2$0.7 million and $2.1$0.1 million, respectively.
Inventories. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value and include raw materials, work in process and finished goods. Items are removed from inventory using the first-in, first-out method. Work in process inventories are comprised of raw materials that have been converted into components for final assembly. Inventory amounts include the cost to manufacture the item, such as the cost of raw materials and related freight, labor and other applied overhead costs. We review our inventory for obsolescence and marketability. If the estimated market value, which is based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions, falls below cost, then the inventory value is reduced to its market value. During fiscal 2015, we recorded an impairment charge of $11.0 million to our wireless controls inventory. Our inventory obsolescence reserves at March 31, 20122014 and 20132015 were $1.5$2.5 million and $2.3$1.6 million, respectively.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. We perform ongoing evaluations of our customers and continuously monitor collections and payments and estimate an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the aging of the underlying receivables, our historical experience with write-offs and specific customer collection issues that we have identified. While such credit losses have historically been within our expectations, and we believe appropriate reserves have been established, we may not adequately predict future credit losses. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate and result in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances might be required which would result in additional general and administrative expense in the period such determination is made. Our allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.9$0.4 million and $0.9$0.5 million at March 31, 20122014 and March 31, 2013,2015, respectively.

42

Table of Contents

Recoverability of Long-Lived Assets. We evaluate long-lived assets such as property, equipment and definite lived intangible assets, such as patents, customer relationships, developed technology, and non-competition agreements, for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets recognized in our financial statements may not be recoverable. Factors that we consider include whether there has been a significant decrease in the market value of an asset, a significant change in the way an asset is being utilized, or a significant change, delay or departure in our strategy for that asset, such as the loss of a customer in the case of customer relationships. Our assessment of the recoverability of long-lived assets involves significant judgment and estimation. These assessments reflect our assumption, which, we believe, are consistent with the assumptions hypothetical marketplace participants use. Factors that we must estimate when performing recoverability and impairment tests include, among others, the economic life of the asset. If impairment is indicated, we first determine if the total estimated future cash flows on an undiscounted basis are less than the carrying amounts of the asset or assets. If so, an impairment loss is measured and recognized. During fiscal 2015, we recorded an impairment loss of $1.1 million related to development and licensing costs for our wireless controls inventory.
After an impairment loss is recognized, a new, lower cost basis for that long-lived asset is established. Subsequent changes in facts and circumstances do not result in the reversal of a previously recognized impairment loss.
Our impairment loss calculations require that we apply judgment in estimating future cash flows and asset fair values, including estimating useful lives of the assets. To make these judgments, we may use internal discounted cash flow estimates, quoted market prices when available and independent appraisals as appropriate to determine fair value.
If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and judgments used in estimating future cash flows and asset fair values, we may be required to recognize additional impairment losses which could be material to our results of operations.
Goodwill. We test goodwill for impairment at least annually as of the first day of the fiscal fourth quarter, or when indications of potential impairment exist. We monitor for the existence of potential impairment indicators throughout the fiscal year. We conduct impairment testing for goodwill at the reporting unit level. Reporting units, as defined by ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, may be operating segments as a whole or an operation one level below an operating segment, referred to as a component. For fiscal 2015, our goodwill impairment testing was conducted at our segment level for U.S. Markets and Orion Engineered Systems.
We may initiate goodwill impairment testing by considering qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit's carrying value is greater than its fair value. Such factors may include the following, among others: a significant adverse change in macroeconomic conditions or legal factors; deterioration in our industry and market environment, including unanticipated or increased competition, a change in the market for our products or services, or a regulatory development; cost factors such as increases in raw materials, labor, or other costs that have a negative effect on earnings and cash flows; overall financial performance such as a significant decline in the reporting unit's expected future cash flows or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods; a sustained, significant decline in our stock price and market capitalization; and changes in management, key personnel, strategy, or customers. If our qualitative assessment reveals that goodwill impairment is more likely than not, we perform the two-step impairment test. Alternatively, we may bypass the qualitative test and initiate goodwill impairment testing with the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test.
During the first step of the goodwill impairment test, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. We derive a reporting unit's fair value through a combination of the market approach (a guideline transaction method) and the income approach (a discounted cash flow analysis). The income approach utilizes a discount rate from the capital asset pricing model. If all reporting units are analyzed during the first step of the goodwill impairment test, their respective fair values are reconciled back to the Company's consolidated market capitalization.
If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, then we conclude that no goodwill impairment has occurred. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test to measure possible goodwill impairment loss. During the second step, we hypothetically value the reporting unit's tangible and intangible assets and liabilities as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Then, the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is compared to the carrying value of its goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, we recognize an impairment loss in an amount equal to the excess, not to exceed the carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill. Once an impairment loss is recognized, the adjusted carrying value of the goodwill becomes the new accounting basis of the goodwill for the reporting unit.
Indefinite Lived Intangible Assets. On the first day of our fiscal fourth quarter we test indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually on the first day of our fiscal fourth quarter, or when indications of potential impairment exist. We monitor for the existence of potential impairment indicators throughout the fiscal year. Our impairment test may begin with a qualitative test to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite lived intangible asset's carrying value is greater than its fair value. If our qualitative assessment reveals that asset impairment is more likely than not, we perform a quantitative

43

Table of Contents

impairment test by comparing the fair value of the indefinite lived intangible asset to its carrying value. Alternatively, we may bypass the qualitative test and initiate impairment testing with the quantitative impairment test.
Determining the fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets entails significant estimates and assumptions including, but not limited to, estimating future cash flows from product sales, perpetuation of employment agreements containing non-competition clauses, continuation of customer relationships and renewal of customer contracts, and approximating the useful lives of the intangible assets acquired.
If the fair value of the indefinite lived intangible asset exceeds its carrying value, we conclude that no indefinite lived intangible asset impairment has occurred. If the carrying value of the indefinite lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value, we recognize an impairment loss in an amount equal to the excess, not to exceed the carrying value. Once an impairment loss is recognized, the adjusted carrying value becomes the new accounting basis of the indefinite lived intangible asset.
Investments. Our accounting and disclosures for short-term investments are in accordance with the requirements of the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure, Financial Instrument, and Investments: Debt and Security Topics of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure Topic defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP and requires certain disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. GAAP describes a fair value hierarchy based on the following three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value: 
Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
  
Level 2 — Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
  
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

44

Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2012 and 2013,2014 our financial assets were measured at fair value employing level 1 inputs.
Stock-Based Compensation. We have historically issued stock options and restricted stock awards to our employees, executive officers and directors. During fiscal 2014, we changed our long-term equity incentive grant policy so that only restricted shares are currently issued. We adopted the provisions of ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, which requires us to expense the estimated fair value of employee stock options and similar awards based on the fair value of the award on the date of grant. Compensation costs for options granted are recognized in earnings, net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.
We did not issue any stock options during fiscal 2015. The fair value of each option for financial reporting purposes was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions used for grants: 
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2011 2012 20132013 2014 2015
Weighted average expected term5.7 years 5.7 years 5.5 years5.5 years 4.1 years N/A
Risk-free interest rate2.1% 1.5% 0.8%0.8% 0.8% N/A
Expected volatility60.0% – 74.8% 70.0% 72.5% – 74.4%72.5% – 74.4% 73.3% N/A
Expected forfeiture rate11.4% 15.1% 21.4%21.4% 20.3% 20.3%
The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of certain assumptions, including fair value, expected term, risk-free interest rate, expected volatility, expected dividends, and expected forfeiture rate to calculate the fair value of stock-based payment awards.
We estimated the expected term of our stock options based on the vesting term of our options and expected exercise behavior.
Our risk-free interest rate was based on the implied yield available on United States treasury zero-coupon issues as of the option grant date with a remaining term approximately equal to the expected life of the option.
We determined volatility based upon the historical market price of our common share price.

As required by our 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan, since
44

Table of Contents

Since the closing of our IPO in December 2007, we have solely used the closing sale price of our common shares as reported by the national securities exchange on the NYSE MKT or the NASDAQ Global Marketwhich we were listed on the date of grant to establish the exercise price of our stock options.
We recognized stock-based compensation expense under ASC 718 of $1.3 million for fiscal 2011, $1.3 million for fiscal 2012 and $1.2 million for fiscal 2013.2013, $1.6 million for fiscal 2014 and $1.5 million for fiscal 2015. As of March 31, 2013, $2.82015, $2.9 million of total total stock-based compensation cost was expected to be recognized by us over a weighted average period of 6.53.5 years. We expect to recognize $1.0$1.3 million of stock-based compensation expense in fiscal 20142016 based on our stock options and restricted stock awards outstanding as of March 31, 2013.2015. This expense will increase further to the extent we have granted, or will grant, additional stock options in the future.
Common Stock Warrants. As of March 31, 2013,2015, we had no warrants outstanding. As of March 31, 2014, warrants were outstanding to purchase a total of 38,980 shares of our common stock at weighted average exercise prices of $2.25 per share. These warrants were valued using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: (i) contractual terms of five years; (ii) weighted average risk-free interest rates of 4.35% to 4.62%; (iii) expected volatility ranging between 50% and 60%; and (iv) dividend yields of 0%.
Accounting for Income Taxes. As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to determine our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current tax expenses, together with assessing temporary differences resulting from recognition of items for income tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet. We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, establish a valuation allowance. To the extent we establish a valuation allowance or increase this allowance in a period, we must reflect this increase as an expense within the tax provision in our statements of operations.
Our judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets. We continue to monitor the realizability of our deferred tax assets and adjust the valuation allowance accordingly. For fiscal 2012, we determined that a valuation allowance against our net state deferred tax assets was necessary in the amount of $428,000 due to our state apportioned income and the potential expiration of state tax credits due to the carryforward periods. For fiscal 2013, we determined that a full valuation allowance against our net federal and our net state deferred tax assets was necessary in the amount of $4.1 million due to our cumulative three year taxable losses. For fiscal 2014, we reversed $2.3 million of our valuation reserve to offset deferred tax liabilities created by the acquisition of Harris. For fiscal 2015, we increased our valuation allowance against our net federal and our net state deferred tax assets due to our cumulative three year taxable losses. In making these determinations, we considered all available positive and negative evidence, including projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, recent financial performance and ownership changes.
We believe that past issuances and transfers of our stock caused an ownership change in fiscal 2007 that affected the timing of the use of our net operating loss carryforwards, but we do not believe the ownership change affects the use of the full amount of the net operating loss carryforwards. As a result, our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards attributable to the period

45

Table of Contents

prior to such ownership change to offset taxable income will be subject to limitations in a particular year, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability for us.
As of March 31, 2013,2015, we had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $9.9$38.6 million for federal tax purposes and $10.3$28.9 million for state tax purposes. Included in these loss carryforwards were $3.0$3.8 million for federal and $4.1 million for state tax expenses that were associated with the exercise of non-qualified stock options. The benefit from our net operating losses created from these compensation expenses has not yet been recognized in our financial statements and will be accounted for in our shareholders’ equity as a credit to additional paid-in-capital as the deduction reduces our income taxes payable. We first recognize tax benefits from current period stock option expenses against current period income. The remaining current period income is offset by net operating losses under the tax law ordering approach. Under this approach, we will utilize the net operating losses from stock option expenses last.
We also had federal tax credit carryforwards of $1.4$1.5 and state tax credit carryforwards of $0.7,$0.8, which are fully reserved for as part of our valuation allowance. Both the net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards will begin to expire in varying amounts between 2020 and 2033.2035. We recognize penalties and interest related to uncertain tax liabilities in income tax expense. Penalties and interest were immaterial as of the date of adoption and are included in unrecognized tax benefits. Due to the existence of net operating loss and credit carryforwards, all years since 2002 are open to examination by tax authorities.
By their nature, tax laws are often subject to interpretation. Further complicating matters is that in those cases where a tax position is open to interpretation, differences of opinion can result in differing conclusions as to the amount of tax benefits to be recognized under Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 740, Income Taxes. ASC 740 utilizes a two-step approach for evaluating tax positions. Recognition (Step 1) occurs when an enterprise concludes that a tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. Measurement (Step 2) is only addressed if Step 1 has been satisfied. Under Step 2, the tax benefit is measured as the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Consequently, the level of evidence and documentation necessary to support a position prior to being given recognition and measurement within the financial statements is a matter of judgment that depends on all available evidence. As of March 31, 2013,2015, the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $0.2 million, all of which would reduce our effective tax rate if recognized. We believe that our

45

Table of Contents

estimates and judgments discussed herein are reasonable, however, actual results could differ, which could result in gains or losses that could be material.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note B —Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective expected dates of adoption and expected effects on results of operations and financial condition.
Item 7AQuantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk
Market risk is the risk of loss related to changes in market prices, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates and commodity pricing that may adversely impact our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Inflation. Our results from operations have not historically been, and we do not expect them to be, materially affected by inflation.
Foreign Exchange Risk. We face minimal exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. Our foreign currency losses for all reporting periods have been nominal.
Interest Rate Risk. Our investments consist primarily of investments in money market funds and certificate of deposits.funds. While the instruments we hold are subject to changes in the financial standing of the issuer of such securities, we do not believe that we are subject to any material risks arising from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices or other market changes that affect market risk sensitive instruments. It is our policy not to enter into interest rate derivative financial instruments. As a result, we do not currently have any significant interest rate exposure.
As of March 31, 2013, $2.62015, $2.5 million of our $6.7$5.1 million of outstanding debt was at floating interest rates. An increase of 1.0% in the prime rate would result in an increase in our interest expense of approximately $26,000$25,000 per year.
Commodity Price Risk. We are exposed to certain commodity price risks associated with our purchases of raw materials, most significantly our aluminum purchases. We have currently locked pricing at an 8% reduction for our specialty reflective aluminum requirements through the end of calendarfiscal year 2013.2016. A hypothetical 10% fluctuation in aluminum prices would have an impact of $0.4 million on earnings in fiscal 2014. Additionally, we recycle legacy HID fixtures and recover the salvaged scrap value which we believe provides a raw materials cost hedge as commodity prices change.2016.
Credit Risk. Credit risk refers to the potential for economic loss arising from the failure of our customers to meet their contractual agreements. Our financing program, the Orion Throughput Agreement, or OTA, is an installment based payment plan

46

Table of Contents

for our customers. This financing program subjects us to credit risk as poor credit decisions or customer defaults could result in increases to our allowances for doubtful accounts and/or write-offs of accounts receivable and could have material adverse effects on our results of operations and financial condition. In fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012, we entered into debt agreements for the purpose of funding certain OTA contracts where we maintain ownership of the contracts. We did not enter into any debt agreements during fiscal 2013 for the purpose of financing OTA contracts. We currently utilize third party equipment finance companies for the purpose of funding OTA projects and expect to continue to do so in the future.

47

Table of Contents

ITEM 8.INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
 
Page
Number


4847

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and ShareholdersStockholders
Orion Energy Systems, Inc.
Manitowoc, Wisconsin
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. as of March 31, 20132015 and 20122014 and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2013.2015. In connection with our audits of the financial statements, we have also audited the financial statement schedule II, Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2013.2015. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements and schedule. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. atas of March 31, 20132015 and 2012,2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2013,2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Also, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presentpresents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein, for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2013.therein.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Orion Energy Systems, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2013,2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated June 14, 201312, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ BDO USA, LLP
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
June 14, 201312, 2015

4948

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and ShareholdersStockholders
Orion Energy Systems, Inc.
Manitowoc, Wisconsin
We have audited Orion Energy Systems, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2013,2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Orion Energy Systems, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying “Item 9A, Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting”.Reporting.” Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Orion Energy Systems, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2013,2015, based on the COSO criteria.criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. as of March 31, 20132015 and 2012,2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 20132015 and our report dated June 14, 201312, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ BDO USA, LLP
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
June 14, 201312, 2015



5049

Table of Contents

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts) 
March 31,March 31,
2012 20132014 2015
Assets      
Cash and cash equivalents$23,011
 $14,376
$17,568
 $20,002
Short-term investments1,016
 1,021
470
 
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $947 and $90019,167
 18,397
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $384 and $45815,098
 18,263
Inventories, net18,132
 15,230
11,790
 14,283
Deferred contract costs2,193
 2,118
742
 90
Deferred tax assets1,549
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets2,174
 2,465
4,673
 2,407
Total current assets67,242
 53,607
50,341
 55,045
Property and equipment, net30,225
 27,947
23,135
 21,223
Long-term inventory12,328
 11,491
10,607
 
Patents and licenses, net1,689
 1,709
Deferred tax assets2,609
 
Goodwill4,409
 4,409
Other intangible assets, net7,551
 6,335
Long-term accounts receivable7,555
 5,069
1,966
 426
Other long-term assets4,002
 2,274
931
 367
Total assets$125,650
 $102,097
$98,940
 $87,805
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity      
Accounts payable$14,300
 $7,773
$8,530
 $11,003
Accrued expenses and other3,018
 5,457
4,597
 5,197
Deferred revenue, current2,614
 2,946
614
 287
Current maturities of long-term debt2,791
 2,597
3,450
 1,832
Total current liabilities22,723
 18,773
17,191
 18,319
Revolving credit facility
 2,500
Long-term debt, less current maturities6,704
 4,109
3,151
 722
Deferred revenue, long-term3,048
 1,258
1,316
 1,231
Other long-term liabilities406
 188
270
 522
Total liabilities32,881
 24,328
21,928
 23,294
Commitments and contingencies (See Note F)
 
Commitments and contingencies
 
Shareholders’ equity:      
Common stock, no par value: Shares authorized: 200,000,000 at March 31, 2012 and 2013; shares issued: 30,445,479 and 30,498,900 at March 31, 2012 and 2013; shares outstanding: 22,785,258 and 20,162,397 at March 31, 2012 and 2013
 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value: Shares authorized: 30,000,000 shares at March 31, 2014 and 2015; no shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2014 and 2015
 
Common stock, no par value: Shares authorized: 200,000,000 at March 31, 2014 and 2015; shares issued: 31,001,683 and 36,837,864 at March 31, 2014 and 2015; shares outstanding: 21,588,326 and 27,421,533 at March 31, 2014 and 2015
 
Additional paid-in capital126,753
 128,104
130,987
 150,516
Treasury stock: 7,660,221 and 10,336,503 common shares at March 31, 2012 and 2013(32,470) (38,378)
Treasury stock: 9,413,357 and 9,416,331 common shares at March 31, 2014 and 2015(36,034) (36,049)
Shareholder notes receivable(221) (265)(50) (4)
Retained deficit(1,293) (11,692)(17,891) (49,952)
Total shareholders’ equity92,769
 77,769
77,012
 64,511
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity$125,650
 102,097
$98,940
 $87,805


50

Table of Contents

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2013 2014 2015
Product revenue$72,604
 $71,954
 $65,881
Service revenue13,482
 16,669
 6,329
Total revenue86,086
 88,623
 72,210
Cost of product revenue49,551
 54,423
 68,388
Cost of service revenue9,805
 11,220
 4,959
Total cost of revenue59,356
 65,643
 73,347
Gross profit (loss)26,730
 22,980
 (1,137)
Operating expenses:     
General and administrative13,946
 14,951
 14,908
Acquisition and integration related expenses
 819
 47
Sales and marketing17,129
 13,527
 13,290
Research and development2,259
 2,026
 2,554
Total operating expenses33,334
 31,323
 30,799
Loss from operations(6,604) (8,343) (31,936)
Other income (expense):     
Interest expense(567) (481) (376)
Interest income845
 567
 300
Total other income (expense)278
 86
 (76)
Loss before income tax(6,326) (8,257) (32,012)
Income tax expense (benefit)4,073
 (2,058) 49
Net loss and comprehensive loss$(10,399) $(6,199) $(32,061)
Basic net loss per share attributable to common shareholders$(0.50) $(0.30) $(1.43)
Weighted-average common shares outstanding20,996,625
 20,987,964
 22,353,419
Diluted net loss per share$(0.50) $(0.30) $(1.43)
Weighted-average common shares and share equivalents outstanding20,996,625
 20,987,964
 22,353,419


51

Table of Contents

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2011 2012 2013
Product revenue$75,870
 $90,782
 $72,604
Service revenue6,167
 9,780
 13,482
Total revenue82,037
 100,562
 86,086
Cost of product revenue49,809
 62,842
 49,551
Cost of service revenue4,589
 7,682
 9,805
Total cost of revenue54,398
 70,524
 59,356
Gross profit27,639
 30,038
 26,730
Operating expenses:     
General and administrative11,686
 11,399
 13,946
Sales and marketing13,674
 15,599
 17,129
Research and development2,333
 2,518
 2,259
Total operating expenses27,693
 29,516
 33,334
(Loss) income from operations(54) 522
 (6,604)
Other income (expense):     
Interest expense(406) (551) (567)
(Loss) gain on sale of OTA contract receivables(1,012) 32
 
Interest income571
 850
 845
Total other (expense) income(847) 331
 278
(Loss) income before income tax(901) 853
 (6,326)
Income tax (benefit) expense(1,242) 370
 4,073
Net income (loss)$341
 $483
 $(10,399)
Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders$0.02
 $0.02
 $(0.50)
Weighted-average common shares outstanding22,678,411
 22,953,037
 20,996,625
Diluted net income (loss) per share$0.01
 $0.02
 $(0.50)
Weighted-average common shares and share equivalents outstanding23,198,063
 23,386,525
 20,996,625


52

Table of Contents

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands, except share amounts)
Shareholders’ EquityShareholders’ Equity
Common Stock        Common Stock        
Shares Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 Treasury
Stock
 Shareholder
Notes
Receivable
 Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)
 Total
Shareholders’
Equity
Shares Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 Treasury
Stock
 Shareholder
Notes
Receivable
 Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)
 Total
Shareholders’
Equity
Balance, March 31, 201022,442,380
 $122,515
 $(32,011) $
 $(2,117) $88,387
Balance, March 31, 201222,785,258
 $126,753
 $(32,470) $(221) $(1,293) $92,769
Issuance of stock and warrants for services15,475
 51
 
 
 
 51
33,422
 71
 
 
 
 71
Exercise of stock options and warrants for cash386,080
 529
 
 
 
 529
20,000
 45
 
 
 
 45
Shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan65,776
 (132) 353
 (196) 
 25
47,598
 1
 94
 (82) 
 13
Tax expense from exercise of stock options
 (132) 
 
 
 (132)
 70
 
 
 
 70
Collection of shareholder notes receivable
 
 
 3
 
 3

 
 
 38
 
 38
Stock-based compensation
 1,301
 
 
 
 1,301

 1,164
 
 
 
 1,164
Treasury stock purchase(15,908) 
 (50) 
 
 (50)(2,723,881) 
 (6,002) 
 
 (6,002)
Net income
 
 
 
 341
 341

 
 
 
 (10,399) (10,399)
Comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
 341
Balance, Balance, March 31, 201122,893,803
 $124,132
 $(31,708) $(193) $(1,776) $90,455
Balance, March 31, 201320,162,397
 $128,104
 $(38,378) $(265) $(11,692) $77,769
Issuance of stock and warrants for services29,308
 85
 
 
 
 85
33,641
 129
 
 
 
 129
Exercise of stock options and warrants for cash103,413
 147
 
 
 
 147
Shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan37,034
 133
 (22) (84) 
 27
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
 989
 
 
 
 989
Collection of shareholder notes receivable
 
 
 56
 
 56
Stock-based compensation
 1,267
 
 
 
 1,267
Treasury stock purchase(278,300) 
 (740) 
 
 (740)
Net income
 
 
 
 483
 483
Comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
 483
Balance, Balance, March 31, 201222,785,258
 $126,753
 $(32,470) $(221) $(1,293) $92,769
Issuance of stock and warrants for services33,422
 71
 
 
 
 71
Stock activity for acquisition940,940
 
 2,382
 
 
 2,382
Exercise of stock options and warrants for cash20,000
 45
 
 
 
 45
446,059
 1,152
 
 
 
 1,152
Shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan47,598
 1
 94
 (82) 
 13
2,373
 (4) 10
 
 
 6
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
 70
 
 
 
 70

 13
 
 
 
 13
Collection of shareholder notes receivable
 
 

 38
 
 38

 
 
 215
 
 215
Stock-based compensation
 1,164
 
 
 
 1,164
23,084
 1,593
 
 
 
 1,593
Treasury stock purchase(2,723,881) 
 (6,002) 
 
 (6,002)(20,168) 
 (48) 
 
 (48)
Net loss
 
 
 
 (10,399) (10,399)
 
 
 
 (6,199) (6,199)
Comprehensive loss
 
 
 
 
 (10,399)
Balance, Balance, March 31, 201320,162,397
 $128,104
 $(38,378) $(265) $(11,692) $77,769
Balance, March 31, 201421,588,326
 $130,987
 $(36,034) $(50) $(17,891) $77,012
Issuance of common stock for cash, net of issuance costs5,462,500
 17,465
 

 

 

 17,465
Issuance of stock and warrants for services27,931
 131
 
 
 
 131
Exercise of stock options and warrants for cash178,387
 430
 
 
 
 430
Shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan1,486
 4
 7
 
 
 11
Collection of shareholder notes receivable
 
 
 46
 
 46
Stock-based compensation170,055
 1,499
 
 
 
 1,499
Treasury stock purchase(7,152) 
 (22) 
 
 (22)
Net loss
 
 
 
 (32,061) (32,061)
Balance, March 31, 201527,421,533
 $150,516
 $(36,049) $(4) $(49,952) $64,511

5352

Table of Contents

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands) 
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2011 2012 20132013 2014 2015
Operating activities          
Net income (loss)$341
 $483
 $(10,399)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used in) provided by     
Net loss$(10,399) $(6,199) $(32,061)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in)     
operating activities:          
Depreciation and amortization3,270
 4,236
 4,577
Depreciation4,322
 3,798
 2,853
Amortization255
 740
 1,460
Stock-based compensation expense1,301
 1,267
 1,164
1,164
 1,593
 1,499
Accretion of fair value on contingent consideration
 11
 
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense(1,184) (755) 4,158
4,158
 (2,123) 
Impairment on assets
 
 12,130
Loss on sale of property and equipment1,025
 133
 69
69
 1,733
 (21)
Provision for inventory reserves859
 1,995
 361
Provision for bad debts375
 190
 757
757
 174
 285
Other51
 85
 71
71
 129
 132
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:     
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of changes from acquisitions:     
Accounts receivable, current and long-term(12,944) 3,740
 2,499
2,499
 8,395
 (1,909)
Inventories, current and long-term(3,098) (1,371) 3,739
2,880
 3,962
 (2,356)
Deferred contract costs(8,036) 7,396
 75
75
 1,376
 651
Prepaid expenses and other assets(2,542) (2,025) 1,315
Prepaid expenses and other current assets1,315
 (1,072) 1,261
Accounts payable4,722
 1,817
 (6,527)(6,527) (762) 2,475
Accrued expenses(1,606) 841
 2,221
Deferred revenue9,680
 (4,542) (1,458)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities(8,645) 11,495
 2,261
Accrued expenses and other2,221
 (1,575) 838
Deferred revenue, current and long-term(1,458) (2,274) (410)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities2,261
 9,901
 (12,812)
Investing activities          
Cash paid for acquisition, net of cash acquired
 (4,992) 
Purchase of property and equipment(2,611) (4,324) (2,159)(2,159) (410) (2,006)
Purchase of property and equipment leased to customers under PPAs(2,343) (3) 
Purchase of short-term investments(11) (5) (5)(5) (4) (2)
Sale of short-term investments
 555
 472
Additions to patents and licenses(157) (224) (153)(153) (43) (234)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment1
 24
 46
46
 80
 1,040
Net cash used in investing activities(5,121) (4,532) (2,271)(2,271) (4,814) (730)
Financing activities          
Payment of long-term debt(2,077) (1,856) (3,169)(3,169) (3,229) (4,494)
Proceeds from revolving credit facility
 
 2,500
Proceeds from long-term debt3,721
 5,989
 380
380
 
 446
Proceeds from repayment of shareholder notes3
 56
 38
38
 215
 46
Proceeds from issuance of common stock , net of issuance costs
 
 17,465
Repurchase of common stock into treasury
 (740) (6,007)(6,007) 
 
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation(132) 989
 70
70
 13
 
Deferred financing costs(57) (124) 

 (19) (406)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock504
 174
 63
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities1,962
 4,488
 (8,625)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents(11,804) 11,451
 (8,635)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period23,364
 11,560
 23,011
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$11,560
 $23,011
 $14,376
Supplemental cash flow information:     
Cash paid for interest$368
 $488
 $535
Cash paid for income taxes$34
 $104
 $102
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:     
Shares issued from treasury for shareholder note receivable$196
 $84
 $82
Shares surrendered into treasury for stock option exercise$50
 $
 $
Net proceeds from exercise of warrants and employee stock options63
 1,125
 419
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities(8,625) (1,895) 15,976

53

Table of Contents

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents(8,635) 3,192
 2,434
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period23,011
 14,376
 17,568
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$14,376
 $17,568
 $20,002
Supplemental cash flow information:     
Cash paid for interest$535
 $423
 $287
Cash paid for income taxes$102
 $22
 $42
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:     
Shares issued from treasury for shareholder note receivable$82
 $
 $
Shares returned to treasury in satisfaction of employee tax liabilities from restricted stock vesting$
 $
 $22
Shares returned to treasury in satisfaction of receivable$
 $48
 $
Acquisition related contingent consideration liability$
 $612
 $
Acquisition financed through debt$
 $3,123
 $
Common stock issued for acquisition$
 $2,416
 $


54

Table of Contents

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE A — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
Organization
The Company includes Orion Energy Systems, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, and all consolidated subsidiaries. The Company is a developer, manufacturer and seller of lighting and energy management systems and a seller and integrator of renewable energy technologies to commercial and industrial businesses, predominantly in North America.
See Note IJ “Segment Reporting” of these financial statements for further discussion of the Company's reportable segments.
The Company's corporate offices and primary manufacturing operations are located in Manitowoc, Wisconsin and anWisconsin. The operations facility is located in Plymouth, Wisconsin.Wisconsin was classified as an asset held for sale and was sold in May 2014. The companyCompany leases office space in Jacksonville, Florida. The Company leases office space for a sales officesoffice located in New Jersey, Chicago andHouston, Texas.
NOTE B — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
Reclassifications
Where appropriate, certain reclassifications were made to prior years' financial statements to conform to the current year presentation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during that reporting period. Areas that require the use of significant management estimates include revenue recognition, inventory obsolescence and bad debt reserves, accruals for warranty expenses, income taxes and certain equity transactions. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid, short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Short-Term Investments
The amortized cost and fair value of short-term investments, with gross unrealized gains and losses, as of March 31, 20122014 and 20132015 were as follows (in thousands):
March 31, 2012
March 31, 2014March 31, 2014
Amortized
Cost
 Unrealized
Gains
 Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value Cash and Cash
Equivalents
 Short-Term
Investments
Amortized
Cost
 Unrealized
Gains
 Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value Cash and Cash
Equivalents
 Short-Term
Investments
Money market funds$486
 $
 $
 $486
 $486
 $
$488
 $
 $
 $488
 $488
 $
Bank certificate of deposit1,016
 
 
 1,016
 
 1,016
470
 
 
 470
 
 470
Total$1,502
 $
 $
 $1,502
 $486
 $1,016
$958
 $
 $
 $958
 $488
 $470
                      
March 31, 2013
March 31, 2015March 31, 2015
Amortized
Cost
 Unrealized
Gains
 Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value Cash and Cash
Equivalents
 Short-Term
Investments
Amortized
Cost
 Unrealized
Gains
 Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value Cash and Cash
Equivalents
 Short-Term
Investments
Money market funds$487
 $
 $
 $487
 $487
 $
$
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
Bank certificate of deposit1,021
 
 
 1,021
 
 1,021

 
 
 
 
 
Total$1,508
 $
 $
 $1,508
 $487
 $1,021
$
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $

55

Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2012 and 20132014 , the Company’s financial assets described in the table above were measured at cost which approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the investment (level 1 inputs).
Fair Value of Financial Instruments

55

Table of Contents

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilitiesexpenses and other and long-term debt. The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments approximate their respective fair values due to the relatively short-term nature of these instruments, or in the case of long-term, because of the interest rates currently available to the Company for similar obligations. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. GAAP describes a fair value hierarchy based on the following three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value:
Level 1 — Valuations are based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 — Valuations are based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, or quoted prices in markets that are not active for which significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.
Level 3 — Valuations are based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. Inputs reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability at the measurement date.
Accounts Receivable
The majoritySubstantially all of the Company’s accounts receivable are due from companies in the commercial, industrial and agricultural industries, as well as wholesalers. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of a customer’s financial condition. Generally, collateral is not required for end users; however, the payment of certain trade accounts receivable from wholesalers is secured by irrevocable standby letters of credit and/or guarantees. Accounts receivable are generally due within 30-60 days. Accounts receivable are stated at the amount the Company expects to collect from outstanding balances. The Company provides for probable uncollectible amounts through a charge to earnings and a credit to an allowance for doubtful accounts based on its assessment of the current status of individual accounts. Balances that are still outstanding after the Company has used reasonable collection efforts are written off through a charge to the allowance for doubtful accounts and a credit to accounts receivable.
Financing Receivables
The Company considers its lease balances included in consolidated current and long-term accounts receivable from its Orion Throughput Agreement, or OTA, sales-type leases to be financing receivables. Additional disclosures on the credit quality of the Company’s financing receivables are as follows:
Age Analysis as of March 31, 20122014 (in thousands):
Not Past Due 1-90 days
past due
 Greater than 90
days past due
 Total past due Total sales-type
leases
Not Past Due 1-90 days
past due
 Greater than 90
days past due
 Total past due Total sales-type
leases
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—current$2,833
 $40
 $20
 $60
 $2,893
$2,067
 $137
 $149
 $286
 $2,353
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—long-term5,521
 
 
 
 5,521
1,662
 
 
 
 1,662
Total gross sales-type leases8,354
 40
 20
 60
 8,414
3,729
 137
 149
 286
 4,015
Allowance
 (4) (20) (24) (24)(3) (3) (88) (91) (94)
Total net sales-type leases$8,354
 $36
 $
 $36
 $8,390
$3,726
 $134
 $61
 $195
 $3,921
Age Analysis as of March 31, 20132015 (in thousands): 
Not Past Due 1-90 days
past due
 Greater than 90
days past due
 Total past due Total sales-type
leases
Not Past Due 1-90 days
past due
 Greater than 90
days past due
 Total past due Total sales-type
leases
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—current$2,817
 $97
 $151
 $248
 $3,065
$1,346
 $47
 $186
 $233
 $1,579
Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable—long-term4,009
 
 
 
 4,009
398
 
 
 
 398
Total gross sales-type leases6,826
 97
 151
 248
 7,074
1,744
 47
 186
 233
 1,977
Allowance
 
 (74) (74) (74)(12) (3) (141) (144) (156)
Total net sales-type leases$6,826
 $97
 $77
 $174
 $7,000
$1,732
 $44
 $45
 $89
 $1,821

56

Table of Contents

Allowance for Credit Losses on Financing Receivables
The Company’s allowance for credit losses is based on management’s assessment of the collectability of customer accounts. A considerable amount of judgment is required in order to make this assessment including a detailed analysis of the aging of the lease receivables and the current credit worthiness of the Company's customers and an analysis of historical bad debts and other

56


adjustments. If there is a deterioration of a major customer’s credit worthiness or actual defaults are higher than historical experience, the estimate of the recoverability of amounts due could be adversely affected. The Company reviews in detail the allowance for doubtful accounts on a quarterly basis and adjusts the allowance estimate to reflect actual portfolio performance and any changes in future portfolio performance expectations. The Company believes that there is no impairment of the receivables for the sales-type leases. The Company’s provision write-off’sfor write-offs and credit losses against the OTA sales-type lease receivable balances in fiscal 20122014 and fiscal 2013,2015, respectively, was as follows: 
 Balance at
beginning of
period
 Provisions
charged to
expense
 Write offs
and other
 Balance at
end of
period
March 31,(in Thousands)
2012Allowance for Doubtful Accounts on financing receivables$2
 $81
 $59
 $24
2013Allowance for Doubtful Accounts on financing receivables$24
 $50
 $
 $74
 Balance at
beginning of
period
 Provisions
charged to
expense
 Write offs
and other
 Balance at
end of
period
March 31,(in Thousands)
2014Allowance for Doubtful Accounts on financing receivables$74
 $96
 $76
 $94
2015Allowance for Doubtful Accounts on financing receivables$94
 $62
 $
 $156
Inventories
Inventories consist of raw materials and components, such as ballasts, metal sheet and coil stock and molded parts; work in process inventories, such as frames and reflectors; and finished goods, including completed fixtures and systems, and wireless energy management systems and accessories, such as lamps, meters and power supplies. All inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value with cost determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The Company reduces the carrying value of its inventories for differences between the cost and estimated net realizable value, taking into consideration usage in the preceding 129 to 24 months, expected demand, and other information indicating obsolescence. The Company records as a charge to cost of product revenue the amount required to reduce the carrying value of inventory to net realizable value. As of March 31, 20122014 and 2013,2015, the Company had inventory obsolescence reserves of $1.5$2.5 million and $2.3$1.6 million,, respectively.
Costs associated with the procurement and warehousing of inventories, such as inbound freight charges and purchasing and receiving costs, are also included in cost of product revenue.
Inventories were comprised of the following (in thousands): 
March 31, 2012 March 31, 2013March 31, 2014 March 31, 2015
Raw materials and components$10,466
 $8,207
$6,894
 $8,474
Work in process969
 846
880
 1,588
Finished goods6,697
 6,177
4,016
 4,221
$18,132
 $15,230
$11,790
 $14,283
Deferred Contract Costs
Deferred contract costs consist primarily of the costs of products delivered, and services performed, that are subject to additional performance obligations or customer acceptance. These deferred contract costs are expensed at the time the related revenue is recognized. Current deferredDeferred costs amounted to $2.2$0.7 million and $2.1$0.1 million as of March 31, 20122014 and March 31, 2013,2015, respectively.
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist primarily of prepaid insurance premiums, prepaid license fees, purchase deposits, advance payments for contracts,to contractors, unbilled revenue, prepaid taxes and miscellaneous receivables. Prepaid expenses and other current assets includes $2.8 million and $1.7 million of unbilled accounts receivable as of March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively. Prepaid expenses and other current assets also includes $1.0 million of assets held for sale as of March 31, 2014 for an asset that was sold during fiscal 2015.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Expenditures for additions and improvements are capitalized, while replacements, maintenance and repairs which do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are expensed as incurred. Properties sold, or otherwise disposed of, are removed from the property accounts, with gains or losses on disposal credited or charged to income from operations.

57


The Company periodically reviews the carrying values of property and equipment for impairment in accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant and Equipment, if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets may be impaired. The estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition are compared to the assets’ carrying amount to determine if a write down to market value is required. No write downs were recorded in fiscal 2011, 2012 or 2013.2013. In fiscal 2014, an impairment charge of $0.2 million was recorded. In fiscal 2015, an impairment charge of $1.0 million was recorded in connection with the assessment of carrying costs related to the wireless controls product offering.
Property and equipment were comprised of the following (in thousands):

57


March 31, 2012 March 31, 2013March 31, 2014 March 31, 2015
Land and land improvements$1,545
 $1,562
$1,480
 $1,511
Buildings14,717
 15,918
Buildings and building improvements14,405
 14,441
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment11,000
 11,995
10,713
 8,600
Leasehold improvements54
 58
46
 148
Equipment leased to customers under Power Purchase Agreements4,997
 4,997
4,997
 4,997
Plant equipment9,990
 10,620
10,103
 11,084
Construction in progress1,080
 91
60
 379
43,383
 45,241
41,804
 41,160
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization(13,158) (17,294)(18,669) (19,937)
Net property and equipment$30,225
 $27,947
$23,135
 $21,223
The Company has no equipment under capital leases.
Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, using the straight-line method. The Company recorded depreciation expense of $2.7$4.3 million,, $4.0 $3.8 million and $4.3$2.9 million for the years ended March 31, 2011, 20122013, 2014 and 2013,2015, respectively. Depreciable lives by asset category are as follows:
Land improvements10-15 years
Buildings and building improvements3-39 years
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment2-10 years
Leasehold improvementsShorter of asset life or life of lease
Furniture, fixtures and office equipmentEquipment leased to customers under Power Purchase Agreements2-1020 years
Plant equipment3-10 years
No interest was capitalized for construction in progress during fiscal 20122014 or fiscal 2013.2015.
PatentsGoodwill and LicensesOther Intangible Assets
Patents and licensesThe costs of specifically identifiable intangible assets that do not have an indefinite life are amortized over their estimated useful life, ranging from 7 to 17 years, using the straight line method.
The Company capitalized $157,000, $224,000lives. Goodwill and $153,000 of costs associatedintangible assets with obtaining patentsindefinite lives are not amortized. Goodwill and licenses in fiscal 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Amortization expense recorded to cost of revenueintangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed for fiscal 2011, 2012 and 2013 was $127,000, $136,000 and $133,000, respectively. The costs and accumulated amortization for patents and licenses were $2,262,000 and $573,000impairment annually, as of March 31, 2012;January 1, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Amortizable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated economic useful life to reflect the pattern of economic benefits consumed based upon the following lives and $2,416,000 and $707,000 as of March 31, 2013. The average remainingmethods:
Patents10-17 yearsStraight-line
Licenses7-13 yearsStraight-line
Customer relationships5-8 yearsAccelerated based upon the pattern of economic benefits consumed
Developed technology8 yearsAccelerated based upon the pattern of economic benefits consumed
Non-competition agreements5 yearsStraight-line
Indefinite lived intangible assets are evaluated for potential impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable based primarily upon whether expected future undiscounted cash flows are sufficient to support the asset recovery. If the actual useful life of the patentsasset is shorter than the estimated life estimated by us, the asset may be deemed to be impaired and licensesaccordingly a write-down of the value of the asset determined by a discounted cash flow analysis or shorter amortization period may be required.

58





There was no change in the carrying value of goodwill during fiscal 2015 as follows (in thousands):
Balance at March 31, 2013$
Acquisition4,409
Balance at March 31, 2014$4,409
Impairments
Balance at March 31, 2015$4,409
As of March 31, 2013 was approximately 11.0 years.April 1, 2014, the Company realigned its organizational structure as a result of a new business strategy. In connection with the reorganization, the Company evaluated its historical operating segments (Energy Management Division and Engineered Systems Division) in relation to GAAP and identified the following new operating segments: (i) U.S. Markets, (ii) Orion Engineered Systems, (iii) Orion Distribution Services and (iv) Corporate and Other. The new operating segments became effective, on a prospective basis, beginning April 1, 2014. The Company's operating segments are also its reporting units (for goodwill assessment purposes) and reporting segments (for financial reporting purposes). In connection with the identification of the new operating segments, the Company allocated goodwill from its historical reporting units to its new reporting units using a relative fair market approach as follows (in thousands):
 U.S. Markets Orion Engineered Systems Orion Distribution Services Corporate and Other Total
Goodwill at March 31, 2015$2,371
 $2,038
 $
 $
 $4,409
The components of, and changes in, the carrying amount of other intangible assets were as follows (in thousands):
 March 31, 2014 March 31, 2015
 Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization
Patents$2,362
 $(784) $2,447
 $(906)
Licenses58
 (58) 58
 (58)
Trade name and trademarks1,942
 
 1,958
 
Customer relationships3,600
 (535) 3,600
 (1,620)
Developed technology900
 (19) 900
 (109)
Non-competition agreements100
 (15) 100
 (35)
Total$8,962
 $(1,411) $9,063
 $(2,728)
As of March 31, 2013, future2015, the weighted average useful life of intangible assets was 6.7 years. The estimated amortization expense for each of the patents and licensesnext five years is estimated to be as followsshown below (in thousands): 
Fiscal 2014$149
Fiscal 2015148
Fiscal 2016148
$1,226
Fiscal 2017148
883
Fiscal 2018148
607
Fiscal 2019431
Fiscal 2020346
Thereafter968
884
$1,709
$4,377
Amortization expense is set forth in the following table (in thousands):

59


 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2013 2014 2015
Amortization included in cost of sales:     
Patents$133
 $135
 $132
Total$133
 $135
 $132
      
Amortization included in operating expenses:     
Customer relationships$
 $535
 $1,085
Developed technology
 19
 90
Non-competition agreements
 15
 20
Total
 569
 1,195
Total amortization$133
 $704
 $1,327
The Company’s management periodically reviews the carrying value of patents and licensesintangible assets for impairment. Write-offs recorded in fiscal 2011, 20122013, 2014 and 20132015 were $0, $19,000$0, $45,000 and $0,$120,000, respectively.
Long-Term Receivables
The Company records a long-term receivable for the non-current portion of its sales-type capital lease OTA contracts. The receivable is recorded at the net present value of the future cash flows from scheduled customer payments. The Company uses the implied cost of capital from each individual contract as the discount rate.
Also included in other long-term receivables are amounts due from a third party finance company to which the Company has sold, without recourse, the future cash flows from OTAs entered into with customers. Such receivables are recorded at the

58


present value of the future cash flows discounted between 8.8% and at 11.0%. As of March 31, 2013,2015, the following amounts were due from the third party finance company in future periods (in thousands): 
Fiscal 2014$1,011
Fiscal 2015955
Fiscal 2016309
Fiscal 20179
Total gross long-term receivable2,284
Less: amount representing interest(278)
Net long-term receivable$2,006
Fiscal 2016$309
Fiscal 20179
Total gross financed receivable318
Less: amount above to be collected during the next 12 months(309)
Less: amount representing interest(1)
Total net long-term receivable$8
Long-Term Inventories
TheAs of March 31, 2014, the Company recordshad long-term inventory for the non-current portion of its wireless controls finished goods inventory. The inventories arewere stated at the lower of cost or market value with cost determined using the FIFO method. As of September 30, 2014, the wireless controls inventory were deemed to be impaired based upon current market conditions, including significant declines in unit volume sales, an increase in product sales in the commercial office and retail markets where the controls product offering is not saleable, limitations in alternative uses for the inventory and the increasing adoption of, and performance improvements in, LED lighting products. During fiscal 2015, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $10.2 million related to its wireless controls inventory. Net realizable value of this remaining wireless control inventory was based on the Company's best estimate of product sales expectations, market prices and customer demand patterns.
Other Long-Term Assets
Other long-term assets include long-term security deposits, prepaid licensing costs, deferred costs for a note receivable,long-term contract, and deferred financing costs. Other long-term assets include $87,000$33,000 and $58,000$202,000 of deferred financing costs as of March 31, 20122014 and March 31, 2013,2015, respectively. Deferred financing costs related to debt issuances are amortized to interest expense over the life of the related debt issue (5(1 to 103 years). For the years ended March 31, 2011, 20122013, 2014 and 2013,2015, the amortization was $29,000, $52,000$42,000, $40,000 and $42,000,$156,000, respectively.
Accrued Expenses and Other
Accrued expenses include warranty accruals, accrued wages and benefits, accrued vacation, accrued bonuses, accrued legal costs, accrued commissions, customer deposits, accrued acquisition liabilities, accrued project costs, sales tax payable and other various unpaid expenses. Accrued expenses include $0$1.0 million and $1.3$1.3 million of accrued reorganizationproject costs as of March 31, 20122014 and March 31, 20132015., respectively.

60


The Company generally offers a limited warranty of one year on its lighting products in addition to those standard warranties offered by major original equipment component manufacturers. The manufacturers’ warranties cover lamps and ballasts, which are significant components in the Company’s lighting products. Included in other long-term liabilities is $0.3 million for warranty reserves related to solar operating systems.
Changes in the Company’s warranty accrual were as follows (in thousands): 
March 31,March 31,
2012 20132014 2015
Beginning of year$59
 $84
$284
 $263
Provision to product cost of revenue102
 402
300
 776
Charges(77) (202)(321) (24)
End of year$84
 $284
$263
 $1,015
Incentive Compensation
The Company’s compensation committee approved an Executive Fiscal Year 2011 Annual Cash Incentive Program under its 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan which became effective as of July 21, 2010. The plan provided for performance and discretionary bonus payments ranging from 7-19% of the fiscal 2011 base salaries of the Company’s named executive officers. The range of fiscal 2011 financial performance-based bonus guidelines under the approved plan began if the Company achieved a minimum of 1.2 times the fiscal 2010 revenue and a minimum of $4.0 million operating income. Based upon the results for the year ended March 31, 2011, the Company did not accrue any expense related to this plan.
The Company’s compensation committee approved an Executive Fiscal Year 2012 Annual Cash Incentive Program under its 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan which became effective as of May 21, 2011. The plan provided for performance based stock option awards ranging in fair value from 13-15% of the fiscal 2012 base salaries of the Company’s named executive officers. The range of fiscal 2012 financial performance-based bonus guidelines under the approved plan began if the Company achieved all of the following: a minimum of $115.0 million in revenue, a minimum of $4.9 million in net income and a minimum of $4.9 million in free cash flow. Free cash flow was defined as cash flow from operations less cash flow used for the purchase of property, plant and equipment. Additionally, if the Company’s performance was greater than 120% of the targets, a cash performance bonus payment was earned that would range from 12-14% of the fiscal 2012 base salaries. Based upon the results for the year ended March 31, 2012, the Company did not accrue any expense related to this plan.

59


The Company’s compensation committee approved an Executive Fiscal Year 2013 Annual Cash Incentive Program under its 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan which became effective as of June 14, 2012.Plan. The plan provided for performance and discretionary cash bonus payments ranging from 25-100% of the fiscal 2013 base salaries of the Company’s named executive officers and other key employees. The plan provided for bonuses to be paid out on the basis of the achievement in fiscal 2013 of (i) target revenue of $119$119 million and/or (ii) target net income of $3.7 million.$3.7 million. Revenue and net income were selected as the performance measures for the cash bonus program because they were viewed as the most critical elements to increasing the value of the Company's Common Stockcommon stock and, therefore, to the Company's enterprise value. The compensation committee established a target bonus as a percentage of base salary for each of the named executive officers. If the Company achieved 90% of either or both the revenue and net income targets ($($107 million in revenue or $3.33$3.33 million in net income), then the named executive officers would have received 50% of their target bonus for that element. If either or both of the target revenue or net income were exceeded, the named executive officers would be eligible to earn up to two times their target bonus for that element based on a sliding scale of up to 150% of the target revenue or net income. As described below, this plan was superseded by a new plan in November 2012, and, therefore, the Company did not accrue any expense related to this plan.
Effective November 9, 2012, the Company’s Compensation Committee approved a new incentive cash bonus program for the second half of fiscal 2013 in replacement of the then existing fiscal 2013 incentive bonus program described above. The new incentive cash bonus program provided a cash bonus opportunity to named executive officers and other key employees based on the Company’s relative achievement, in the second half of fiscal 2013, of target operating income (before bonuses and other extraordinary or unusual items) and target cost containment initiatives. Under the new program, 50% of the target bonus payments were based on the Company’s relative achievement of its cost containment target of $1.48$1.48 million for the second half of fiscal 2013. For every $1.00 of cost containment achieved, a bonus pool of $0.167$0.167 would be earned, up to a maximum total bonus pool of $247,000$247,000 for all employees. The other 50% of the target bonus payments would be based on the Company achieving operating income (before bonuses and other extraordinary or unusual items) of $500,000$500,000 for the second half of fiscal 2013. For every $1.00 of operating profit achieved, a bonus pool of $0.50$0.50 would be earned, up to a maximum total bonus pool of $247,000$247,000 for all employees. Based upon the results for the year ended March 31, 2013, the Company accrued the maximum expense related to this plan.
The Company’s compensation committee approved an Executive Fiscal Year 2014 Annual Cash Incentive Program under its 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan. The plan provided for performance cash bonus payments ranging from 35-100% of the fiscal 2014 base salaries of the Company’s named executive officers and other key employees. The plan provided for bonuses to be paid out on the basis of the achievement in fiscal 2014 of at least (i) $2.0 million of profit before taxes and (ii) revenue of at least $88.0 million. Based upon the results for the year ended March 31, 2014, the Company did not accrue any expense related to this plan.
The Company’s compensation committee approved an Executive Fiscal Year 2015 Annual Cash Incentive Program under its 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan. The plan provided for performance cash bonus payments ranging from 35-100% of the fiscal 2015 base salaries of the Company’s named executive officers and other key employees. The plan provided for bonuses to be paid out on the basis of the achievement in fiscal 2015 of at least (i) $2.3 million of profit before taxes and (ii) revenue of at least $90.4 million. Based upon the results for the year ended March 31, 2015, the Company did not accrue any expense related to this plan.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized on the sales of our lighting and related energy efficiency systems and products when the following four criteria are met:

persuasive evidence
61

delivery has occurred and title has passed to the customer;
the sales price is fixed and determinable and no further obligation exists; and
collectability is reasonably assured

1.persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;
2.delivery has occurred and title has passed to the customer;
3.the sales price is fixed and determinable and no further obligation exists; and
4.collectability is reasonably assured.
These four criteria are met for the Company’s product-only revenue upon delivery of the product and title passing to the customer. At that time, the Company provides for estimated costs that may be incurred for product warranties and sales returns. Revenues are presented net of sales tax and other sales related taxes.
For sales of the Company’s lighting and energy management technologies, consisting of multiple elements of revenue, such as a combination of product sales and services, the Company determines revenue by allocating the total contract revenue to each element based on their relative selling prices in accordance with ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition - Multiple Element Arrangements. In such circumstances, the Company uses a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables: (1) vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value, if available, (2) third-party evidence (TPE) of selling price if VSOE is not available, and (3) best estimate of the selling price if neither VSOE nor TPE is available (a description as to how the Company determined estimated selling price is provided below).
The nature of the Company’s multiple element arrangements for the sale of its lighting and energy management technologies is similar to a construction project, with materials being delivered and contracting and project management activities occurring according to an installation schedule. The significant deliverables include the shipment of products and related transfer of title and the installation.
To determine the selling price in multiple-element arrangements, the Company establishedestablishes the selling price for its HIF lighting and energy management system products using management's best estimate of the selling price, as VSOE or TPE evidence does not exist. Product revenue is recognized when products are shipped. For product revenue, management's best estimate of selling price is determined using a cost plus gross profit margin method. In addition, the Company records in service revenue the selling price for its installation and recycling services using management’s best estimate of selling price, as VSOE or TPE evidence does not exist. Service revenue is recognized when services are completed and customer acceptance has been received. Recycling services provided in connection with installation entail the disposal of the customer’s legacy lighting fixtures. The Company’s service revenues, other than for installation and recycling that are completed prior to delivery of the product, are included in product

60


revenue using management’s best estimate of selling price, as VSOE or TPE evidence does not exist. These services include comprehensive site assessment, site field verification, utility incentive and government subsidy management, engineering design, and project management. For these services, along with the Company's installation and recycling services, under a multiple-element arrangement, management’s best estimate of selling price is determined by considering several external and internal factors including, but not limited to, economic conditions and trends, customer demand, pricing practices, margin objectives, competition, geographies in which the Company offers its products and services and internal costs. The determination of estimated selling price is made through consultation with and approval by management, taking into account all of the preceding factors.
For sales of solar photovoltaic systems, which are governed by customer contracts that require the Company to deliver functioning solar power systems and are generally completed within three to 15 months from the start of construction, the Company recognizes revenue from fixed price construction contracts using the percentage-of-completion method in accordance with ASC 605-35, Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts. Under this method, revenue arising from fixed price construction contracts is recognized as work is performed based upon the percentage of incurred costs to estimated total forecasted costs. The Company has determined that the appropriate method of measuring progress on these sales is measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date of the total estimated costs for each contract as materials are installed. The percentage-of-completion method requires revenue recognition from the delivery of products to be deferred and the cost of such products to be capitalized as a deferred cost and current asset on the balance sheet. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the progress of the installation of the solar photovoltaic systems using actual costs incurred over total estimated costs to complete a project. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts, if any, are recognized in the period in which the loss first becomes probable and reasonably estimable.
The Company offers a financing program, called an Orion Throughput Agreement, or OTA, for a customer’s lease of the Company’s energy management systems. The OTA is structured as a sales-type lease and upon successful installation of the system and customer acknowledgment that the system is operating as specified, revenue is recognized at the Company’s net investment in the lease, which typically is the net present value of the future cash flows.
The Company offers a financing program, called a power purchase agreement, or PPA, for the Company’s renewable energy product offerings. A PPA is a supply side agreement for the generation of electricity and subsequent sale to the end user. Upon the customer’s acknowledgment that the system is operating as specified, product revenue is recognized on a monthly basis over the life of the PPA contract, which is typically in excess of 10 years.

62


Deferred revenue relates to advance customer billings, investment tax grants received related to PPAs and a separate obligation to provide maintenance on OTAs and is classified as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The fair value of the maintenance is readily determinable based upon pricing from third-party vendors. Deferred revenue related to maintenance services is recognized when the services are delivered, which occurs in excess of a year after the original OTA contract is executed.
Shipping and Handling Costs
The Company records costs incurred in connection with shipping and handling of products as cost of product revenue. Amounts billed to customers in connection with these costs are included in product revenue.
Advertising
Advertising costs of $384,000, $117,000$111,000, $28,000 and $111,000$149,000 for fiscal 2011, 20122013, 2014 and 2013,2015, respectively, were charged to operations as incurred.
Research and Development
The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred.
Income Taxes
The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences of temporary differences between financial reporting and income tax basis of assets and liabilities, measured using the enacted tax rates and laws expected to be in effect when the temporary differences reverse. Deferred income taxes also arise from the future tax benefits of operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. A valuation allowance is established when management determines that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013,2015, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $4.1$11.7 million against its deferred tax assets.
ASC 740, Income Taxes, also prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination. The Company has classified the amounts recorded for uncertain tax benefits in the balance sheet as other liabilities (non-current) to the extent that payment is not anticipated within one year. The Company recognizes penalties and interest related to uncertain tax liabilities in income tax expense. Penalties and interest wereare immaterial as of the date of adoption and are included in the unrecognized tax benefits.

61


Deferred tax benefits have not been recognized for income tax effects resulting from the exercise of non-qualified stock options. These benefits will be recognized in the period in which the benefits are realized as a reduction in taxes payable and an increase in additional paid-in capital. Realized tax benefits (expense) from the exercise of stock options were $(132,000), $989,000$70,000, $13,000 and $70,000$0 for the fiscal years 2011, 20122013, 2014 and 2013,2015, respectively.
Stock Option PlansBased Compensation
The Company’s share-based payments to employees are measured at fair value and are recognized in earnings, net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.
Cash flows from the exercise of stock options resulting from tax benefits in excess of recognized cumulative compensation costs (excess tax benefits) are classified as financing cash flows. For the years ended March 31, 2011, 20122013, 2014 and 2013, $(132,000), $989,0002015, $70,000, $13,000 and $70,000,$0, respectively, of such excess tax benefits were classified as financing cash flows.
The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company calculates volatility based upon the historical market price of its common stock. The risk-free interest rate is the rate available as of the option date on zero-coupon U.S. Government issues with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the option. The expected term is based upon the vesting term of the Company’s options and expected exercise behavior. The Company has not paid dividends in the past and does not plan to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. The Company estimates its forfeiture rate of unvested stock awards based on historical experience.
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation. Under the fair value recognition provisions of ASC718, stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service period, net of estimated forfeitures. As more fully described in Note I, the Company awards non-vested restricted stock to employees, executive officers and directors. The Company did not issue any stock options during fiscal 2015. The fair value of each option grant in fiscal 2011, 20122013, 2014 and 20132015 was determined using the assumptions in the following table: 

63


Fiscal Year Ended March 31,Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2011 2012 20132013 2014 2015
Weighted average expected term5.7 years
 5.7 years
 5.5 years
5.5 years
 4.1 years
 N/A
Risk-free interest rate2.1% 1.5% 0.8%0.8% 0.8% N/A
Expected volatility60.0 - 74.8%
 70.0% 72.5 - 74.4%
72.5 - 74.4%
 73.3% N/A
Expected forfeiture rate11.4% 15.1% 21.4%21.4% 20.3% 20.3%
Net Income (Loss) per Common Share
Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period and does not consider common stock equivalents.
Diluted net income (loss) per common share reflects the dilution that would occur if warrants and employee stock options were exercised.exercised and restricted shares vested. In the computation of diluted net income (loss) per common share, the Company uses the “treasury stock” method for outstanding options, warrants and restricted shares. Diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for the yearyears ended March 31, 2013,, March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, because the effects of potentially dilutive securities are anti-dilutive. The effect of net income (loss) per common share is calculated based upon the following shares (in thousands except share amounts): 
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2011 2012 20132013 2014 2015
Numerator:          
Net income (loss) (in thousands)$341
 $483
 $(10,399)
Net loss$(10,399) $(6,199) $(32,061)
Denominator:          
Weighted-average common shares outstanding22,678,411
 22,953,037
 20,996,625
20,996,625
 20,987,964
 22,353,419
Weighted-average effect of assumed conversion of stock options and warrants519,652
 433,488
 
Weighted-average effect of assumed conversion of stock options and restricted stock
 
 
Weighted-average common shares and share equivalents outstanding23,198,063
 23,386,525
 20,996,625
20,996,625
 20,987,964
 22,353,419
Net income (loss) per common share:          
Basic$0.02
 $0.02
 $(0.50)$(0.50) $(0.30) $(1.43)
Diluted$0.01
 $0.02
 $(0.50)$(0.50) $(0.30) $(1.43)
The following table indicates the number of potentially dilutive securities as of the end of each period: 

62


March 31,March 31,
2011 2012 20132013 2014 2015
Common stock options3,658,768
 3,697,633
 3,312,523
3,312,523
 2,716,317
 2,426,836
Restricted shares
 
 105,000
105,000
 539,204
 704,688
Common stock warrants38,980
 38,980
 38,980
38,980
 38,980
 
Total3,697,748
 3,736,613
 3,456,503
3,456,503
 3,294,501
 3,131,524
Concentration of Credit Risk and Other Risks and Uncertainties
The Company’s cash is deposited with threefour financial institutions. At times, deposits in these institutions exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes that it is not exposed to any significant risk on these balances.
The Company previously depended on one supplier for a number ofpurchases components necessary for its lighting products, including ballasts, lamps and lamps. Purchases from this supplier accounted for 22% and 14% of total cost of revenue in fiscal 2011 and 2012, respectively. Currently, the Company has been able to obtain theseLED components from multiple suppliers. For fiscal 2013,, 2014 and 2015, no supplier accounted for more than 10% of total cost of revenue.
In fiscal 2011, 2012 and 2013,, there were no customers who individually accounted for greater than 10% of revenue.
As of March 31, 2012, In fiscal 2014, one customer accounted for 11% and 23% of revenue. In fiscal 2015, one customer accounted for 10%12% of accounts receivable. revenue.
As of March 31, 2013, 2014 and March 31, 2015, no customer customers accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2011,July 2013, the FASBFinancial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued ASU No. 2011-04 Fair Value Measurements (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in US GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) (“ASU 2011-04”). ASU 2011-04 represents the converged guidance of the FASB and the IASB (the “Boards”) on fair value measurements. The collective efforts of the Boards and their staffs, reflected in ASU 2011-04, have resulted in common requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements, including a consistent meaning of the term “fair value.” The Boards have concluded the common requirements will result in greater comparability of fair value measurements presented and disclosed in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP and IFRSs. The amendments in this ASU are required to be applied prospectively, and are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of ASU 2011-04 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (ASC Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income,” (“ASU 2011-05”) which amends current comprehensive income guidance. This accounting update eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of shareholders’ equity. Instead, the Company must report comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income which contains two sections, net income and other comprehensive income, or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 will be effective for public companies during the interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011 with early adoption permitted. However, in December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-12, “Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05” (“2013-11 ("ASU 2011-12”2013-11"), which deferred the guidance on whether to require entitiesPresentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax

64


Credit Carryforward Exists." ASU 2013-11 requires an entity to present reclassification adjustments outan unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of accumulated other comprehensive income by componentan unrecognized tax benefit, in both the statement where net income is presented and the statement where other comprehensive income is presented for both interim and annual financial statements. ASU 2011-12 reinstated the requirements for the presentation of reclassifications that were in place priorstatements as a reduction to the issuancedeferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. The provisions of ASU 2011-05 and did not change the effective date for ASU 2011-05. For public entities, the amendments in ASU 2011-05 and ASU2011-122013-11 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011,2013. The Company applied this guidance in a prior quarter and should be applied retrospectively. The adoption of ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2011-12it did not have a significantmaterial impact on the Company’s consolidated statements as it only requires a change in the formatits statement of the current presentation.operations, financial position, or cash flows.
In December 2011, theMay 2014, FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, “Balance Sheet: Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.”2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers." This ASU 2011-11is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires entitiesa company to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangementsrecognize revenue to depict the transfer of financial instruments and derivative instruments and will be applied retrospectivelygoods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for all comparative periods presented.those goods or services. This ASU 2011-11 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and early adoption is not permitted. Accordingly, the Company will adopt this ASU on April 1, 2017. Companies may use either a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach to adopt this ASU and management is currently evaluating which transition approach to use. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2014-09.
In June 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-12, "Compensation - Stock Compensation" ("ASU 2014-12"). ASU 2014-12 is intended to resolve diverse accounting treatment for share based awards in which the terms of the award provide that a performance target that affects vesting could be achieved after January 1, 2013,the requisite service period. The standard is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods.periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and may be applied prospectively or retrospectively. The Company does not expect adoption of ASU 2011-11 did notthis standard will have a significant impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
In February 2013, TheAugust 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-02, "Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting2014-15, "Presentation of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income", to improve the transparency of reporting reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. Financial Statements - Going Concern" ("ASU 2013-022014-15"). ASU 2014-15 requires an organizationentity's management to present (either on the face of the statement where net income is presentedevaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the notes)aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the effects onentity's ability to continue as a going concern and if those conditions exist, the line items of net income of

63


significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income–but only if the item reclassifiedrequired disclosures. The standard is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. The amendments are effective for reportingannual periods beginningending after December 15, 2012.2016, and interim periods therein. The Company does not expect adoption of ASU 2013-12 did notthis standard will have a significant impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
NOTE C — ACQUISITION
On July 1, 2013, the Company acquired all of the equity interests of Harris Manufacturing, Inc. and Harris LED, LLC(collectively, "Harris"). Harris was a Florida-based lighting company which engineered, designed, sourced and manufactured energy efficient lighting systems, including fluorescent and LED lighting solutions, and day-lighting products.
The acquisition of Harris expanded the Company's product lines, including a patent pending LED lighting product designed for commercial office buildings, increased its sales force and provided growth opportunities into markets where the Company had previously not had a strong presence, specifically, new construction, retail store fronts, commercial office and government.
The acquisition was consummated pursuant to a Stock and Unit Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2013 ("Purchase Agreement"), by and among Harris, the shareholders and members of Harris ("Harris Shareholders"), and the Company. The acquisition consideration paid to the Harris Shareholders was valued under the Purchase Agreement at an aggregate of $10.0 million, plus an adjustment of approximately $0.2 million to reflect the Company's acquisition of net working capital in excess of a targeted amount, plus an additional $0.6 million for the contingent consideration earn-out value assigned to non-employee Harris shareholders. The aggregate acquisition consideration was paid through a combination of $5.0 million in cash, $3.1 million in a three-year unsecured subordinated promissory note and the issuance of 856,997 shares of unregistered Company common stock. For purposes of the acquisition and the acquisition consideration, the shares of common stock issued in the acquisition of Harris were valued at $2.33 per share, which was the average closing share price as reported on the NYSE MKT for the 45 trading days preceding and the 22 trading days following the execution of the Purchase Agreement. For purposes of applying the purchase accounting provisions of ASC 805, Business Combinations, the shares of common stock issued in the acquisition were valued at $2.41 per share, which was the closing sale price of the Company's common stock as reported on the NYSE MKT on the July 1, 2013, date of acquisition.
On October 21, 2013, the Company executed a letter agreement amending the Purchase Agreement. The letter agreement established a fixed future consideration of $1.4 million for the previously existing earn-out component of the Purchase Agreement and eliminated the requirement that certain revenue targets must be achieved. Under the letter agreement, on January 2, 2014, the Company issued $0.6 million, or 83,943 shares, of the Company's unregistered common stock. The fixed consideration was determined based upon the existing share calculation at a fair value of $3.80 per common share. On January 2, 2015, the Company would pay $0.8 million in cash to settle all outstanding obligations related to the earn-out component of the Purchase Agreement. In December 2014, the Company amended the letter agreement to defer the January 2, 2015 payment of $0.8 million in cash until February 13, 2015, to settle all outstanding obligations related to the earn-out component of the Purchase Agreement. The final payment was made on February 12, 2015.

65


The Company incurred $0.5 million in acquisition and integration related costs for Harris during the year ended March 31, 2014, which included contingent consideration, legal, accounting and other integration related expenses.
The Purchase Agreement contained customary representations and warranties, as well as indemnification obligations, and limitations thereon, by the Company and the Harris Shareholders.
The following table summarizes the consideration paid to the Harris Shareholders and the fair value allocation of the purchase price (in thousands):
Consideration paid to Harris Shareholders: 
Cash$5,000
Seller provided debt3,124
Shares of Company common stock2,065
Contingent consideration arrangement612
Total consideration paid$10,801
  
Cash and cash equivalents$8
Accounts receivable, net2,215
Inventories1,633
Other current assets86
Property, plant and equipment117
Deferred tax asset141
Identifiable intangible assets: 
Customer relationships3,600
Non-competition agreement100
Developed technology900
Trade name and trademarks1,900
Accounts payable(1,519)
Deferred tax liabilities(2,263)
Accrued and other liabilities(526)
Total identifiable net assets6,392
Goodwill4,409
 $10,801
Prior to the amendment discussed above, the contingent consideration arrangement required the Company to pay the Harris Shareholders up to $1.0 million in unregistered shares of the Company's common stock upon Harris' achievement of certain revenue milestones in calendar year 2013 and/or 2014, and, in the case of certain Harris Shareholders who became employees of the Company, their continued employment by the Company. The potential undiscounted amount of all future payments that the Company could have been required to make under the contingent consideration arrangement was between $0 and $1.0 million. The Company recorded $0.6 million for the non-employee Harris Shareholder portion of the contingent consideration liability on the acquisition date. During the years ended March 31, 2014, and March 31, 2015, the Company expensed $0.3 million and $0.1 million, respectively, in compensation expense as contingent consideration for employee Harris shareholders.
As part of the purchase price allocation, the Company determined that the separately identifiable intangible assets acquired consisted of customer relationships, developed technology, trademarks and trade names, and non-competition agreements. The fair value of the acquired identifiable intangible assets and the goodwill in the table above are provisional pending completion of the final valuations for those assets. All of the intangible asset value was assigned to the Company's Energy Management segment.
The separately identifiable intangible assets acquired that do not have an indefinite life are amortized over their estimated economic useful life to reflect the pattern of economic benefits consumed based upon the following lives and methods:
Customer relationships5-8 yearsAccelerated based upon the pattern of economic benefits consumed
Developed technology8 yearsAccelerated based upon the pattern of economic benefits consumed
Non-competition agreements5 yearsStraight-line
Trade name and trademarksN/AIndefinite life

66


The Company used the income approach to value the customer relationships, developed technology and non-competition agreements. This approach calculates the fair value by discounting the forecasted after-tax cash flows for each intangible asset back to a present value at an appropriate risk-adjusted rate of return. The data for these analyses was the cash flow estimates used to price the transaction. Fair value estimates are based on a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and rely heavily on estimates and assumptions.
In estimating the useful lives of the acquired assets, the Company considered ASC 350-30-35, General IntangiblesOther Than Goodwill, and reviewed the following factors: the expected use by the combined company of the assets acquired, the expected useful life of another asset (or group of assets) related to the acquired assets, legal, regulatory or other contractual provisions that may limit the useful life of an acquired asset, the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic factors, and the level of maintenance expenditures required to obtain the expected future cash flows from the assets. The Company will amortize these intangible assets over their estimated economic useful lives.
The goodwill of $4.4 million arising from the Harris acquisition consists largely of the synergies and economies of scale expected from combining operations, and, to a lesser extent, the assembled workforce of Harris. The goodwill was assigned to the Company's US Markets and Engineered Systems segments. None of the acquired goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined results of operations for the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, are based on the historical financial statements of the Company and Harris giving effect to the business combination as if it had occurred at the beginning of the period presented. Therefore, this pro forma data has been adjusted to include amortization of purchased intangible assets and interest on the promissory note delivered as part of the purchase price during the entire applicable periods. Additionally, the tax benefit of $2.3 million recorded during the year ended March 31, 2014 was eliminated and the tax benefit was recorded during the year ended March 31, 2013. This data is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have been generated if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of the respective periods. Moreover, this data is not intended to be indicative of future results of operations (in thousands, other than per share data).
 Acquisition of Harris Pro Forma Results of Operations
 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2013 2014
Revenue$102,198
 $92,868
Net loss available to common shareholders(7,489) (9,111)
Loss per share:   
Basic$(0.36) $(0.43)
Diluted(0.36) (0.43)
The supplemental pro forma results above exclude any benefits that may result from the acquisition due to synergies that are expected to be derived from the elimination of any duplicative costs. In addition, the pro forma results for the year ended March 31, 2014 was adjusted to exclude non-recurring aggregate acquisition-related costs of $0.2 million that were incurred in 2013.
NOTE D — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
During fiscal 2011, 2012 and 2013,, the Company purchased goods and services from an entity in the amountsamount of $48,000, $46,000 and $40,000, respectively,$40,000, for which a director of the Company serves as a member of the board of directors.
During fiscal 2011,2014 and 2015, the Company recorded revenue of $2,623,000 for productspurchased goods and services sold tofrom an entity for which a former director of the Company was formerly the executive chairman. Included in the fiscal 2011 revenue was $2,586,000 in revenue from OTA contracts completed during the fiscal 2011 fourth quarter. Asamount of March 31, 2011, current$20,000 and long-term accounts receivable related to OTA contracts were $0.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively. The related party relationship did not exist as of March 31, 2012 or for fiscal 2013.
During fiscal 2011, the Company recorded revenue of $241,000 for products and services sold to various entities affiliated or associated with an entity$38,000, respectively, for which a director of the Company previously servedserves as a memberminority owner and chairman of the board of directors. The Company is not able to identify the respective amount of revenues attributable to specifically identifiable entities within such group of affiliated or associated entities or the extent to which any such individual entities are related to the entity on whose board of directors the Company’s director served. The related party relationship did not exist during fiscal 2012 or fiscal 2013.
NOTE DE — LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt as of March 31, 20122014 and 20132015 consisted of the following (in thousands): 

67


March 31,March 31,
2012 20132014 2015
Term note$532
 $263
Revolving credit facility$
 $2,500
Harris seller's note2,624
 1,607
Customer equipment finance notes payable6,568
 4,408
2,331
 827
First mortgage note payable776
 694
607
 
Debenture payable765
 721
675
 
Other long-term debt854
 620
364
 120
Total long-term debt9,495
 6,706
6,601
 5,054
Less current maturities(2,791) (2,597)(3,450) (1,832)
Long-term debt, less current maturities$6,704
 $4,109
$3,151
 $3,222
Revolving Credit Agreement
TheOn February 6, 2015, the Company hasentered into a new credit and security agreement (Credit Agreement) with JP Morgan ChaseWells Fargo Bank, N.A. (JP Morgan).National Association. The Credit Agreement provides for a revolving credit facility (Credit Facility) that matures on June 30, 2013. The Company is currently working on a renewal of the Credit Facility.February 6, 2018. Borrowings under the Credit Facility are initially limited to $15.0$15.0 million,, subject to a borrowing base requirement whenbased on eligible receivables and inventory. Such limit may increase to $20.0 million, subject to the outstanding principal balance of loans underborrowing base requirement, after July 31, 2016, if the Company satisfies certain conditions. The Credit Facility is greater than $5.0 million. Such commitment includes a $2.0$2.0 million sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit. As of March 31, 2013,
From and after any increase in the Company had outstanding letters of credit totaling $1.7Credit Facility limit from $15.0 million, primarily for securing collateral requirements under equipment operating leases. There were no loans outstanding under to $20.0 million, the Credit Agreement as of March 31, 2012 or March 31, 2013. In February 2013, the Company completed an amendment to the Credit Agreement making certain changes to the financial covenants, which are described below.
The Credit Agreement, as amended, requireswill require the Company to maintain (i) a ratio of total liabilities to tangible net worth not to exceed 0.50 to 1.00 as of the last dayend of any fiscal quarter,each month a minimum ratio for the trailing twelve-month period of (i) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, subject to certain adjustments, to (ii) average daily unencumbered liquiditythe sum of cash interest expense, certain principal payments on indebtedness and certain dividends, distributions and stock redemptions, equal to at least $20.0 million during each period of three consecutive business days and (iii) EBITDA of at least $1.0 million during each fiscal quarter.1.10 to 1.00. The Credit Agreement also contains other customary covenants, including certain restrictions on the Company’s ability of the Company to make capital or lease expenditures over prescribed limits, incur additional indebtedness, consolidate or merge, enter into acquisitions, guarantee obligations of third parties, make loans or advances, declare or pay any dividend or distribution on itsthe Company’s stock, redeem or repurchase shares of itsthe Company’s stock, or pledge or dispose of assets.
Each subsidiary of the Company is a joint and several co-borrower or guarantor under the Credit Agreement, and the Credit Agreement is secured by a security interest in substantially all of the Company’s and each subsidiary’s personal property (excluding various assets relating to customer OTAs) and a mortgage on certain real property.
Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at the daily three-month LIBOR plus 3.0% per annum, with a minimum interest charge for each year or portion of a year during the term of the Credit Agreement of $130,000, regardless of usage. As of March 31, 2015, the interest rate was 3.26%. The Company must pay an unused line fee of 0.25% per annum of the daily average unused amount of the Credit Facility and a letter of credit fee at the rate of 3.0% per annum on the undrawn amount of letters of credit outstanding from time to time under the Credit Facility.
As of March 31, 2015, the Company had no outstanding letters of credit. Borrowings outstanding as of March 31, 2015, amounted to approximately $2.5 million and are included in non-current liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company estimates that as of March 31, 2015, it was eligible to borrow an additional $4.4 million under the Credit Facility based upon current levels of eligible inventory and accounts receivable.
The Company was in compliance with allits covenants in the Credit Agreement as amended, as of March 31, 2013.2015.
Prior Credit Agreements with JP Morgan
The Company previously had an amended credit agreement (Prior Credit Agreement) with JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (JP Morgan) that provided for a revolving credit facility (Prior Credit Facility). Borrowings under the Prior Credit Facility were limited to $15.0 million, subject to a borrowing base requirement when the outstanding principal balance of loans under the Prior Credit Facility was greater than $5.0 million. In addition, the Company previously had a credit agreement with JP Morgan that provided up to $5.0 million that was immediately available to fund completed customer contracts under its OTA finance program. The Company had one year from the date of the commitment to borrow under the credit agreement, which expired on September 30, 2012 for new borrowings.
On November 6, 2014, the Company received a letter from JP Morgan terminating the bank’s obligations to make any further loans to the Company, and declaring the outstanding loans due and payable, under the revolving Prior Credit Agreement is secured by a first priority security interest inand the OTA credit agreement due to the Company’s accounts receivable, inventory and general intangibles, and a second priority security interest infailure to meet certain financial covenants. As of such date, the Company’s equipment and fixtures. All OTAs, PPAs, leases, supply agreements and/or similar agreements relating to solar PV and wind turbine systems or facilities, as well as all accountsCompany had an

6468


receivableoutstanding OTA credit agreement loan balance of $467,000 and assets ofno amounts outstanding on the Prior Credit Agreement. The Company fully satisfied its outstanding obligations under the OTA credit agreement with existing cash balances.
Harris Seller's Note
On July 1, 2013, the Company related toissued an unsecured and subordinated promissory note in the foregoing, are excluded from these liens, except to the extent the Company elects to finance any such assets with JP Morgan.
Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest based on LIBOR plus an applicable margin (the Applicable Margin), which ranges from 2.0% to 3.0% per annum based on the Company's debt service coverage ratio from time to time. The Company must pay a fee ranging between 0.25% and 0.50% per annum on the average daily unusedprincipal amount of $3.1 million to partially fund the Credit Facility (with the amountacquisition of such fee based on the Company's debt service coverage ratio from time to time) and a feeHarris. The note is included in the amounttable above as Harris seller's note. The note bears interest at the rate of 4% per annum. Principal and interest are payable quarterly and the Applicable Margin on the daily average face amount of undrawn issued letters of credit. The fee on unused amounts is waived if the Company or its affiliates maintain funds on deposit with JP Morgan or its affiliates above a specified amount. The deposit threshold requirement was not met as of March 31, 2013.note matures in July 2016.
Customer Equipment Finance Notes Payable
In December 2014, the Company entered into a secured borrowing agreement with De Lage Landen Financial Services, Inc. in the principal amount of $0.4 million to fund completed customer contracts under its OTA finance program that were previously funded under the OTA credit agreement with JP Morgan, which was terminated in November 2014. This note is included in the table above as customer equipment finance notes payable. The loan amount is secured by the OTA-related equipment and the expected future monthly payments under the supporting 25 individual OTA customer contracts. The borrowing agreement bears interest at a rate of 8.36% and matures in December 2016.
In September 2010, the Company entered into a note agreement with a financial institution that provided the Company with $2.4$2.4 million to fund completed customer contracts under the Company’s OTA finance program. In February 2011, the Company sold a portion of the OTA contracts collateralizing the note to a third party equipment finance company. Accordingly, the Company repaid $1.3$1.3 million of the outstanding note balance and recorded a prepayment penalty of $33,000.$33,000. The note was paid in full in March 2015. This note is included in the table above as customer equipment finance notes payable. The note iswas collateralized by the OTA-related equipment and the expected future monthly payments under the supporting 1412 individual OTA customer contracts. The note bearsbore interest at 7% and matures in September 2015. The note agreement includes certain prepayment penalties and a covenant that the Company maintain at least $5 million in cash liquidity. The Company was in compliance with all covenants in the note agreement as of March 31, 2013.
In March 2011, the Company entered into a note agreement with a financial institution that provided the Company with $0.9$0.9 million to fund completed customer contracts under the Company’s OTA finance program. This note is included in the table above as customer equipment finance notes payable. The note was paid in full in March 2015. The note was collateralized by the OTA-related equipment and the expected future monthly payments under the supporting three individual OTA customer contracts. The note bore interest at 7% and required monthly payments of $20,900.
In June 2011, the Company entered into a note agreement with a financial institution that provided the Company with $2.8 million to fund completed customer contracts under the Company’s OTA finance program. This note is included in the table above as customer equipment finance notes payable. The note is collateralized by the OTA-related equipment and the expected future monthly payments under the supporting three individual OTA customer contracts. The note bears interest at 7% and requires monthly payments of $20,900 through April 2015. The note agreement includes certain prepayment penalties and a covenant that the Company maintain at least $5 million in cash liquidity. The Company was in compliance with all covenants in the note agreement as of March 31, 2013.
In June 2011, the Company entered into a note agreement with a financial institution that provided the Company with $2.8 million to fund completed customer contracts under the Company’s OTA finance program. The note is collateralized by the OTA-related equipment and the expected future monthly payments under the supporting 4140 individual OTA contracts. The note bears interest at 7.85% and matures in April 2016. The note agreement includes a debt service covenant with respect to the supporting OTA contracts that the aggregate amount of all remaining scheduled payments due with respect to the individual OTA contracts be not less than 1.25 to 1.0 of the remaining principal and interest payments due under the loan. As of March 31, 20132015 the Company was in compliance with the debt service covenant.
In September 2011, the Company entered into a credit agreement with JP Morgan that provided the Company with up to $5.0 million that was immediately available to fund completed customer contracts under its OTA finance program. The Company had one year from the date of the commitment to borrow under the credit agreement, which expired on September 30, 2012 for new borrowings. As of March 31, 2013, the Company had $2.2 million outstanding under the credit agreement. There were no new borrowings during fiscal 2013. The loan amount is collateralized by the OTA-related equipment and the expected future monthly payments under the supporting 38 individual OTA customer contracts. The current loan amount under the credit agreement bears interest at LIBOR plus 4% and matures in December 2016. In February 2013, the Company completed an amendment to the credit agreement making certain changes to the financial covenants requiring the Company to maintain (i) average daily unencumbered liquidity of at least $20.0 million during each period of three consecutive business days and (ii) EBITDA of at least $1.0 million during each fiscal quarter. The Company was in compliance with all covenants, as amended, in the credit agreement as of March 31, 2013.
Term Note
The Company’s term note requires principal and interest payments of $25,000 per month payable through February 2014 at an interest rate of 6.9%. Amounts outstanding under the note are secured by a first security interest and first mortgage in certain long-term assets and a secondary interest in inventory and accounts receivable and a secondary general business security agreement on all assets. In addition, the agreement precludes the payment of dividends on the Company's common stock. Amounts outstanding under the note are 75% guaranteed by the United States Department of Agriculture Rural Development Association.
First Mortgage Note Payable
In December 2014, the Company entered into an amendment to its mortgage note payable to extend the maturity date from December 1, 2014 to April 1, 2015 on its remaining principal amount of $0.5 million. The Company’s term note was satisfied in full in February 2015. The Company’s first mortgage note payable hashad an interest rate of prime plus 2.25% (effective rate of 5.50% at March 31, 2013)2015), and requiresrequired monthly payments of principal and interest of $10,000 through December 2014.$10,000. This note is included in the table above as first mortgage note payable. The mortgage iswas secured by a first mortgage on the Company’s manufacturing facility. The mortgage includes certain prepayment penalties and various restrictive covenants, with which the Company was in compliance as of March 31, 2013.

65


Debenture Payable
The Company’s debenture payable was satisfied in full in February 2015. The Company’s debenture payable was issued by Certified Development Company at an effective interest rate of 4.94%. The balance iswas payable in monthly principal and interest payments of $8,000 through December 2024$8,000 and iswas guaranteed by United States Small Business Administration 504 program. This payable is included in the table above as debenture payable. The amount due was collateralized by a second mortgage on the manufacturing facility.
Other Long-Term Debt
In November 2007, the Company completed a Wisconsin Community Development Block Grant with the local city government to provide financing in the amount of $750,000$750,000 for the purpose of acquiring additional production equipment. The loan haswas paid in full in December 2014. This loan is included in the table above as other long-term debt. The loan had an interest rate of 4.9% and iswas collateralized by the related equipment. The loan requiresrequired monthly payments of $11,000$11,000 through December 2014.
In September 2010, the Company entered into a note agreement with the Wisconsin Department of Commerce that provided the Company with $0.3$0.3 million to fund the Company’s rooftop solar project at its Manitowoc manufacturing facility. This note is

69


included in the table above as other long-term debt. The note is collateralized by the related solar equipment. The note allowed for two years without interest accruing or principal payments due. Beginning in July 2012, the note bears interest at 2% and requires monthly payments of $4,600.$4,600. The note matures in June 2017. The note agreement requires the Company to maintain a certain number of jobs at its Manitowoc facilities during the note’s duration. The Company was in compliance with all covenants in the note agreement as of March 31, 2013.2015.
In January 2011, the Company amended its November 2007 Wisconsin Community Development Block Grant with the local city government to provide the Company with $0.2$0.2 million to fund equipment at its Manitowoc facility. The loan was paid in full in December 2014. This loan is included in the table above as other long-term debt. The amendment to the loan agreement iswas collateralized by the related equipment. The loan bearsbore interest at 2.1125% and requiresrequired monthly payments of $3,600$3,600 through December 2014. The amendment to the loan agreement requires the Company to create and maintain a certain number of jobs at its Manitowoc facilities during the note’s duration. The Company was in compliance with all covenants in the loan agreement as of March 31, 2013.
Other long-term debt consistsconsisted of a promissory note from the state government to provide working capital and equipment for the development of daylighting technologies. The loan was paid in full in February 2015. The note iswas secured by the related equipment. The loan bearsbore interest at 2.0% and requiresrequired monthly payments of $3,400 through November 2015.$3,400.
Aggregate Maturities
As of March 31, 2013,2015, aggregate maturities of long-term debt were as follows (in thousands): 
Fiscal 2014$2,597
Fiscal 20152,397
Fiscal 2016923
$1,832
Fiscal 2017255
706
Fiscal 201870
2,516
Fiscal 2019
Thereafter464

$6,706
$5,054
NOTE EF — INCOME TAXES
The total provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following for the fiscal years ending (in thousands): 
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2011 2012 20132013 2014 2015
Current$(48) $520
 $(180)$(180) $19
 $49
Deferred(1,194) (150) 4,253
4,253
 (2,077) 
$(1,242) $370
 $4,073
$4,073
 $(2,058) $49
          
2011 2012 20132013 2014 2015
Federal$(1,294) $292
 $3,803
$3,803
 $(1,830) $
State52
 78
 270
270
 (228) 49
$(1,242) $370
 $4,073
$4,073
 $(2,058) $49

66


A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate and effective income tax rate is as follows: 
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2011 2012 20132013 2014 2015
Statutory federal tax rate(34.0)% 34.0 % 34.0 %34.0 % 34.0 % 34.0 %
State taxes, net1.2 % 9.2 % 2.3 %2.3 % 2.8 % 3.6 %
Stock-based compensation expense(68.0)% 0.0 % 0.0 %
Federal tax credit(26.5)% (11.6)% 3.9 %3.9 % 0.9 % 0.2 %
State tax credit(3.2)% (5.9)% (0.5)%(0.5)% 0.4 % 0.1 %
Change in valuation reserve12.4 % 5.9 % (111.7)%(111.7)% (10.2)% (37.0)%
Permanent items(19.7)% 10.0 %��2.3 %2.3 % (2.9)% (0.1)%
Change in tax contingency reserve0.1 % 0.8 % 3.4 %3.4 % (0.3)%  %
Other, net(0.1)% 0.9 % 1.9 %1.9 % 0.2 % (1.0)%
Effective income tax rate(137.8)% 43.3 % (64.4)%(64.4)% 24.9 % (0.2)%

70


The net deferred tax assets and liabilities reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements include the following components (in thousands): 
March 31,March 31,
2012 20132014 2015
Inventory, accruals and reserves$1,176
 $2,090
$1,445
 $5,297
Other105
 136
139
 159
Deferred revenue268
 338
44
 91
Valuation allowance
 (2,564)(1,628) (5,547)
Total net current deferred tax assets and liabilities$1,549
 $
$
 $
Federal and state operating loss carryforwards1,404
 2,691
6,233
 13,154
Tax credit carryforwards1,412
 1,426
1,498
 1,475
Non-qualified stock options1,870
 2,298
2,541
 2,914
Deferred revenue448
 27
23
 7
Fixed assets(2,097) (1,909)(1,889) (1,698)
Intangible assets(2,125) (1,687)
Valuation allowance(428) (4,533)(6,281) (14,165)
Total net long-term deferred tax assets and liabilities$2,609
 $
$
 $
Total net deferred tax assets$4,158
 $
$
 $
The Company is eligible for tax benefits associated with the excess of the tax deduction available for exercises of non-qualified stock options, or NQSOs, over the amount recorded at grant. The amount of the benefit is based upon the ultimate deduction reflected in the applicable income tax return. Benefits of $(0.1)$0.1 million,, $1.0 million $13,000 and $70,000$0 were recorded in fiscal 2011,2013, fiscal 20122014 and fiscal 2013,2015, respectively, as a reduction in taxes payable and a credit to additional paid in capital based on the amount that was utilized in the current year.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company converted almost all of its existing incentive stock options, or ISOs, to NQSOs. This conversion was applied retrospectively, allowing the Company to benefit $0.6 million of income tax expense related to non-deductible ISO stock compensation expense that was previously deferred for income tax purposes. The conversion reduced the effective tax rate for fiscal 2011 to a benefit rate of 137.8% from a pre-conversion income tax benefit rate of 69.8%.
As of March 31, 2013,2015, the Company has federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $9.9$38.6 million,, of which $3.0$3.8 million are associated with the exercise of NQSOs that have not yet been recognized by the Company in its financial statements. The Company also has state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $10.3$28.9 million,, of which $4.1$4.1 million are associated with the exercise of NQSOs. The Company also has federal tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.4$1.5 million and state tax credits of $0.7 million.$0.8 million. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013,2015, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance of $7.1$19.7 million,, equaling the net deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty of its realization value in the future. For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, the valuation allowance against the Company's net federal and net state deferred tax assets increased $0.8 million and $11.8 million, respectively. The Company considers future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for the

67


valuation allowance. In the event that the Company determines that the deferred tax assets are able to be realized, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would increase income in the period such determination is made.
Generally, a change of more than 50% in the ownership of the Company's stock, by value, over a three year period constitutes an ownership change for federal income tax purposes as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. As a result, the Company's ability to use its net operating loss carryforwards, attributable to the period prior to such ownership change, to offset taxable income can be subject to limitations in a particular year, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability for the Company. The Company does not believe an ownership change affects the use of the full amount of the net operating loss carryforwards. There was no limitation that occurred for fiscal 20122013, fiscal 2014, or fiscal 2013.2015.
The Company records its tax provision based on the respective tax rules and regulations for the jurisdictions in which it operates. Where the Company believes that a tax position is supportable for income tax purposes, the item is included in their income tax returns. Where treatment of a position is uncertain, a liability is recorded based upon the expected most likely outcome taking into consideration the technical merits of the position based on specific tax regulations and facts of each matter. These liabilities may be affected by changing interpretations of laws, rulings by tax authorities, or the expiration of the statute of limitations.
As of December 31, 2011, an examination of the Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns for tax years 2009 to 2011 was complete. The resolution of this examination did not have a material effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
State income tax returns are generally subject to examination for a period of 3 to 5 years after filing of the respective return. The state effect of any federal changes remains subject to examination by various states for a period of up to two years after formal

71


notification to the states. The Company currently has no state income tax return positions in the process of examination, administrative appeals or litigation.
Uncertain tax positions
As of March 31, 2013,2015, the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $0.2$0.2 million,, all of which would reduce the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized. The Company does not expect thisthese amounts to change in the next twelve months as none of the issues are currently under examination, the statutes of limitations do not expire within the period, and the Company is not aware of any pending litigation.
The Company has classified the amounts recorded for uncertain tax benefits in the balance sheet as other liabilities (non-current) to the extent that payment is not anticipated within one year. The Company recognizes penalties and interest related to uncertain tax liabilities in income tax expense. Penalties and interest are immaterial as of the date of adoption and are included in the unrecognized tax benefits. The Company had the following unrecognized tax benefit activity (in thousands):
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2011 2012 20132013 2014 2015
Unrecognized tax benefits as of beginning of fiscal year$398
 $399
 $406
$406
 $188
 $210
Additions based on tax positions related to the current period positions1
 7
 16
16
 22
 2
Reduction for tax positions of prior years
 
 (1)(1) 
 
Reduction due to lapse of statute of limitations
 
 (233)(233) 
 
Unrecognized tax benefits as of end of fiscal year$399
 $406
 $188
$188
 $210
 $212
NOTE FG —COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Operating Leases
The Company leases vehicles and equipment under operating leases expiring at various dates through 2021. Rent expense under operating leases was $1,810,000, $2,111,000$1,613,000, $1,238,000 and $1,613,000$398,000 for fiscal 2011, 20122013, 2014 and 2013,2015, respectively. Total annual commitments under non-cancelable operating leases with terms in excess of one year at March 31, 20132015 are as follows (in thousands):

68


Fiscal 2014$948
Fiscal 2015927
Fiscal 2016898
$265
Fiscal 2017789
159
Fiscal 2018778
96
Thereafter1,945

$6,285
$520
Purchase Commitments
The Company enters into non-cancellable purchase commitments for certain inventory items in order to secure better pricing and ensure materials on hand and capital expenditures. As of March 31, 2013,2015, the Company had entered into $10.1$4.3 million of purchase commitments related to fiscal 20142016 for inventory purchases.
Retirement Savings Plan
The Company sponsors a tax deferred retirement savings plan that permits eligible employees to contribute varying percentages of their compensation up to the limit allowed by the Internal Revenue Service. This plan also provides for discretionary Company contributions. In fiscal 2011, 20122013, 2014 and 2013,2015, the Company made matching contributions of approximately $7,000, $15,000$8,000, $26,000 and $8,000,$23,000, respectively.
Litigation
The Company is subject to various claims and legal proceedings. Theproceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. As of the date hereof, the Company is unable to currently assess whether the final resolution of any of such claims or legal proceedings may have a material adverse affecteffect on the Company.
In August 2012,addition to ordinary-course litigation, the Company receivedis a subpoena issuedparty to the proceedings described below.
On March 27, 2014, the Company was named as a defendant in a civil lawsuit filed by Neal R. Verfuerth, the Company's former chief executive officer who was terminated for cause in November 2012, in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin (Green Bay Division). The plaintiff alleges, among other things, that the Company breached certain agreements entered into with the plaintiff, including the plaintiff’s employment agreement, and violated certain laws. The complaint seeks,

72


among other relief, unspecified pecuniary and compensatory damages, fees and such other relief as the court may deem just and proper. On November 4, 2014, the court granted the Company's motion to dismiss six of the plaintiff's claims. On January 9, 2015, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint re-alleging claims that were dismissed by the staffcourt, including, among other things, a retaliation claim and certain claims with respect to prior management agreements and certain intellectual property rights. On January 22, 2015, the Company filed a motion to dismiss and a motion to strike certain of the Securitiesclaims made in the amended complaint. On May 18, 2015, the court dismissed the intellectual property claims re-alleged in the January 9, 2015 amended complaint. The Company believes that it has substantial legal and Exchangefactual defenses to the claims and allegations remaining in the case and that the Company will prevail in this proceeding. The Company intends to continue to defend against the claims vigorously. Based upon the current status of the lawsuit, the Company is currently unable to estimate any potential adverse impact on the Company from the plaintiff's claims and the Company does not believe the lawsuit will have a material adverse impact on its future continuing results of operations.
On May 29, 2014, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or SEC, requesting(EEOC) filed a claim against the Company alleging certain documents and information generally relatedviolations of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) with regard to an employee. In addition, on August 20, 2014, the EEOC filed a claim against the Company alleging certain violations of the ADA with respect to the Company's financial reporting of its sales of solar photovoltaic systems, among other matters.wellness program. The Company continues to cooperatedoes not believe these claims will have a material adverse impact on its future results of operations.
State Tax Assessment
The Company is currently negotiating a settlement with the SECWisconsin Department of Revenue with respect to an assessment regarding the proper classification of the Company’s products for tax purposes under Wisconsin law. The issue under review is whether the installation of the Company’s lighting systems is considered a real property construction activity under Wisconsin law. The Company currently expects to resolve this non-public, fact-finding inquiry. The SEC has informedmatter with the Company that this inquiry should not be construed as an indication that any violationsWisconsin Department of law have occurred or that the SEC has any negative opinion of any person, entity or security.Revenue in fiscal 2016.
NOTE GH —SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Common Stock Transactions
On February 20, 2015, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of 5.46 million shares of its common stock, at an offering price to public of $3.50 per share. Net proceeds of the offering approximated $17.5 million.
Share Repurchase Program and Treasury Stock
In October 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program authorizing the Company to repurchase in aggregate up to a maximum of $1.0$1.0 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. In November 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an increase to the share repurchase program authorizing the Company to repurchase in aggregate up to a maximum of $2.5$2.5 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. In April 2012, the Company's Board approved another increase to the share repurchase program authorizing the Company to repurchase in aggregate up to a maximum of $7.5$7.5 million of the Company's outstanding common stock. As of March 31, 2013,2015, the Company had repurchased 3,002,2003.0 million shares of common stock at a cost of $6,742,000$6.8 million under the program. The Company did not repurchase any shares in fiscal 2014 or fiscal 2015 and does not intend to repurchase any additional common stock under this program in the near-term.
Shareholder Rights Plan
On January 7, 2009, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a shareholder rights plan and declared a dividend distribution of one common share purchase right (a “Right”)(Right) for each outstanding share of the Company’s common stock. The issuance date for the distribution of the Rights was February 15, 2009 to shareholders of record on February 1, 2009. Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one share of the Company’s common stock at a price of $30.00$30.00 per share, subject to adjustment (the “Purchase Price”)(Purchase Price).
The Rights will not be exercisable (and will be transferable only with the Company’s common stock) until a “Distribution Date” occurs (or the Rights are earlier redeemed or expire). A Distribution Date generally will occur on the earlier of a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons (an “Acquiring Person”)(Acquiring Person) has acquired beneficial ownership of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding common stock (a “Shares(Shares Acquisition Date”)Date) or 10 business days after the commencement of, or the announcement of an intention to make, a tender offer or exchange offer that would result in any such person or group of persons acquiring such beneficial ownership.
If a person becomes an Acquiring Person, holders of Rights (except as otherwise provided in the shareholder rights plan) will have the right to receive that number of shares of the Company’s common stock having a market value of two times the then-current Purchase Price, and all Rights beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person, or by certain related parties or transferees, will

69


be null and void. If, after a Shares Acquisition Date, the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction or 50% or more of its consolidated assets or earning power are sold, proper provision will be made so that each holder of a Right (except as otherwise provided in the shareholder rights plan) will thereafter have the right to receive that number of shares of the acquiring company’s common stock which at the time of such transaction will have a market value of two times the then-current Purchase Price.

73


Until a Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no rights as a shareholder of the Company. At any time prior to a person becoming an Acquiring Person, the Board of Directors of the Company may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of $0.001$0.001 per Right. Unless they are extended or earlier redeemed or exchanged, the Rights will expire on January 7, 2019.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In August 2010, the Company’s board of directors approved a non-compensatory employee stock purchase plan, or ESPP. The ESPP authorizes 2,500,000 million shares to be issued from treasury or authorized shares to satisfy employee share purchases under the ESPP. All full-time employees of the Company are eligible to be granted a non-transferable purchase right each calendar quarter to purchase directly from the Company up to $20,000$20,000 of the Company’s common stock at a purchase price equal to 100% of the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock on the NYSE MKT exchange on the last trading day of each quarter. The ESPP allows for employee loans from the Company, except for Section 16 officers, limited to 20% of an individual’s annual income and no more than $250,000$250,000 outstanding at any one time. Interest on the loans is charged at the 10-year10-year loan IRS rate and is payable at the end of each calendar year or upon loan maturity. The loans are secured by a pledge of any and all the Company’s shares purchased by the participant under the ESPP and the Company has full recourse against the employee, including offset against compensation payable. As of March 31, 2013, the Company had halted the loan program. The Company had the following shares issued from treasury during fiscal 20122014 and fiscal 2013:2015: 
 As of March 31, 2012
 Shares Issued Under ESPP
Plan
 Closing Market
Price
 Shares Issued Under Loan
Program
 Dollar Value of
Loans Issued
 Repayment of
Loans
Quarter Ended June 30, 20119,788
 $3.93 8,601
 $33,800
 $1,650
Quarter Ended September 30, 201116,753
 $2.65 11,265
 29,850
 11,101
Quarter Ended December 31, 20113,756
 $2.95 2,543
 7,500
 34,650
Quarter Ended March 31, 20126,737
 $2.38 5,084
 12,100
 8,790
Total37,034
 $2.38 - 3.93 27,493
 $83,250
 $56,191
          
 As of March 31, 2013
 Shares Issued Under ESPP
Plan
 Closing Market
Price
 Shares Issued Under Loan
Program
 Dollar Value of
Loans Issued
 Repayment of
Loans
Quarter Ended June 30, 20129,232
 $2.20 7,955
 $17,500
 $1,600
Quarter Ended September 30, 201227,467
 $1.98 25,606
 50,700
 4,060
Quarter Ended December 31, 20129,846
 $1.66 8,434
 14,000
 1,075
Quarter Ended March 31, 20131,053
 $2.48 
 
 30,830
Total47,598
 $1.66 - 2.48 41,995
 $82,200
 $37,565
 As of March 31, 2014
 Shares Issued Under ESPP
Plan
 Closing Market
Price
 Shares Issued Under Loan
Program
 Dollar Value of
Loans Issued
 Repayment of
Loans
Quarter Ended June 30, 2013990
 $2.48 
 $
 $823
Quarter Ended September 30, 2013702
 $3.76 
 
 118,309
Quarter Ended December 31, 2013319
 $6.80 
 
 94,300
Quarter Ended March 31, 2014362
 $7.25 
 
 1,677
Total2,373
 $2.48 - 7.25 
 $
 $215,109
          
 As of March 31, 2015
 Shares Issued Under ESPP
Plan
 Closing Market
Price
 Shares Issued Under Loan
Program
 Dollar Value of
Loans Issued
 Repayment of
Loans
Quarter Ended June 30, 2014383
 $4.07 
 $
 $9,600
Quarter Ended September 30, 2014322
 $5.35 
 
 1,000
Quarter Ended December 31, 2014289
 $5.41 
 
 
Quarter Ended March 31, 2015492
 $3.14 
 
 35,400
Total1,486
 $3.14 - 5.41 
 $
 $46,000
Loans issued to employees are reflected on the Company’s balance sheet as a contra-equity account.
NOTE HI — STOCK OPTIONS, RESTRICTED SHARES AND WARRANTS
The Company grants stock options and restricted stock under its 2003 Stock Option and 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plans (the "Plans”)(Plans). Under the terms of the Plans, the Company has reserved 13,500,000 shares for issuance to key employees, consultants and directors. The options generally vest and become exercisable ratably between one month and five years although longer and shorter vesting periods have been used in certain circumstances. Exercisability of the options granted to employees are generally contingent on the employees’ continued employment and non-vested options are subject to forfeiture if employment terminates for any reason. Options under the Plans have a maximum life of 10 years. In the past, the Company has granted both ISOs and NQSOs, although in July 2008, the Company adopted a policy of thereafter only granting NQSOs. In fiscal 2011, the Company converted all of its existing ISO awards to NQSO awards. No consideration was given to the employees for their voluntary conversion of ISO awards. Certain non-employee directors have elected to receive stock awards in lieu of cash compensation pursuant to elections made under the Company’s non-employee director compensation program. The Plans also provide to certain employees accelerated vesting in the event of certain changes of control of the Company as well as under other special circumstances.

70


In fiscal 2011, the Company converted all of its existing ISO awards to NQSO awards. No consideration was given to the employees for their voluntary conversion of ISO awards.
The Company granted accelerated vesting stock options in May 2011 under its 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan to provide an opportunity for its employees to earn long-term equity incentive awards based on the Company’s financial performance for fiscal 2012. An aggregate of 459,041 stock options were granted on the third business day following the Company’s public release of its fiscal 2011 results at an exercise price per share of $4.19, which was the closing sale price of the Company’s Common Stock on that date. The stock options only vested, however, if the optionee remained employed and the Company was successful in achieving at least 100% of the target levels for each of the Company’s three financial metric targets for fiscal 2012, and if the Company’s stock price equaled or exceeded $5.00 per share for at least 20 trading days during any 90-day period during the options’ ten-year term. As of March 31, 2012, the Company did not achieve 100% of all three of the financial metric targets and the options were subsequently cancelled.
In June 2012, the Company's compensation committee approved the issuance of restricted shares under the Plans to key employees to provide an opportunity for such employees to earn long-term equity incentive awards. In May 2013, the compensation
committee of the Board of Directors changed the Company's long-term equity incentive grant policy so that only restricted shares are issued to all employees under the Plans. The restricted shares are settled in Company stock when the restriction period ends. Compensation cost for restricted shares granted to employees is recognized ratably over the vesting term, which is between three to five years. Settlement of the shares is contingent on the employees’ continued employment and non-vested shares are subject to forfeiture if employment terminates for any reason. AnIn fiscal 2014, an aggregate of 138,750 of526,663 restricted shares were granted on June 18, 2012 valued at a price per share of $2.00,between $2.41 and $6.97, which was the closing market price as of theeach grant date. Additionally, 25,000In fiscal 2015, an aggregate of 410,496 restricted shares were granted on September 27, 2012 valued at a price per share of $1.80,between $4.16 and $7.23, which was the closing market price as of theeach grant date.
In fiscal 2011,2013, the Company granted 15,47530,422 shares from the 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan to certain non-employee directors who elected to receive stock awards in lieu of cash compensation. The shares were valued ranging from $2.86$1.62 to $3.93$2.57 per share, the closing market price as of the issuance dates. In fiscal 2012,2014, the Company granted 29,30833,641 shares from the 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan to certain non-employee directors who elected to receive stock awards in lieu of cash compensation. The shares were valued ranging from $2.43$2.41 to $4.19$5.73 per share, the closing market price as of the issuance dates. In fiscal 2013,2015, the Company granted 30,42227,931 shares from the 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan to certain non-employee directors who elected to receive stock awards in lieu of cash compensation. The shares were valued ranging from $1.62$4.20 to $2.57$5.23 per share, the closing market price as of the issuance dates. Additionally, during fiscal 2013,, the Company issued 3,000 shares to a consultant as part of a consulting compensation agreement. The shares were valued at $2.03$2.03 per share, the closing market price as of the issuance date.
In fiscal 2014, the Company recorded $0.2 million of stock-based compensation related to the deferred consideration for employee Harris Shareholders resulting from the Harris acquisition. The following amounts of stock-based compensation were recorded (in thousands): 
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
2011 2012 20132013 2014 2015
Cost of product revenue$187
 $189
 $114
$114
 $70
 $50
General and administrative560
 548
 578
578
 1,025
 1,056
Sales and marketing523
 501
 451
451
 485
 360
Research and development31
 29
 21
21
 13
 33
$1,301
 $1,267
 $1,164
$1,164
 $1,593
 $1,499
The number of shares available for grant under the plans were as follows:

71


Available at March 31, 2010569,690
Amendment to Plan1,500,000
Granted stock options(744,077)
Granted shares(15,475)
Forfeited267,538
Available at March 31, 20111,577,676
Granted stock options(1,481,356)
Granted shares(29,308)
Forfeited1,339,078
Available at March 31, 20121,406,090
Granted stock options(1,054,876)
Granted shares(33,422)
Restricted sharesShares(163,750)
Forfeited restricted shares58,750
Forfeited stock options1,419,986
Available at March 31, 20131,632,778
Granted stock options(305,544)
Granted shares(33,641)
Restricted Shares(526,663)
Forfeited restricted shares69,375
Forfeited stock options455,691
Available at March 31, 20141,291,996
Granted stock options
Granted shares(27,931)
Restricted shares(410,496)
Forfeited restricted shares74,957
Forfeited stock options150,074
Available at March 31, 20151,078,600

74


The following table summarizes information with respect to outstanding stock options: 
Number of
Shares
 Weighted
Average Exercise
Price
 Weighted
Average Fair
Value of
Options
Granted
 Aggregate Intrinsic
Value
Number of
Shares
 Weighted
Average Exercise
Price
 Weighted
Average Fair
Value of
Options
Granted
 Aggregate Intrinsic
Value
Outstanding at March 31, 20103,546,249
 $3.66
 2.23  
Granted744,077
 $3.57
  
Exercised(364,020) $1.30
  
Forfeited(267,538) $4.33
  
Outstanding at March 31, 20113,658,768
 $3.83
 2.04  
Granted1,481,356
 $3.56
  
Exercised(103,413) $1.45
  
Forfeited(1,339,078) $4.18
  
Outstanding at March 31, 20123,697,633
 $3.76
 1.95  3,697,633
 $3.76
 1.95
  
Granted1,054,876
 $1.98
  1,054,876
 $1.98
    
Exercised(20,000) $2.25
  (20,000) $2.25
    
Forfeited(1,419,986) $3.26
  (1,419,986) $3.26
    
Outstanding at March 31, 20133,312,523
 $3.42
 1.23 $580,689
3,312,523
 $3.42
 1.23
  
Exercisable at March 31, 20131,564,718
   $141,635
Granted305,544
 $1.98
    
Exercised(446,059) $2.25
    
Forfeited(455,691) $3.26
    
Outstanding at March 31, 20142,716,317
 $3.43
 1.32
  
Granted
 $
    
Exercised(139,407) $2.46
    
Forfeited(150,074) $3.13
    
Outstanding at March 31, 20152,426,836
 $3.50
 
 $1,231,344
Exercisable at March 31, 20151,844,994
     $740,802
The following table summarizes the range of exercise prices on outstanding stock options at March 31, 2013:2015: 

72


 March 31, 2013
 Outstanding Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years) Weighted Average Exercise Price Vested Weighted Average Exercise Price
$0.7510,000
 2.00 $0.75 10,000
 $0.75
1.5020,500
 0.83 1.50 20,500
 1.50
1.62 - 2.251,210,876
 7.05 2.04 378,500
 2.21
2.41 - 2.75426,767
 7.57 2.53 148,167
 2.52
2.86 - 4.32989,349
 6.88 3.45 471,300
 3.45
4.49 - 4.76220,974
 2.63 4.58 195,174
 4.55
5.34 - 6.05248,706
 6.26 5.46 169,226
 5.46
9.0043,000
 4.87 9.00 43,000
 9.00
10.14 - 11.61142,351
 5.05 10.99 128,851
 10.93
 3,312,523
 6.54 $3.42 1,564,718
 $4.14
 March 31, 2015
 Outstanding Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years) Weighted Average Exercise Price Vested Weighted Average Exercise Price
$1.62 - 2.25781,276
 5.88 $1.99 456,551
 $2.01
$2.41 - 2.75436,144
 7.18 2.47 285,432
 2.46
$2.86 - 4.28773,459
 4.98 3.43 667,054
 3.46
$4.49 - 4.7644,400
 2.19 4.63 44,400
 4.63
$5.35 - 6.05218,706
 3.99 5.46 218,706
 5.46
$9.0043,000
 2.61 9.00 43,000
 9.00
$10.14 - 11.61129,851
 3.05 10.99 129,851
 10.99
 2,426,836
 5.38 $3.50 1,844,994
 $3.87
The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, which is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying stock options and the fair value of the Company’s closing common stock price of $2.48$3.14 as of March 29, 2013.31, 2015.
Unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested common stock-based compensation as of March 31, 20132015 is as follows (in thousands): 
Fiscal 2014$977
Fiscal 2015728
Fiscal 2016547
$1,277
Fiscal 2017348
902
Fiscal 2018179
487
Fiscal 2019201
Fiscal 202022
Thereafter5

$2,784
$2,889
Remaining weighted average expected term6.5 years
3.5 years

75


During fiscal 2013,2015, the Company granted restricted shares to key employees as follows (which are included in the above stock plan activity tables):
Balance at March 31, 2014539,204
Shares issued163,750
410,496
Shares vested(170,055)
Shares forfeited(58,750)(74,957)
Shares outstanding105,000
Shares outstanding at March 31, 2015704,688
Per share price on grant date$1.80-2.00
$4.16-7.23
Compensation expense$32,771
$1,034,945
As of March 31, 2013,2015, the amount of deferred stock-based compensation related to grantsweighted average grant-date fair value of restricted shares to be recognized over a remaining period of 4.25 years,granted was approximately $0.2 million.$4.63.
The Company haspreviously issued warrants to placement agents in connection with various stock offerings and services rendered. The warrants grantgranted the holder the option to purchase common stock at specified prices for a specified period of time. ThereNo warrants were no warrants issued in fiscal 2011, 20122013, 2014 or 2013.2015. During fiscal 2015, all warrants outstanding for a total of 38,980 shares were exercised at $2.25 per share, and as a result, none remaining outstanding.
Outstanding warrants are comprised of the following:

73


 Number of
Shares
 Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Outstanding at March 31, 201076,240
 $2.37
Issued
 
Exercised(22,060) $2.50
Cancelled(15,200) $2.50
Outstanding at March 31, 201138,980
 $2.25
Issued
 
Exercised
 
Cancelled
 
Outstanding at March 31, 201238,980
 $2.25
Issued
 
Exercised
 
Cancelled
 
Outstanding at March 31, 201338,980
 $2.25
A summary of outstanding warrantswarrant activity is as of March 31, 2013follows:
Exercise PriceNumber of Shares Expiration
$2.2538,980 Fiscal 2015
 Number of
Shares
 Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Outstanding at March 31, 201238,980
 $2.25
Issued
 
Exercised
 $
Cancelled
 $
Outstanding at March 31, 201338,980
 $2.25
Issued
 
Exercised
 
Cancelled
 
Outstanding at March 31, 201438,980
 $2.25
Issued
 
Exercised(38,980) 2.25
Cancelled
 
Outstanding at March 31, 2015
 $

NOTE I —J— SEGMENT DATA
Beginning in fiscal 2015, the Company reorganized its business into the following business segments: U.S. markets, Orion engineered systems and Orion distribution services. The accounting policies are the same for each business segment as they are on a consolidated basis. Historically, sales of all of the Company's lighting products and the related costs were included in its energy management division.
The descriptions of the Company’s segments and their summary financial information are presented below.
Energy ManagementU.S. Markets
The Energy Management division develops, manufactures, integrates andU.S. Markets Division sells commercial HIF and other lighting systems and energy management systems.solutions into the wholesale markets.
Engineered Systems
The Engineered Systems divisionDivision sells lighting products and integrates alternative renewable energy systems, such asconstruction and engineering services direct to end users. The Engineered Systems Division also completes the construction management services related to existing contracted solar PV projects.
Distribution Services

76


The Distribution Services Division sells lighting products internationally and wind systems.is developing a network of broad line distributors.
Corporate and Other
Corporate and Other is comprised of operating expenses not directly allocated to the Company’s segments and adjustments to reconcile to consolidated results, which primarily include intercompany eliminations. 

74


Revenues Operating (Loss) ProfitRevenues Operating (Loss) Profit
For the year ended March 31, For the year ended March 31,For the year ended March 31, For the year ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)2011 2012 2013 2011 2012 20132013 2014 2015 2013 2014 2015
Segments:                      
Energy Management$77,861
 $72,097
 $67,437
 $6,460
 $4,974
 $245
U.S. Markets$30,262
 $38,766
 $37,778
 $110
 $(1,012) $(12,542)
Engineered Systems4,176
 28,465
 18,649
 (1,507) 569
 671
55,824
 49,857
 33,454
 806
 1,260
 (12,431)
Distribution Services
 
 978
 
   (455)
Corporate and Other
 
 
 (5,007) (5,021) (7,520)
 
 
 (7,520) (8,591) (6,508)
$82,037
 $100,562
 $86,086
 $(54) $522
 $(6,604)$86,086
 $88,623
 $72,210
 $(6,604) $(8,343) $(31,936)
                      
Depreciation Capital ExpendituresDepreciation and Amortization Capital Expenditures
For the year ended March 31, For the year ended March 31,For the year ended March 31, For the year ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)2011 2012 2013 2011 2012 20132013 2014 2015 2013 2014 2015
Segments:                      
Energy Management$997
 $1,448
 $1,519
 $699
 $1,179
 $993
U.S. Markets$1,774
 $2,667
 $1,711
 $993
 $276
 $626
Engineered Systems175
 287
 249
 2,373
 34
 50
249
 302
 1,404
 50
 
 495
Distribution Services
 
 32
 
 
 40
Corporate and Other1,539
 2,246
 2,554
 1,882
 3,114
 1,116
2,554
 1,569
 1,036
 1,116
 134
 845
$2,711
 $3,981
 $4,322
 $4,954
 $4,327
 $2,159
$4,577
 $4,538
 $4,183
 $2,159
 $410
 $2,006
Total Assets Deferred RevenueTotal Assets Deferred Revenue
(dollars in thousands)March 31, 2012 March 31, 2013 March 31, 2012 March 31, 2013March 31, 2014 March 31, 2015 March 31, 2014 March 31, 2015
Segments:              
Energy Management$61,873
 $58,627
 $734
 $564
U.S. Markets$36,340
 $27,769
 $244
 $157
Engineered Systems13,424
 9,339
 4,928
 3,640
28,309
 27,435
 1,686
 1,363
Distribution Services
 261
 
 
Corporate and Other50,353
 34,131
 
 
34,291
 32,340
 
 
$125,650
 $102,097
 $5,662
 $4,204
$98,940
 $87,805
 $1,930
 $1,520
The Company’s revenue and long-lived assets outside the United States are insignificant.

NOTE JK — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On May 22, 2013,June 3, 2015, the Company executed aprovided written notice to The New York Stock and Unit Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") with Harris Manufacturing, Inc. and Harris LED, LLC. (collectively,"Harris"). UnderExchange that the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Company will purchase all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Harris. The initial purchase price for the transaction is $10.0 million, subject to potential closing date adjustments for net working capital, funded debt and certain other items, and subject to up to an additional $1.0 million payable in shares of the Company's common stock upon Harris achieving certain revenue milestones in calendar year 2013 and/or 2014. Upon closing, the Company will pay a $5.0 million cash payment, subject to adjustments as previously noted, issue an unsecured subordinated three-year promissory note in the principal amount of $3.0 million bearing interest at the rate of 4% and issue $2.0 million in value of common stock of the Company. The Purchase Agreement contains customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities. Consummation of the Purchase Agreement is subject to various conditions, including receipt of material third party consents and approvals and other customary closing conditions. The Purchase Agreement contains termination rights, including a right for either party to terminate the Purchase Agreement if the closing shall not have occurred on or before August 15, 2013, subject to certain conditions. The Company expects to closevoluntarily cease trading on the transaction duringNYSE MKT and intends to transfer its fiscal 2014 second quarter.listing to the NASDAQ Capital Market to commence trading on June 15, 2015.


77


NOTE KL — QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
Summary quarterly results for the years ended March 31, 20122014 and March 31, 20132015 are as follows: 

75


Three Months Ended  Three Months Ended  
Jun 30, 2011 Sep 30, 2011 Dec 31, 2011 Mar 31, 2012 TotalJun 30, 2013 Sep 30, 2013 Dec 31, 2013 Mar 31, 2014 Total
(in thousands, except per share amounts)(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Total revenue$18,221
 $33,475
 $27,406
 $21,460
 $100,562
$20,852
 $27,495
 $27,692
 $12,584
 $88,623
Gross profit$6,007
 $9,381
 $7,514
 $7,136
 $30,038
$5,723
 $7,829
 $8,150
 $1,278
 $22,980
Net income (loss)$(792) $1,358
 $74
 $(157) $483
$(781) $2,403
 $1,018
 $(8,839) $(6,199)
Basic net income per share$(0.03) $0.06
 $0.00
 $(0.01) $0.02
$(0.04) $0.11
 $0.05
 $(0.41) $(0.30)
Shares used in basic per share calculation22,921
 22,990
 22,996
 22,904
 22,953
20,174
 21,090
 21,220
 21,469
 20,988
Diluted net income per share$(0.03) $0.06
 $0.00
 $(0.01) $0.02
$(0.04) $0.11
 $0.05
 $(0.41) $(0.30)
Shares used in diluted per share calculation22,921
 23,370
 23,255
 22,904
 23,387
20,174
 21,542
 22,329
 21,469
 20,988
Three Months Ended  Three Months Ended  
Jun 30, 2012 Sep 30, 2012 Dec 31, 2012 Mar 31, 2013 TotalJun 30, 2014 Sep 30, 2014 Dec 31, 2014 Mar 31, 2015 Total
(in thousands, except per share amounts)(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Total revenue$15,310
 $19,408
 $29,087
 $22,281
 $86,086
$13,313
 $13,393
 $26,138
 $19,366
 $72,210
Gross profit$4,373
 $5,805
 $8,581
 $7,971
 $26,730
$2,612
 $(10,555) $3,824
 $2,982
 $(1,137)
Net income (loss)$(1,940) $(9,659) $651
 $549
 $(10,399)$(4,359) $(18,346) $(4,663) $(4,693) $(32,061)
Basic net income per share$(0.09) $(0.46) $0.03
 $0.03
 $(0.50)$(0.20) $(0.84) $(0.21) $(0.19) $(1.43)
Shares used in basic per share calculation22,561
 21,076
 20,192
 20,157
 20,997
21,669
 21,820
 21,883
 24,071
 22,353
Diluted net income per share$(0.09) $(0.46) $0.03
 $0.03
 $(0.50)$(0.20) $(0.84) $(0.21) $(0.19) $(1.43)
Shares used in diluted per share calculation22,561
 21,076
 20,245
 20,308
 20,997
21,669
 21,820
 21,883
 24,071
 22,353
The four quarters for net earnings per share may not add to the total year because of differences in the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the quarters and the year.
ITEM 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None. 

7678


ITEM 9A.CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Our management evaluated, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2013,2015, pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15 and 15d-15. Based upon such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer along with our Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of March 31, 2013.2015.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and includes those policies and procedures that:
• pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;
• provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorization of our management and directors: and
• provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.
Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2013.2015. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in 2013 by the Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria).
Based on this assessment using the COSO criteria, management believes that, as of March 31, 2013,2015, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.
BDO USA, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm has audited our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011, 20122013, 2014 and 2013,2015, and our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2013.2015. Their reports appear in Item 8 under the heading “Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended March 31, 2013,2015, that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B.OTHER INFORMATION
None.
PART III
 

79


ITEM 10.DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

77


The information required by this item with respect to directors, executive officers and corporate governance is incorporated by reference to the Company's Proxy Statement for its 20132015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.2015.
Code of Conduct
We have adopted a Code of Conduct that applies to all of our directors, employees and officers, including our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer, our controller and persons performing similar functions. Our Code of Conduct is available on our web site at www.oesx.com. Future material amendments or waivers relating to the Code of Conduct will be disclosed on our web site referenced in this paragraph within four business days following the date of such amendment or waiver.


ITEM 11.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Company's Proxy Statement for its 20132015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.2015.
ITEM 12.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Company's Proxy Statement for its 20132015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.2015.
ITEM 13.         CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Company's Proxy Statement for its 20132015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.2015.
ITEM 14.         PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Company's Proxy Statement for its 20132015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.2015.
PART IV
ITEM 15.         EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)Financial Statements
Our financial statements are set forth in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
(b)Financial Statement Schedule
  
SCHEDULE II
VALUATION and QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
  
Balance at
beginning of
period
 
Provisions
charged to
expense
 
Write offs
and other
 
Balance at
end of
period
March 31, (in Thousands)
2011Allowance for Doubtful Accounts$382
 $507
 $132
 $757
2012Allowance for Doubtful Accounts757
 566
 376
 947
2013Allowance for Doubtful Accounts947
 757
 804
 900
2011Inventory Obsolescence Reserve$756
 $584
 $2
 $1,338
2012Inventory Obsolescence Reserve1,338
 167
 5
 1,500
2013Inventory Obsolescence Reserve1,500
 859
 58
 2,301
  
SCHEDULE II
VALUATION and QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
  
Balance at
beginning of
period
 
Provisions
charged to
expense
 
Write offs
and other
 
Balance at
end of
period
March 31, (in Thousands)
2013Allowance for Doubtful Accounts947
 757
 804
 900
2014Allowance for Doubtful Accounts$900
 $174
 $690
 $384
2015Allowance for Doubtful Accounts$384
 $285
 $211
 $458
         
2013Inventory Obsolescence Reserve1,500
 859
 58
 2,301
2014Inventory Obsolescence Reserve$2,301
 $1,995
 $1,769
 $2,527
2015Inventory Obsolescence Reserve$2,527
 $10,505
 $11,414
 $1,618




7880



EXHIBIT INDEX 
Number Exhibit Title
  
2.1
Stock and Unit Purchase Agreement dated May 22, 2013 between Orion Energy Systems, Inc., Harris Manufacturing, Inc., Harris LED, LLC, and their respective shareholders and members filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2013, is hereby incorporated by reference.
2.1(a)
Letter Agreement with respect to Stock and Unit Purchase Agreement dated May 22, 2013 between Orion Energy Systems, Inc., Harris Manufacturing, Inc., Harris LED, LLC their respective shareholders and members filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed on November 8, 2013, is hereby incorporated by reference.
2.1(b)
Letter Agreement with shareholders of Harris Manufacturing Inc. and Harris LED, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 10-Q filed February 9, 2015, is hereby incorporated by reference.
3.1
 Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Orion Energy Systems, Inc., filed as Exhibit 3.3 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007, (File No. 333-145569), is hereby incorporated by reference.
  
3.2
 Amended and Restated Bylaws of Orion Energy Systems, Inc., filed as Exhibit 3.53.2 to the Registrant’s Form S-110-Q filed August 20, 2007 (File No. 333-145569),November 8, 2013, is hereby incorporated by reference.
  
4.1
 Rights Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2009, between Orion Energy Systems, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., which includes as Exhibit A thereto the Form of Right Certificate and as Exhibit B thereto the Summary of Common Share Purchase Rights, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-A filed January 8, 2009, (File No. 001-33887), is hereby incorporated by reference.
  
10.1
Credit Agreement, dated June 30, 2010, by and among Orion Energy Systems, Inc., Orion Asset Management LLC, Clean Energy Solutions, LLC and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 2, 2010 (File No. 001-33887), is hereby incorporated by reference.
10.1(a)
First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated September 30, 2011 by and among Orion Energy Systems, Inc., Orion Asset Management LLC, Clean Energy Solutions, LLC and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 5, 2011 (File No. 001-33887), is hereby incorporated by reference.
10.1(b)
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated June 25, 2012, by and among Orion Energy Systems, Inc., Orion Asset Management, LLC, Clean Energy Solutions, LLC, Great Lakes Energy Technologies, LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 26, 2012 (File No. 001-33887), is hereby incorporated by reference.

10.1(c)
Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated February 5, 2013, by and among Orion Energy Systems, Inc., Orion Asset Management, LLC, Clean Energy Solutions, LLC, Great Lakes Energy Technologies, LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 10-Q filed February 8, 2013 (File No. 001-33887), is hereby incorporated by reference.
10.2
Credit Agreement, dated September 30, 2011, by and among Orion Energy Systems, Inc., Orion Asset Management LLC, Clean Energy Solutions, LLC and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 5, 2011 (File No. 001-33887), is hereby incorporated by reference.
10.2(a)
First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated February 5, 2013, by and among Orion Asset Management, LLC, Orion Energy Systems, Inc., Clean Energy Solutions, LLC, Great Lakes Energy Technologies, LLC and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 10-Q filed February 8, 2013 (File No. 001-33887), is hereby incorporated by reference.
10.3
 Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan, as amended, filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007, (File No. 333-145569), is hereby incorporated by reference.*
  
10.410.3
 Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007, (File No. 333-145569), is hereby incorporated by reference.*
  
10.510.4
 Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007, (File No. 333-145569), is hereby incorporated by reference.*
  
10.5(a)10.4(a)
 Amendment to Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan, filed September 9, 2011 as Appendix A to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement is hereby incorporated by reference.*
  
10.610.5
 Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007, (File No. 333-145569), is hereby incorporated by reference.*
  
10.710.6
 
Form of Stock Option Agreement as of May 14, 2013 under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan.Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on June 14, 2014, is hereby incorporated by reference.*+
  
10.810.7
 
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement as of May 14, 2013 under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan.Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on June 14, 2014, is hereby incorporated by reference.* +

   
10.910.8
 
Summary of Non-Employee Director Compensation effective as of May 14, 2013.for fiscal 2015.* +

  

79


10.1010.9
 Executive Employment and Severance Agreement, dated February 21, 2008, by and between Orion Energy Systems, Inc. and Michael J. Potts, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed February 22, 2008, (File No. 001-33887), is hereby incorporated by reference.*
10.1110.10
 
Executive Employment and Severance Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2012, by and between Orion Energy Systems, Inc. and John H. Scribante, filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed September 28, 2012, (File No. 001-33887), is hereby incorporated by reference.*

  
10.1210.11
 
Executive Employment and Severance Agreement, effective November 9, 2012 between the Company and Scott R. Jensen, filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed November 9, 2012, (File No. 001-33887), is hereby incorporated by reference.*

  
10.1310.12
 
Letter Agreement effective December 1, 2012 between the Company and John H. Scribante, filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on December 6, 2012, (File No. 001-33887), is hereby incorporated by reference.*

   
10.1410.13
 Letter Agreement effective December 1, 2012 between the Company and Michael J. Potts, filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on December 6, 2012, (File No. 001-33887), is hereby incorporated by reference.*
   
10.1510.14
 Letter Agreement effective December 1, 2012 between the Company and Scott R. Jensen, filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on December 6, 2012, (File No. 001-33887), is hereby incorporated by reference.*

81


10.15
Executive Employment and Severance Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2014, by and between Orion Energy Systems, Inc. and Marc Meade filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2014, is hereby incorporated by reference.*
10.16
Form of Executive Restricted Stock Award Agreement as of May 14, 2014 under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Inventive Awards Plan filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on June 13, 2014, is hereby incorporated by reference.*
10.17
Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Award Agreement as of May 14, 2014 under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Inventive Awards Plan filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on June 13, 2014, is hereby incorporated by reference.*
10.18
Form of Executive Restricted Stock Award Agreement as of May 26, 2015 under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Inventive Awards Plan.*+
10.19
Form of Executive Tandem Restricted Stock and Cash Award Agreement as of May 26, 2015 under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Inventive Awards Plan.*+
10.20
Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Award Agreement as of May 26, 2015 under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Inventive Awards Plan.*+
10.21
Form of Non-Employee Director Tandem Restricted Stock and Cash Award Agreement as of May 26, 2015 under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Inventive Awards Plan.*+
  
21.1
 
Subsidiaries of Orion Energy Systems, Inc.+
  
23.1
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. +
  
31.1
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. +
  
31.2
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. +
  
32.1
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. +
  
101
 
101.INS XBRL Instance Document+
Document+
  
  101.SCH Taxonomy extension schema document
  
  101.CAL Taxonomy extension calculation linkbase document
  
  101.LAB Taxonomy extension label linkbase document
  
  101.PRE Taxonomy extension presentation linkbase document

Documents incorporated by reference by Orion Energy Systems, Inc. are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under File No. 001-33887.
*Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed (and/or incorporated by reference) as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K pursuant to Item 15(a)(3) of Form 10-K.arrangement.
+ 
Filed herewith



8082


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on June 14, 2013.12, 2015. 
ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC.
By: /s/ JOHN H. SCRIBANTE
  
John H. Scribante
Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities indicated on June 14, 2013.12, 2015. 
Signature  Title
   
/s/ John H. Scribante  Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal
John H. Scribante  Executive Officer)
  
/s/ Scott R. Jensen  Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and
Scott R. Jensen  Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)
  
/s/ James R. Kackley  Chairman of the Board
James R. Kackley   
  
/s/ Michael W. Altschaefl  Director
Michael W. Altschaefl   
  
/s/ Kenneth L. Goodson, Jr. Director
Kenneth L. Goodson, Jr.  
   
/s/ Tryg C. Jacobson Director
Tryg C. Jacobson  
  
/s/ James D. Leslie Director
James D. Leslie  
  
/s/ Michael J. Potts Director
Michael J. Potts  
  
/s/ Elizabeth Gamsky Rich  Director
Elizabeth Gamsky Rich   
  
/s/ Thomas N. Schueller  Director
Thomas N. Schueller   
  
/s/ Mark C. Williamson  Director
Mark C. Williamson  


8183